The ‘ChiCom Virus’ Pandemic: Timeline, Response and Recovery
A comprehensive resource page on the deadly SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus – updated weekly.
(EDITOR’S NOTE: This resource page by Mark Alexander is updated regularly. It is informed in large part by Alexander’s three decades as an Executive Branch senior FEMA/DHS national security reservist appointee under the last five administrations.)
The first cases of COVID-19 (CV19) disease, a Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome illness caused by the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus variant, were reported in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China in November 2019 – though our sources indicate there were most certainly earlier cases – which was confirmed 16 months later. For at least two months, under the direction of China’s communist dictator Xi Jinping, officials with the People’s Republic of China actively concealed evidence of the emerging novel coronavirus, priming a global pandemic.
The origin of SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus is critical question. We believe it will ultimately be determined that Xi Jinping’s communist regime was responsible for creation, release and the subsequent coverup of the virus from their Wuhan Institute of Virology P4 lab.
The key question regarding the circumstances of the viral release and the cover-up is this: Who had most to gain by brining the economies of the free world to a grinding halt? In his outstanding book, “Hundred Year Marathon,” foreign policy strategist Michael Pillsbury, PhD, notes that in 1950, China’s brutal communist dictator Mao Zedong formulated a plan to dominate the world economy in 100 years – by 2050. Xi Jinping may have taken 20-25 years off that target date with the ChiCom Virus.
For the record, China’s communist state information directorate reports on CV19 spread and deaths in Wuhan and elsewhere, were, and remain, spurious, and the low fatality data being reported for Beijing, Shanghai and other mass-urban centers, defies any credibility. For that reason and many more, the information provided on this resource page does not rely to any degree on information provided by China. However, the mainstream media continue to report China’s data as if that Chinese Communist Party disinformation was factual – as if SARS-CoV-2 travelled the entire world but did not get from Wuhan to Beijing or Shanghai.
Geopolitically, China is the most significant existential threat to Liberty in the United States and worldwide, and through its coverup of SARS-CoV-2, China has not only devastated the world economy to its advantage, but has also exposed how the U.S. will respond to the next ChiCom virus.
Of course, nobody but Donald Trump dared call SARS-CoV-2 what it was – a premeditated and calculated attack on the U.S. – because to accept that premise requires a response. Trump took on China before it seeded the “China virus” pandemic, but Joe Biden is AWOL on confronting China.
In regard to the domestic political implications, billionaire socialist George Soros has made clear that the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus pandemic provides a “revolutionary moment.” According to Soros: “I would describe it as a revolutionary moment when the range of possibilities is much greater than in normal times. What is inconceivable in normal times becomes not only possible but actually happens. People are disoriented and scared.”
Leftists never let a good crisis go to waste, and they took full advantage of this one to defeat President Trump in November of 2020.
Biden, who inevitably claimed President Trump failed to warn the nation and take appropriate action, won’t be able to revise the record regarding the fact that while the President was taking appropriate action, Biden was downplaying the threat and remained well behind the Covid reality curve in the months which followed. But the Leftmedia propagandists will gave him cover.
The U.S. Centers for Disease Control (CDC) has been tracking and preparing for the disease since the earliest reports were confirmed by the United Nation’s World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus on 31 December, 2019 – believed initially to be the most reliable source of health information for China. However, Tedros, an Ethiopian member of the radical communist People’s Liberation Front, was elevated to his WHO position by XI’s communist government in 2017, and manipulated information about CV19 at Xi’s behest.
The SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus is the latest in a series of pandemic threats originating in China over the last decade.
Regarding our central government’s bureaucratic response to the ChiCom Virus pandemic, it will inevitably devolve from a response based on the best science available, to mandates based on the easiest path to power accumulation. We predict this will result in a “pandemic response” that far outlives the actual pandemic, and ultimately becomes a considerable threat to American Liberty.
- COVID-19 Response Timeline
- Are We Prepared?
- Understanding the Threat – Fatality versus Mortality Rates
- Treatment and Vaccines
- Will Temporarily Shuttering the Economy Work?
- Will Social Distancing and Quarantines Work?
- What You Need to Know
- What You Need to Do
- Stay Informed!
- The China/WHO Disinformation and Coverup
- CV19 Made in China — Send Xi the Bill
- The China RX Threat
- Politicizing Pandemic in an Election Year
What follows is a timeline of information regarding COVID-19 (CO “corona” VI “virus” and D “disease), and the decisive early actions taken by President Donald Trump and his administration after the World Health Organization report of China’s delayed and deceptive disclosure of the virus on 31 December 2019. Once data on the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus variant causing COVID-19 (CV19) disease was available from the WHO, the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) and its Centers for Disease Control and Prevention took action to mitigate the spread of the disease into the United States based on the best models available. However, the accuracy of those models was severely compromised by the China/WHO suppression of outbreak data. That suppression included censoring social media, removing any references to Wuhan and viruses.
(Note: Some of this timeline information was retroactively posted as it was not known on the date it occurred. You can keep up with our latest COVID-19 posts here.)
01 January: Wuhan China health officials issued an urgent internal notice about the spread of SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, and Hubei Province authorities ordered all labs sequencing the virus to destroy their samples and keep that secret. Eight Chinese doctors who saw that notice and bravely posted warnings about the novel coronavirus, were detained by Xi Jinping’s state security forces, and their laboratories were ordered to destroy samples of SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus.
03 January: Xi Jinping’s ChiCom government issued a similar national order for the secret destruction of SARS-CoV-2 virus samples. Wuhan’s Dr. Li Wenliang, among the first to warn about the outbreak, was forced by Xi’s state security forces to sign an official confession admitting he spread "false rumors” about CV19.
CDC Director Robert Redfield sent a message to the director of the Chinese CDC, George Gao, formally offering to send U.S. experts to China to investigate the coronavirus.
05 January: CDC Director Redfield sent an additional message to the Chinese CDC Director, George Gao, formally offering to send U.S. experts to China to investigate the coronavirus outbreak
06 January: The CDC issued a level I travel notice for Wuhan, China due to initial WHO reports about coronavirus.
07 January: : The CDC established a coronavirus incident management system to better share and respond to information about the virus.
08 January: The CDC issued its first warning to doctors about the Chinese Virus.
10 January: Though Xi Jinping was aware of the the SARS outbreak, he permitted millions of Chinese to take Lunar New Year vacations, “the largest human migration on the planet.”
11 January: China reports its first death. The CDC updated a Level 1 travel health notice for Wuhan, China.
14 January: Top Chinese officials were aware of the pending epidemic in Wuhan, but concealed that information from the world, and increased actions against anyone attempting to warn about the disease.
The WHO issued this public health assessment: “Preliminary investigations conducted by the Chinese authorities have found no clear evidence of human-to-human transmission of the novel coronavirus (2019-nCoV) identified in Wuhan, China.”
15 January: House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) ceremonially used gold pens to sign articles for her House impeachment charade, then led a procession to deliver the documents to the Senate.
Notably, four months earlier in September, Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D-NY), who described Pelosi’s inquisition as a “governmental shutdown,” declared: “It’s a long and unproductive road. Where does it go ultimately? Nowhere… The problem with that is it means nothing else is really going to get done of substance between now and then, and we have so many real issues to deal with.” How prophetic given that New York would soon become the epicenter of the CV19 epidemic.
17 January: The CDC began implementing public health entry screening at the 3 U.S. airports that received the most travelers from Wuhan — San Francisco, New York JFK, and Los Angeles.
19 January: The first documented U.S. COVID-19 case was confirmed in Snohomish County, Washington. However that case was certainly not “patient zero” as hundreds of thousands of Chinese were traveling into the U.S. in the months prior to any acknowledgment from China about the virus and disease.
20 January: Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases and spokesperson for the administration’s CV19 response and recovery plan, announced the National Institutes of Health is already working on the development of a vaccine for the coronavirus.
It is notable that on 10 January of 2017, Fauci, who had been director of the NAIAD for 32 years (long past his cognitive expiration date) and now the highest paid of all government bureaucrats at almost $420,000 per year, made this declaration before Donald Trump took office: “If there’s one message that I want to leave with you today … there is no question that there will be a challenge to the coming [Trump] administration in the arena of infectious diseases … there will be a surprise outbreak…”
21 January: Dr. Anthony Fauci concludes: “Obviously, you need to take it seriously and do the kind of things the (Centers for Disease Control and Prevention) and the Department of Homeland Security is doing. But this is not a major threat to the people of the United States and this is not something that the citizens of the United States right now should be worried about.” The CDC’s Nancy Messonnier estimates “This is an evolving situation and again, we do expect additional cases in the United States.” The CDC activated its emergency operations center to provide ongoing support to the coronavirus response.
22 January: Senate Democrats begin open arguments for impeaching Trump.
President Trump made his first public mention of the SARS-CoV-2 virus in an interview, noting optimistically based on very little data: “We do have a plan, and we think it’s going to be handled very well. We’ve already handled it very well. The CDC has been terrific. Very great professionals. And we’re in very good shape. And I think China is in very good shape, also.” That was when Trump was still pushing the Chinese for transparency – while planning for the worst.
That same day, when most Americans were unaware of the pending China virus threat, Sen. Tom Cotton (R-AR) warned that Xi’s CCP regime was engaged in a systematic coverup about Covid19 outbreak. According to Cotton: “Once again, a deadly virus is emanating from China. Hundreds have fallen ill in Asia and at least one confirmed case has reached the United States. It’s imperative that the CCP be fully transparent and share information so we can stop this disease from spreading. … In the past, the CCP has lied, falsified statistics, and suppressed information about outbreaks in order to cover for its own incompetence.”
Additionally, Cotton advised the Trump administration that he believed all travel should be stopped between the U.S. and China. Clearly, Sen. Cotton will be owed a debt of gratitude for sounding the early alarms.
23 January: China enforces a complete quarantine in Wuhan Province over the Chinese New Year. The CDC sought a “special emergency authorization” from the Food and Drug Administration to allow states to use its newly developed coronavirus test. That notwithstanding, at a press conference, WHO Director-General Tedros said he “would like to thank the government of the People’s Republic of China for its cooperation and transparency.”
The CDC sought a “special emergency authorization” from the FDA to allow states to use its newly developed coronavirus test.
24 January: President Trump, unaware that Xi Jinping was directing China’s CV19 coverup, asserted: “China has been working very hard to contain the Coronavirus. The United States greatly appreciates their efforts and transparency. It will all work out well. In particular, on behalf of the American People, I want to thank President Xi!”
The first classified Senate briefing on CV19 was only attended by a few senators – most of whom were distracted by the ongoing impeachment.
25 January: The State Department announced plans to evacuate U.S. citizens from Wuhan and other areas of China, noting they will be quarantined for 14 days once they return.
26 January: To his credit, Senate Minority Leader Charles E. Schumer in a press conference, indicating he thought the Department of Health and Human Services should prepare a public health emergency declaration in order release funds from the Infectious Diseases Rapid Response Reserve Fund. Five days later, the Trump administration issued the declaration.
27 January: President Trump offers to send Xi Jinping disease experts to assist with the outbreak. HHS declared a Public Health Emergency giving state and local health departments flexibility to request and reassign personnel to respond to CV19. The CDC issued a level III travel health notice urging Americans to avoid all nonessential travel to China due to the coronavirus. The White House Coronavirus Task Force started meeting to help monitor and contain the spread of the virus and provide updates to the President.
Joe Biden’s top advisor Ron Klain said, “I think what you’d have to say about China is, it’s been more transparent and more candid than it has been during past outbreaks.”
28 January: WHO’s Director-General Tedros declared on behalf of the WHO, “We appreciate the seriousness with which China is taking this outbreak, especially the commitment from top leadership, and the transparency they have demonstrated, including sharing data and genetic sequence of the virus.”
Sen. Cotton sent letters to the Secretaries of State, HHS and DHS, warning “no amount of screening [at entry points] will identify a contagious-but-asymptomatic person afflicted with the coronavirus.” A day later he warned in Senate testimony, that CV19 was going to be “the biggest and the most important story in the world,” but his concerns were drowned out by the Democrat’s House/Senate impeachment charade, which dominated the political and news cycles.
Biden advisor Ron Klain reiterates, “I wouldn’t [ban Chinese travelers]. I think that’s premature.”
29 January: President Donald Trump impanels and empowers the White House Coronavirus Task Force headed by Vice President Mike Pence, to “coordinate and oversee the administration’s efforts to monitor, prevent, contain, and mitigate the spread” of COVID-19 disease. He appointed Dr. Deborah Birx as the response coordinator, and the working group includes Secretary of Health and Human Services Alex Azar, National Security Advisor Robert O'Brien, U.S. Surgeon General Jerome Adams, Director of the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention Robert R. Redfield, National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases Director Anthony Fauci, National Economic Council Director Larry Kudlow, Secretary of the Treasury Steven Mnuchin, Secretary of Housing and Urban Development Ben Carson, Secretary of Veterans Affairs Robert Wilkie, Deputy Secretary of State Stephen Biegun, Deputy Secretary of Homeland Security Ken Cuccinelli, Commissioner of Food and Drugs Stephen Hahn, and White House Deputy Chief of Staff for Policy Coordination Chris Liddell, among others.
WHO’s Tedros praised Chinese authorities, who he claimed, “identified the pathogen in record time and shared it immediately, which led to the rapid development of diagnostic tools.” Tedros added, “They are completely committed to transparency, both internally and externally.”
30 January: After delay and obfuscation since 22 January, WHO’s Director-General Tedros Adhanom issued a CV19 global Public Health Emergency. Announcing that declaration, Tedros, declared: “The speed with which China detected the outbreak, isolated the virus, sequenced the genome, and shared it with WHO and the world are very impressive, and beyond words. So is China’s commitment to transparency and to supporting other countries. … China is actually setting a new standard in terms of outbreak response. We would have seen many more cases outside China by now, and probably deaths, if not for the government’s efforts.” Tedros added, “As you know, I was in China just a few days ago, where I met with President Xi Jinping. I left in absolutely no doubt about China’s commitment to transparency and to protecting the world’s people.”
At the same time, Tedros announced: “The [WHO] Committee does not recommend any travel or trade restriction based on the current information available,” even though it had internal evidence there were already 12,167 CV19 cases in China, and 170 deaths.
A WHO emergency committee member stated: “The Committee emphasized that the declaration of a Public Health Emergency of International Concern should be seen in the spirit of support and appreciation for China, its people, and the actions China has taken on the frontlines of this outbreak, with transparency, and, it is to be hoped, with success.” The WHO’s emergency committee released a statement declaring it “welcomed the leadership and political commitment of the very highest levels of Chinese government, their commitment to transparency, and the efforts made to investigate and contain the current outbreak.”
Biden Public Health Advisory Committee (PHAC) member Dr. Zeke Emanuel insists, “Everyone in America should take a very big breath, slow down, and stop panicking and being hysterical. We are having a little too much histrionics on this… And people should remember not to panic… And the best thing we have is the seasonality. It’s going to go down as spring comes up.”
31 January: The Trump Administration declared the coronavirus a public health emergency. The Department of Homeland Security took critical steps to funnel all flights from China into just 7 domestic U.S. airports.
Despite Tedros insistence that a travel ban was not necessary, President Trump ordered travel restrictions which barred foreign nationals who had been in China, who posed a risk of transmitting SARS-CoV-2, from entering the U.S. He also ordered quarantines for incoming Americans who been in China’s Hubei province, and issued an advisory warning Americans not to travel to China. An average of 8,200 Chinese were flying to the United States each day.
Presidential wannabe Joe Biden said “This is no time for Donald Trump’s record of hysteria xenophobia [sic], hysterical xenophobia, and fear-mongering to lead the way instead of science.”
That same day, responding to the administration’s travel restrictions, House Speaker Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) condemned the restrictions and re-issued her call for passage of the Demos’ No Ban Act to prevent Trump from imposing what she said were “such biased and bigoted restrictions.” Pelosi declared, “The Trump administration’s expansion of its un-American travel ban is a threat to our security, our values and the rule of law.” (There were 219 House Democrat co-sponsors of the No Ban Act. On 13 March, Pelosi quietly withdrew her legislation to prevent travel bans.)
Sen. Cotton noted, “I commend the president greatly for ultimately making the right decision contrary to what the so-called experts were telling him.” He said however, “One consistent thing I had seen in the literature from past outbreaks is that the FDA and especially the CDC is unfortunately somewhat slow to act in these circumstances.” In retrospect, Cotton faulted entrenched bureaucracies for not responding faster to the emerging pandemic: “The CDC should not have acted like know-it-all bureaucrats who had the only medical and scientific expertise to develop tests. We have lots and lots of very capable labs all around the country. The FDA should not put all of its eggs in the CDC basket… They were slow to use their emergency-use authorization. Dr. Fauci said it’s not the president’s fault. It would have happened to any other president. But it was a lost opportunity, given the time the president bought everyone with the travel [restriction].”
The Patriot Post alerted our readers that we support Sen. Cotton’s findings about a ChiCom coverup, and though the Chines communist government claims about 220 deaths and 10,000 infections, our sources indicate that the actual rates of infection and deaths in China are much higher. In fact, the ChiCom official reports likely represent less than .5% of the actual dead and infected – that’s ½ of one percent. In retrospect this will likely prove understated as the deaths in China may be 1000 times the “official death counts. We also noted that the so-called ‘pop-up hospitals’ that were constructed across Hubei Province where the outbreak originated doubled as isolation morgues and mass crematories.
01 February: Asked about the viral threat, Biden responded, "We don’t know exactly where it’s going to go yet,” and reposts on social media his criticism of the President: “This is no time for Donald Trump’s record of hysteria and xenophobia – hysterical xenophobia – and fear-mongering to lead the way instead of science.” (He would not alter his opinion on the travel ban until 3 April.)
Biden and other Democrats would, likewise, criticized Trump for correctly tagging this SARS variant, the “China Virus.” However, given not only the origin of the virus but the initial efforts to cover it up and subsequent efforts to lie about its impact, it would be better called the “ChiCom Virus.”
02 February: The Department of State issued a “do not go” travel warning advisory for China. The CDC expanded enhanced entry screening to eight major airports across the nation.
Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D-NY) declares, “There is no reason to panic.”
03 February: In a speech to the WHO executive board, Director-General Tedros Adhanom declared: “If we invest in fighting at the epicenter, at the source, then the spread to other countries is minimal and also slow. If it’s minimal and slow, what is going outside can also be controlled easily. So the number of cases we have now, 151, is actually small, and it’s growing only slowly. … If not for this strategy and China’s efforts, the number of cases outside China would have been very much higher.” Tedros also praised Xi Jinping, whom he had met with a week earlier: “I was very impressed in my meeting with President Xi at his detailed knowledge of the outbreak, his personal leadership, and his commitment as reflected in the words he told me. We will take serious measures at the epicenter, at the source, in order to protect our people, and also to prevent the spread of the virus to other countries.”
It is not inconceivable, in fact likely, that Xi viewed the CV19 epidemic in China as a fortuitous means of augmenting his central state population planning – a way to help dispense with the bubble of older Chines citizens who are creating a financial burden on the younger generation, the numbers of which have contracted due to China’s 1979 “one child” policy, enforced until China reverted back to its “two child policy” in 2015.
Meanwhile, the CDC had a team ready to travel to China to obtain critical information on the outbreak, but were denied entry by the Chinese government.
04 February: In his State of the Union remarks, President Trump noted: “Protecting Americans’ health also means fighting infectious diseases. We are coordinating with the Chinese government and working closely together on the coronavirus outbreak in China. My administration will take all necessary steps to safeguard our citizens from this threat.” That was before the administration confirmed that Xi Jinping had ordered his government to cover up the CV19 outbreak for two months, before reporting it to the WHO on 31 December.
During that speech, Speaker Pelosi prepared the official transcript of Trump’s SOTU so she could ceremonially tear it up after he concluded his remarks.
Earlier in the day, The New York Times opined that Trump’s travel ban was “racist”: “The Racism at the Heart of Trump’s ‘Travel Ban’”
05 February: The Trump Administration and health officials briefed lawmakers on the Federal Government’s coronavirus response efforts.
The Washington Post editorial board condemned the Trump administration’s restrictions, asserting, “Mr. Trump’s goal is to shut off the spigot of plucky, hopeful and ambitious people who aspire to become Americans.”
06 February: The CDC began shipping CDC-Developed test kits for the 2019 Novel Coronavirus to U.S. and international labs. While it was originally thought the first SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus death in the U.S. was on 29 February, autopsies in April revealed the first confirmed death was much earlier on 06 February in California. Regarding the revised date of the first death, Northeastern University disease analyst Alessandro Vespignani notes that the Santa Clara death “was a kind of smoking gun that things actually started in January.” (As I noted earlier, I estimate the virus was here in November, and new evidence suggests there were cases here in December – before the WHO announced the China cases.
Biden’s PHAC member Dr. Irwin Redlener advises, “Yes, there is uncertainty, and the headlines are dramatic. But right now, the chances of any of us or anyone we know ever getting a severe, potentially lethal form of the Wuhan virus is negligible.”
07 February: Heroic Chinese CV19 whistleblower Li Wenliang died in a Chinese state medical facility, ostensibly of CV19 disease, according to Chinese state media. Li was only 34 and healthy, and it is highly suspect that Covid would be his cause of death as claimed by the ChiComs.
Biden’s PHAC member Lisa Monaco declares, “The good news thus far is that the coronavirus appears to be less lethal than its viral cousin SARS was in 2002 and far less lethal than Ebola was in 2014.”
No small irony that on the day of Li’s death, Joe Biden’s Covid pandemic PHAC advisor Lisa Monaco declared, “The good news thus far is that the coronavirus appears to be less lethal than its viral cousin SARS was in 2002 and far less lethal than Ebola was in 2014.”
08 February: A report by Biologists Botao Xiao and Lei Xiao at the South China University of Technology in Guangzhou, China, contradicts Xi Jinping’s we market bat virus origin. In their report titled: “The possible origins of 2019-nCoV coronavirus.” the researchers insist “the killer coronavirus probably originated from a laboratory in Wuhan.”
According to the researchers: “We noted two laboratories conducting research on bat coronavirus in Wuhan, one of which was only 280 metres from the seafood market. We briefly examined the histories of the laboratories and proposed that the coronavirus probably originated from a laboratory. Our proposal provided an alternative origin of the coronavirus in addition to natural recombination and intermediate host.”
The report notes: “The probability was very low for the bats to fly to the market. According to municipal reports and the testimonies of 31 residents and 28 visitors, the bat was never a food source in the city, and no bat was traded in the market. There was possible natural recombination or intermediate host of the coronavirus, yet little proof has been reported.”
The scientists conclude: “In summary, somebody was entangled with the evolution of 2019-nCoV coronavirus. In addition to origins of natural recombination and intermediate host, the killer coronavirus probably originated from a laboratory in Wuhan. Safety levels may need to be reinforced in high risk bio-hazardous laboratories. Regulations may be taken to relocate these laboratories far away from city centres and other densely populated places.”
A U.S. citizen dies in Wuhan – the first death of an American.
09 February: The White House Coronavirus Task Force briefed governors from across the nation at the National Governors’ Association Meeting in Washington. The Trump administration has, appropriately, left decisions about regional responses to CV19, to state and local officials, best equipped to evaluate the needs of their areas with the full assistance of the federal government.
11 February: The WHO announced that the disease cause by novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus will be called “COVID-19.”
The Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) expanded a partnership with Janssen Research & Development to “expedite the development” of a coronavirus vaccine.
Biden advisor Ron Klain said, “A serious epidemic – now, the coronavirus may be that, it may not be that. The evidence suggests it’s probably not that.” Klain added, “Obviously the administration can’t do nothing. Indeed, they are far from doing nothing.”
12 February: Coronavirus cases begin to surge in South Korea. A CDC team was prepared to travel to China still denied entry by the Chinese government.
13 February: According to CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield: “There’s been good communication with our colleagues to confirm asymptomatic infection, to confirm asymptomatic transmission, to be able to get a better handle on the clinical spectrum of illness in China. What we don’t know though is how much of the asymptomatic cases are driving transmission.”
14 February: Dr. Anthony “Flip Flop Fauci declares the use of face masks is not necessary. According to Fauci, "There is no reason for anyone right now in the United States, with regard to coronavirus, to wear a mask. … I think there’s this misperception that wearing a mask, even if you were in an area where there was transmission, is going to absolutely protect you.”
15 February: The CDC began working with five labs to conduct “community-based influenza surveillance” to study and detect the spread of coronavirus.
18 February: HHS announced it would engage with Sanofi Pasteur in an effort to quickly develop a coronavirus vaccine and to develop treatment for coronavirus infections.
20 February: Biden PHAC member Dr. Zeke Emanuel insists, “many of the experts are saying, well the warm weather is going to come and, just like with the flu, the coronavirus is going to go down and may move into the Southern Hemisphere.” He added: “Healthy young people do not seem to be at very high risk; if they get it, they typically get a mild case… In that regard it sort of behaves like the flu. A lot of us get the flu, but serious cases that cause mortality tend to be focused on the elderly and those with other chronic diseases. … But, at the moment, most people are thinking that there may be a bit of an overreaction by many, maybe even our own country. If you look at the numbers dispassionately, there are just over 1,000 cases outside of China. Half of them are on that cruise ship in Japan. So, considering the world’s population of more than 7 billion people, that’s not a lot.”
21 February: Coronavirus cases begin to surge in Italy.
22 February: A WHO team of international disease experts is permitted entry into Wuhan, China.
24 February: The Trump Administration sent a letter to Congress requesting at least $2.5 billion to help combat the spread of the Covid virus.
Nancy Pelosi toured Chinatown in her San Francisco district, declaring: “It’s exciting to be here, especially at this time, to be able to be unified with our community. We want to be vigilant about what is out there in other places…but we do want to say to people ‘Come to Chinatown, here we are, we’re, again, careful, safe, and come join us.”
25 February: The CDC’s Nancy Messonnier warns that, as a result of the emerging information about CV19, “Disruption to everyday life might be severe.” HHS Secretary Azar testified before the Senate HELP committee on the Administration’s coronavirus response efforts.
Biden says a CDC team should travel to China: “I would be on the phone with China and making it clear, we are going to need to be in your country; you have to be open; you have to be clear; we have to know what’s going on; we have to be there with you, and insist on it and insist, insist, insist.”
President Trump made that request to China on 03 January.
In the UK, healthcare officials issued this guidance to those working in nursing homes: “During normal day-to-day activities facemasks do not provide protection from respiratory viruses, such as COVID-19 and do not need to be worn by staff.”
26 February: Trump expresses his optimism that “within a couple of days [new cases] are going to be down to close to zero.” While that remark represented Trump’s optimism, and his effort not to foment panic and fear it was clear to the CV19 Task Force that would be far from accurate.
27 February: The Washington Post accuses Sen. Tom Cotton of repeating a coronavirus conspiracy theory that was already debunked.“ That was in regard to Cotton’s assertion the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus may have originated in China’s P4 biolab in Wuhan. Likewise, on 17 February The New York Times headlined that declaration: "Senator Tom Cotton Repeats Fringe Theory of Coronavirus Origins.”
It would take almost two months before WaPo would acknowledge – without actually mentioning Cotton’s name – that the virus may have come from the Wuhan P4 biolab. WaPo quietly changed the original headlined to indicate it was “disputed” rather than “debunked.”
For the record, I have spoken with a Chinese geneticist who distinguished herself as part of an international team working on the human genome project. She knows the P4 Wuhan Institute lab well – and based on her career as a geneticist, believes their are four factors about the SARS-CoV-2 virus that imply it was altered – meaning not from nature.
In response, Cotton doubled down in an interview with Maria Bartiromo and a Wall Street Journal op-ed, reiterating: “Beijing has claimed that the virus originated in a Wuhan 'wet market,’ where wild animals were sold. But evidence to counter this theory emerged in January. Chinese researchers reported in the Lancet [medical journal] Jan. 24 that the first known cases had no contact with the market, and Chinese state media acknowledged the finding. There’s no evidence the market sold bats or pangolins, the animals from which the virus is thought to have jumped to humans. And the bat species that carries it isn’t found within 100 miles of Wuhan.”
Meanwhile, Biden advisor Ron Klain said, “Here’s one more thing everyone should do. They should, tonight, go down to Chinatown in their city and buy dinner or go shopping there. What we see inevitably, what we’re seeing already, is … people staying away out of needless fears about coronavirus.”
28 February: Biden declares: “It’s not a time to panic about coronavirus, but coronavirus is a serious public health challenge.”
The CDC alters its testing protocols after the first CV19 case of unknown origin meaning the patient had no known contact with anyone with CV19. That implies the virus may be more contagious than originally estimated – or may have earlier origins.
29 February: The Trump Administration: Announced a level 4 travel advisory to areas of Italy and South Korea and barred all travel to Iran, and entry of foreign citizens who visited Iran in the last 14 days. Under the direction of the White House Task Force and CDC, almost all states have declared emergencies.
The first CV19 death in the U.S. was thought to be in King County, Washington, but autopsies in April revealed the first death was much earlier on 06 February in California.
Surgeon General Jerome Adams declared, “Seriously people – STOP BUYING MASKS! They are NOT effective in preventing general public from catching #Coronavirus,” but added, “If healthcare providers can’t get them to care for sick patients, it puts them and our communities at risk!” Days later Adams said again, “Masks do not work for the general public and preventing them from getting coronavirus.”
The FDA authorized certified labs to develop and begin testing coronavirus testing kits while reviewing pending applications.
Biden PHAC member Dr. Zeke Emanuel said, “So, the public, running out and getting a mask is not going to help.”
02 March: Just prior to New York City becoming the national epicenter of CV19 infections and deaths, at a press conference, Governor Andrew Cuomo, who among others, had previously made fateful decisions leaving New York unprepared, declared: “Once you know the facts, once you know the reality, it is reassuring, and we should relax, because that’s what’s dictated by the reality of the situation. … What happened in other countries versus what happened here, we don’t even think it’s going to be as bad as it was in other countries.”
New York Mayor Bill De Blasio also downplayed the CV19 threat: “We have a lot of information now, information that is actually showing us things that should give us more reason to stay calm and go about our lives. This is not, so far, something that you get through casual contact. There has to be some prolonged exposure. And I think it’s really important to get that information out to all New Yorkers. … I’m encouraging New Yorkers to go on with your lives and get out on the town despite Coronavirus.”
New York City Health Commissioner Oxiris Barbot informs residents: “We know that there’s currently no indication that it’s easy to transmit by casual contact. There’s no need to do anything special in the community.”
It is important to note that Cuomo, de Blasio and Barbot all had the same information the CDC was providing to the CV19 Task Force. Despite the fact that urban centers have a long history of being the epicenters of pandemics, New York City was very slow in responding.
03 March: WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom, still parroting China’s reports as if factual, announced: “In the past 24 hours, China reported 129 cases, the lowest number of cases since the 20th of January. Outside China, 1848 cases were reported in 48 countries. 80% of those cases are from just three countries: the Republic of Korea, the Islamic Republic of Iran and Italy.” Meanwhile, coronavirus cases begin to surge in Spain.
The Biden campaign is fact checked for editing a video to make it appear President Trump called the CV19 disease a “hoax.” Biden was also fact checked for a false claim, joining the Demo/Leftmedia spin asserting Trump “cut the funding” of the CDC. In fact, the Obama/Biden Administration sought cuts to the CDC budget in five of its eight years.
The CDC lifted federal restrictions on coronavirus testing to allow any American to be tested for coronavirus, “subject to doctor’s orders.”
04 March: The Trump Administration announced the purchase of approximately 500 million N95 respirators over the coming months to respond to the outbreak. But the extent of China’s CV19 coverup still not clear, President Trump declares: “President Xi is working very, very hard in China…Their numbers have gotten much better with respect to the coronavirus, very much better.” Secretary Azar announced that HHS was transferring $35 million to the CDC to help state and local communities that have been impacted most by the coronavirus.
The UK’s chief medical officer Chris Whitty also advised: “In terms of wearing a mask, our advice is clear: wearing a mask if you don’t have an infection reduces the risk almost not at all. So we do not advise that.”
05 March: According to the WHO’s Dr. Maria Van Kerkhove: “We know that that [asymptomatic transmission] is possible, but we do not believe that that’s a major driver of transmission.”
06 March: President Trump signed an $8.3 billion congressional bill providing urgent funding for vaccine development, for state- and local-government prevention efforts and for other immediate response and recovery needs.
CV19 Task Force leader Mike Pence warns, “We don’t have enough tests today to meet what we anticipate will be the demand going forward.”
07 March: Since the CV19 outbreak, more than 325 Chinese nationals have been arrested by ICE in January and February, as they illegally crossed our border from Mexico. In 2019, 2,060 Chinese illegals were apprehended crossing our southern border, and it is estimated that more than 12,000 crossed undetected.
08 March: Anthony Fauci declares in a national interview, that “people should not be walking around with masks”: “The masks are important for someone who’s infected to prevent them from infecting someone else… Right now in the United States, people should not be walking around with masks. There’s no reason to be walking around with a mask. When you’re in the middle of an outbreak, wearing a mask might make people feel a little bit better and it might even block a droplet, but it’s not providing the perfect protection that people think that it is. And, often, there are unintended consequences — people keep fiddling with the mask and they keep touching their face. … When you look at the films of foreign countries and you see 85% of the people wearing masks — that’s fine, that’s fine. I’m not against it. If you want to do it, that’s fine. … It could lead to a shortage of masks for the people who really need it.”
Frankly, as we understand it, masking has more to do with preventing someone with the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus from spreading it, than preventing someone else from catching it. To that end, regarding the preventive capacity of the most common non-N-95 compliant masks being warn by 99% of people, the effectiveness of those masks is tantamount to putting up a chain link fence to keep mosquitoes out of your yard.
09 March: President Trump called on Congress to pass a payroll tax cut over coronavirus.
Joe Biden held an in-person rally indoors in Michigan.
10 March: President Trump and VP Pence met with top health insurance companies and secured a commitment to waive co-pays for coronavirus testing.
The President, rightfully endeavoring to maintain calm, said in a press briefing: “We prepared. We are doing a great job with it. It will go away. Just stay calm. It will go away. … I want to keep the country calm. I don’t want panic in the country.”
Gov. Andrew Cuomo (D-NY) notes, “We don’t even think it’s going to be as bad as it was in other countries.” At the same time, New York Mayor Bill De Blasio says, “The vast majority of New Yorker’s lives are going on pretty normal right now and we want to encourage that.”
11 March: The WHO upgraded its warning to a Global Pandemic declaration. WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom noted, “The main reason for this declaration is not what is happening in China but what is happening in other countries,” meaning primarily other third-world countries where national preparedness and response capability is very limited and recovery can take months or years.
President Trump, who had already taken mitigating actions on 31 January to retard the CV19 spread into the U.S., and subsequent actions, banned all travel from 26 European countries, despite considerable pressure to exempt our allies from the restrictions. On 14 March he would expand that ban to include the UK and Ireland. He delivered a national address, reminding us: “We have the best economy, the most advanced healthcare, and the most talented doctors, scientists, and researchers anywhere in the world. We are all in this together. We must put politics aside, stop the partisanship, and unify together as one nation and one family. As history has proven time and time again, Americans always rise to the challenge and overcome adversity.” He announced additional travel restrictions on foreigners who had visited Europe in the last 14 days.
Trump directed the Small Business Administration to issue low-interest loans to affected small businesses and called on congress to increase this fund by $50 billion. He also directed the Treasury Department to defer tax payments for affected individuals & businesses, & provide $200 billion in “additional liquidity.” He met with American bankers at the White House to discuss coronavirus.
Meanwhile, Joe Biden reiterated his 28 February assertion that there is no reason to panic.
New York Mayer Bill de Blasio said that he is “telling people to not avoid restaurants, not avoid normal things that people do. If you’re not sick, you should be going about your life.” However, after President Trump’s address that same day regarding the pandemic, de Blasio blamed Trump for “minimizing what has now become a global pandemic.”
12 March: Biden declares: “A wall will not stop the coronavirus. Banning all travel from Europe — or any other part of the world — will not stop it.” He adds: “Labeling COVID-19 a ‘foreign virus’ does not displace accountability for the misjudgments that have been taken thus far by the Trump administration.”
Biden PHAC member Lisa Monaco replied “no” when asked if President Trump’s 30-day ban on travel from Europe is the right move.
13 March: President Trump declared a National Emergency in order to access $42 billion in existing funds to combat CV19, and accelerate response and recovery. The declaration was partly to assuage the “viral fear pandemic” fomented by the mainstream media over the previous month, as well as to assist with the state and local response — massive closures and shutdowns of public and private institutions, which have and will continue to have a devastating impact on our economy and the job and income stability of tens of millions of Americans and, by extension, their families.
This was a major step to reducing government regulatory and bureaucratic barriers to response and recovery, and, combined with the legislative recovery funding bills, it provides significant economic assurances for state and local governments and businesses nationwide. That was an important measure, and while there are no “good options” for dealing with this epidemic, some options are better than others, and this administration is very capable at discerning the difference and implementing those options.
Trump issued an order to the Department of Energy to purchase oil for the strategic petroleum reserve.
14 March: The Coronavirus Relief Bill passed the House of Representatives.
15 March: CV-19 whistleblower Dr. Ai Fen, head of the emergency department at Wuhan Central hospital, goes public saying Chinese authorities stopped her and her colleagues from warning the world about the emerging. On 30 December, Ai and a group of fellow doctors first sounded the alarm about the emergence of a virus in Wuhan, but their concerns were suppressed.
As more data emerged about the domestic spread of CV19 cases, particularly in Seattle and New York, the Trump administration implemented its 15/30 Days to Slow the Spread slow the infection rate and help flatten the anticipated spike for demand on medical facilities. At the same time, the CDC updated its comorbidity risk factors to protect those who were most at risk for CV19 disease. According to the President: “Our guidance urges Americans to take action for 15 days to help stem the outbreak…and we’re asking everyone to work at home, if possible, postpone unnecessary travel, and limit social gatherings to no more than 10 people. By making shared sacrifices and temporary changes, we can protect the health of our people and we can protect our economy, because I think our economy will come back very rapidly.”
16 March: President Trump held a tele-conference with governors to discuss coronavirus preparedness and response. He also participated in a call with G7 leaders who committed to increasing coordination in response to the coronavirus and restoring global economic confidence.
Gov. Andrew Cuomo praised the Trump administration for its assistance to New York: “[Trump’s] team is on it. They’ve been responsive, late at night, early in the morning, and they’ve thus far been doing everything that they can do, and I want to say, ‘Thank you,’ and I want to say, ‘I appreciate it.’ … [Trump is] 100 percent sincere, ready and willing to help, especially on the hospital capacity issue.”
HHS announced it is projected to have 1.9 million COVID-19 tests available in 2,000 labs this week. Google announced a partnership with the Trump Administration to develop a website dedicated to coronavirus education, prevention, and local resources. All 50 states were contacted through FEMA to coordinate “federally-supported, state-led efforts” to end coronavirus.
17 March: A federal plan warns that the new CV19 pandemic “will last 18 months or longer” and may come in “multiple waves” of infections. Treasury Secretary Steve Mnuchin met with lawmakers to discuss stimulus measures to relieve the economic burden of coronavirus on certain industries, businesses, and American workers. The Treasury Department contributed $10 billion through the economic stabilization fund to the Federal Reserve’s commercial paper funding facility; deferred $300 billion in tax payments for 90 days without penalty, up to $1 million for individuals & $10 million for business. Secretary of Agriculture Sonny Perdue announced a partnership between USDA, Baylor University, McLane Global, and Pepsi Co. to provide one million meals per week to rural children in response to widespread school closures.
The Chinese government revoked press credentials for American journalists, include those with the New York Times, Wall Street Journal, and Washington Post, as punishment for news filings on China’s efforts to cover up the CV19 spread in China.
Policy analyst Jonathan Swan noted: “The world is directly affected by China’s domestic governance. The suppression of doctors sounding the alarm, censoring of public health info online and now the expulsion of the journalists who are working to reveal what happened in the crucial early days of this pandemic. … The pandemic originated in Wuhan & was initially covered up by Chinese authorities. University of Southampton study found there would have been a 95% REDUCTION in cases & less spread if Beijing intervened 3 wks sooner.”
President Trump invoked the Defense Production Act and then appointed Rear Admiral John Polowczyk as the head of the supply chain task force. Trump signed the Families First Coronavirus Response Act, which provides free testing and paid sick leave for workers impacted by the coronavirus. FEMA has been activated in every region at its highest level of response. The U.S. Navy will deploy USNS Comfort and USNS Mercy hospital ships.
The President announced the temporary closure of the U.S.-Canada border to non-essential traffic. The administration developed a plan to invoke the Defense Production Act in order to increase the number of necessary supplies needed to combat coronavirus. FEMA was activated in every region at its highest level of response. The U.S. Navy deployed USNS Comfort and USNS Mercy hospital ships to the East and West Coasts. All foreclosures and evictions were suspended for a period of time. Additionally, HHS temporarily suspended regulations that prevent doctors from practicing across state lines.
In response to the border closings, Joe Biden protested again, “Stop the xenophobic fear-mongering.”
19 March: President Trump announced that his administration was approving Remdesivir for emergency use for patients as a national clinical trial, and mentioned encouraging progress shown by anti-malaria drug Hydroxychloroquine for fighting coronavirus. The State Department issued a global level 4 health advisory, telling Americans to avoid all international travel due to coronavirus.
Biden is fact checked for his false claim that President Trump disbanded the National Security Council team in charge of pandemic response. That team was reorganized in 2018 as part of a global health realignment.
20 March: The U.S. and Mexico agree to mutually restrict nonessential cross-border traffic and announced the CDC will invoke Title 42 to provide border patrol with tools to secure the borders. Secretary Azar announced the CDC is suspending all illegal entries to the country based on the public health threat, via Section 362 of the Public Health & Security Act.
Secretary Mnuchin announced at the direction of President Trump that tax day will be moved from April 15 to July 15 for all taxpayers and businesses.
21 March: Biden’s campaign is fact checked on a false claim that a top official at the Centers for Disease Control was “silenced.” According to the Washington Post: “No excuse for claiming Dr. Messonier was silenced.”
22 March: President Trump delivers remarks to the nation encouraging all Americans: “I want to assure the American people that we’re doing everything we can each day to confront and ultimately defeat this horrible, invisible enemy. We’re at war. In a true sense, we’re at war and we’re fighting an invisible enemy.”
23 March: President Trump signed an executive order invoking section 4512 of the Defense Production Act to prohibit the hoarding of vital medical supplies. Attorney General William Barr announced the Justice Department held a National Task Force meeting on hoarding and price gouging. Each of the 93 U.S. Attorney General offices is designating a lead prosecutor to prevent hoarding.
New York City becomes the CV19 epicenter of the U.S. outbreak. Trump announced the Army Corps of Engineers and the National Guard are constructing four hospitals and four medical centers in New York.
24 March: Senate Republicans propose a resolution condemning China for “making mistakes” in its reports about the pandemic. Democrats are resisting the resolution because that would divert their target for responsibility: Donald Trump.
25 March: Reinforcing his encouragement and optimism, President Trump stated: “I would love to have the country opened up and raring to go. Our people are full of vim and vigor and energy. They don’t want to be locked into a house or an apartment or some space. It’s not for our country, and we are not built that way. … You can destroy a country this way, by closing it down. We lose thousands and thousands of people a year to the flu, but we don’t turn the country off. … [But] our decision will be based on hard facts and data. Rest assured, every decision we make is grounded in the health, safety and well-being of our American citizens.”
On the urgent need for a plan to slowly reopen the closed sectors of our economy, Trump said, “I think that would be a great thing for our country. We’re all working very hard to make that a reality. Easter (12 April) is a very special day for a lot of reasons. What a great timeline that would be.”
President Trump reaffirmed that the Task Force is reviewing exit strategies from the current partial economic shutdown, as that is not a sustainable option. The formulation of a strategy is considered in more detail in “The ‘War on Virus’ — Our Exit Strategy. Implementing this exit strategy will be the most difficult and complex policy decision by any president in decades. But To be clear, the question is not "if” most Americans will be exposed to SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus, but “when.” It is assumed most of us will be exposed, so sheltering in place is flattening the line of exposure and thus, hospitalization for some, but it is not, ultimately, protecting us against eventual exposure. So the next question in planing an exit strategy is, for those who are not at risk of serious CV19 disease, when should they go back to work? (Trump missed an opportunity to announce a “Back To Work Task Force,” which would reassure the nation that priority is taking shape.)
In New York, Gov. Andrews Cuomo’s Coronavirus Task Force issued what would amount to a death sentence for the state’s most at-risk population. Despite having full knowledge that the elderly were a very high-risk group (as noted above), Cuomo’s State Health Department decreed: “No resident shall be denied re-admission or admission to the [nursing home] solely based on a confirmed or suspected diagnosis of COVID-19.” That edict also decreed that elder-care facilities “are prohibited from requiring a hospitalized resident who is determined medically stable to be tested for COVID-19 prior to admission or readmission.” Two days later on 27 March, Cuomo released 1100 felons from New York prisons over concern for their health.
Representing Biden’s latest CV-19 flip-flop, his campaign spokesman, Andrew Bates, expresses support for travel restrictions: “The Vice President has decried Trump’s xenophobia for years, and was saying that it shouldn’t influence the U.S. approach to this outbreak. This was not in reference to coronavirus travel restrictions. Travel restrictions, when supported by science, advocated by public health officials, and backed by a full strategy can be warranted. Travel restrictions can buy time; but here, the time they bought for preparation was squandered when Trump used it to downplay, rather than ready the country for, the disease.”
26 March: President Trump held a phone call with China’s dictator, Xi Jinping, to discuss the the CV19 outbreak and spread. Details of that call were not disclosed.
In a significant development regarding the pandemic modeling used by the Task Force, Dr. Deborah Brix noted a significant revision in the “recent report out of the UK … that said there would be 500,000 deaths in the UK and 2.2 million deaths in the United States.” She added, “They’ve adjusted that number in the UK to 20,000. Half a million to 20,000. We are looking at that in great detail to understand that adjustment.” The original UK report weighed heavily in the modeling used by the CV19 Task Force for its measures to partially shut down our economy.
The UK’s Imperial College of Medicine authors originally estimated that basic mitigating efforts would only cut its dire death predictions by 50%. But now, those researchers believe the UK death toll will hold at 20,000 given current UK mitigating action.
Moreover, epidemiologist Neil Ferguson, principle author of the UK research, indicates that more than half of those deaths would have occurred within six months, had the pandemic not been a factor. According to Ferguson, “We don’t know what the level of excess deaths will be in this epidemic,” meaning the extent to which COVID-19 will increase annual deaths above the level that otherwise would have been expected. “By the end of the year, what proportion of those people who’ve died from COVID-19 would have died anyhow? It might be as much as half to two-thirds of the deaths we’re seeing from COVID-19, because it’s affecting people who are either at the end of their lives or in poor health conditions.”
Again, he estimates that “half to two-thirds of the deaths” are “people who are either at the end of their lives or in poor health conditions.”
Meanwhile, a record-shattering 3.28 million Americans filed jobless claims this week, the first full week of the “Great Distancing” mandates. (Here is a novel viral proposal: How about the House and Senate pass resolutions to stop their government paychecks (with no back-end reimbursement) until all Americans are receiving paychecks again?)
After a week of delays, Democrats stopped obstructing the House and Senate emergency CV19 funding. Pelosi had padded the spending bills with special interest projects unrelated to CV19, while falsely claiming, “Everything we’re suggesting just relates to COVID-19.” House Majority Whip James Clyburn (D-SC) declared of all the unrelated spending, “This is a tremendous opportunity to restructure things to fit our vision.” The Senate and House approved and President Trump signed the massive $2.2 Trillion economic recovery package for hardest his business sectors and employees of those businesses.
27 March: President Trump signed The Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act into law. He appointed Office of Trade and Manufacturing policy director Peter Navarro to serve as the Defense Production Act Policy Coordinator.
Trump and his CV19 Task Force initiated contracts with 10 ventilator manufacturers in order significantly increase production. The objective was to produce more than 100,000 by the end of June. The administration also launched Project Airbridge, a public-private partnership to fly the most essential personal protective gear into the U.S. from around the world.
In a futile effort to ease tensions with China in order to obtain more reliable information from Xi, Trump’s social media managers posted this note: “Just finished a very good conversation with President Xi of China. Discussed in great detail the CoronaVirus that is ravaging large parts of our Planet. China has been through much & has developed a strong understanding of the Virus. We are working closely together. Much respect!” More to the point, a day later Don Trump Jr. posted: “Anyone praising China’s ‘leadership’ in responding [to] the virus should be scorned for being the authoritarian/communist propagandist that they are.”
Speaking with CNN, Joe Biden insisted that “the cost of the test should be absolutely zero,” despite the fact that President Trump signed the Families First Coronavirus Response Act on March 18, providing free COVID-19 testing. Biden also said that testing “should be able to be available nationwide, and that should have been right from the get-go an objective of the administration.” On March 15, Trump announced that “testing is now available in all 50 states.”
Emory University began enrolling participants for a phase one clinical trial, sponsored by the NIH’s National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID), of a new, potential coronavirus vaccine.
28 March: The CDC issued new guidance for residents of New York, New Jersey, and Connecticut to avoid non-essential domestic travel for 14 days to StopTheSpread of CV19 within the U.S.
Early CV-19 whistleblower Dr. Ai Fen, head of the emergency department at Wuhan Central hospital, is now missing, and the Chinese government will not reveal her whereabouts.
According to Cédric Alviani, the head of RSF’s East Asia bureau: “In her media interviews, Dr. Ai Fen said China’s censorship delayed the adoption of measures against the coronavirus crisis and therefore contributed to its spread in China. We urge the Chinese authorities to display the utmost transparency about her situation and, if she has been arrested, to immediately free her and all other journalists and information sources detained in China.”
29 March: The CV19 Task Force takes extraordinary action by issuing a 30-day extension of its recommended partial economic shutdown measures until 30 April, in order to reduce CV19 deaths and illnesses to a pace that does not overwhelm medical capabilities, which are now at stretched to limits in New York, New Jersey, Michigan, Washington and California. Task Force coordinator, Dr. Deborah Birx, made clear, “No state, no metro area, will be spared.”
President Trump announced that Cigna and Humana are waving co-pays for coronavirus treatment. HHS accepted 30 million doses of Hydroxychloroquine, donated by Sandoz, and one million doses of Chloroquine, donated by Bayer Pharmaceuticals, for clinical trials and possible treatment of coronavirus patients. (In 1995, the National Institutes of Health published studies indicating that Chloroquine is a potent inhibitor of SARS coronavirus.)
Biden, when asked by NBC’s Chuck Todd, “Do you think there is blood on the president’s hands considering the slow response?” responded, “I think that’s a little too harsh.”
30 March: President Trump announced that one million Americans have been tested for coronavirus and received their results. Secretary Azar announced that HHS took steps to accelerate a clinical trial of a potential coronavirus vaccine developed by Janssen Research & Development. The FDA has approved Battelle’s N95 mask sanitization process for use to decontaminate tens of thousands of masks per day. On coronavirus testing, Secretary Azar announced that the U.S. is currently testing nearly 100,000 samples per day.
Joe Biden repeated his claim that he wrote an Op/Ed on 17 January calling attention to the “Luhan province” virus before acknowledging to his MSNBC host it is “probably best I don’t” keep talking. Actually his campaign cobbled together something for the media on 27 January.
31 March: “I want every American to be prepared for the hard days that lie ahead. … This could be a hell of a bad two weeks.” President Donald Trump in reference to the coming surge in testing and corresponding deaths associated with COVID-19 disease. Dr. Anthony Fauci reiterated, “Models are as good as the assumptions you put into them. As we get more data as the weeks go by, that could be modified.” Dr. Deborah Birx added, “It’s communities that will [slow the spread]. There’s no magic bullet. There’s no magic vaccines or therapies. It’s just behaviors.”
At his daily press conference, Trump was asked by a Leftmedia agitator, “What do you say to Americans who are upset with you over the way you downplayed this crisis over the last couple of months?” Trump aptly replied: “I want to keep the country calm. I don’t want panic in the country. … I want to have our country be calm and strong and fight and win. And it will go away.”
The State Department issued a Level 4: Do Not Travel advisory for global international travel.
Despite the fact that on 26 February, President Trump named Vice President Mike Pence to head the White House’s Coronavirus Task Force, five weeks later Biden called for someone to be put in charge: “Who’s in charge, this is not rocket science it is consequential, incredibly consequential that there is certain things that can be done now – should have been done a week ago, three weeks ago, a month ago. The test for me is what does he do from this point on and he has significant responsibility – put somebody in charge. This is a war, you need a general. Put somebody in charge every single day that is accountable. Let people know exactly what is happening. Tell them the truth, they can handle it.”
World Health Organization executive director of the Health Emergencies Program, Mike Ryan likewise insisted: “There is no specific evidence to suggest that the wearing of masks by the mass population has any particular benefit. In fact there’s some evidence to suggest the opposite [because of not] wearing a mask properly…”
01 April: We believe that President Trump’s now endless and vacuous CV19 press briefings, are having the unintended consequences of setting him up to be the “face” of all the CV19 misery, and bear the political blame and consequences for the current economic crisis. Yes, the real blame for this crisis belongs on account with Xi Jinping and his ChiComs, but it is becoming increasingly difficult for Trump to escape that blame.
For the record, let me state again that balancing the CV19 mitigation efforts with the economic and social consequences has been extremely challenging, and formulating and implementing a mitigation plan and an exit strategy is the most difficult and complex policy decision faced by any president in decades. Let me also restate that, to the Trump administration’s great credit, our nation was in a better position to take this enormous economic hit than it would’ve been under the status quo of Hillary Clinton had she been elected. Until a month ago, we had the strongest economy in U.S. history. Trump is also well equipped by his considerable business experience to evaluate an effective path forward. But there is an increasingly high bar he must clear to escape bearing the burden for the economic collapse.
02 April: Nancy Pelosi (D-CA) and House Intelligence Committee Chairman Adam Schiff (D-CA), who distracted the nation with their impeachment charade while the CV19 while the pandemic was ramping up, announce they want to distract the nation with another investigation of President Trump while we are economically idled and the body count surges. Asked if he was distracted by the spurious Pelosi/Schumer impeachment proceedings in January, Trump responded, “I certainly devoted a little time to think about it, right. [But] I don’t think I would have done any better had I not been impeached…I don’t think I would have acted any faster,” given what the administration knew then.
Pelosi, announced her plans for a “bipartisan commission” to investigate the Trump administration’s CV19 Task Force failures. Pelosi insisted the committee was necessary because “we want to make sure there are not exploiters out there.” In other words, it’s another political charade, but this one is shamelessly designed to exploit the misery of America by blaming Trump in order to take him down in the November election.
President Trump responded: “I want to remind everyone here in our nation’s capital, especially in Congress, that this is not the time for politics. Endless, partisan investigations have already done extraordinary damage to our country in recent years.” In a letter to Sen. Chuck Schumer, the President appropriately eviscerated him for his efforts to politicize the pandemic.
Trump invoked the Defense Production Act to direct 3M to produce more N95 respirator masks and to help 6 companies (General Electric, Hill-Rom Holdings, Medtronic, ResMed, eRoyal Philips, and Vyaire Medical) get the supplies they need to make ventilators. The President ordered the Federal Government to cover the costs of all National Guard operations in states with recently approved disaster declarations.
Secretary Mnuchin and Small Business Administrator Jovita Carranza announced that the Paycheck Protection Program, created by the CARES Act to provide $350 billion in loans to small businesses, will be launched. HUD announced it was immediately making $3 billion of CARES Act funding available to help America’s low-income families and most vulnerable citizens across the nation.
Secretary Pompeo announced that the State Department has now brought home 30,000 Americans stranded overseas as a result of coronavirus-related travel restrictions.
The Trump Administration issued recommendations to nursing homes to help mitigate the spread of coronavirus.
Meanwhile, asked about voting in person, Biden says in the upcoming Wisconsin primary is OK because “a convention having tens of thousands of people in one arena is very different than having people walk into a polling booth with accurate spacing, six to ten feet apart, one at a time going in, and having machines scrubbed down…”
03 April: Almost 95% of all Americans are under state lockdown mandates, as 42 states issue stay-at-home orders. According to the Department of Labor, weekly jobless claims double to a record 6.6 million Americans filing for unemployment.
Trump signed a Presidential Memorandum blocking the export of N95 and other respirator masks, surgical masks, PPE gloves, and surgical gloves to ensure they are available in the U.S. – designating them as “scarce” under the Defense Production Act. The CDC issued guidelines recommending the use cloth masks to help stop the viral spread. Trump insisted on the measure based on evidence from South Korea, Hong Kong and Taiwan.
The CDC reversed its earlier position on the use of face masks and announced that it was now recommending that people should wear face coverings in public, citing new studies on the transmission of the virus that causes COVID-19: “We now know from recent studies that a significant portion of individuals with coronavirus lack symptoms (‘asymptomatic’) and that even those who eventually develop symptoms (‘pre-symptomatic’) can transmit the virus to others before showing symptoms. In light of this new evidence, CDC recommends wearing cloth face coverings in public settings where other social distancing measures are difficult to maintain (e.g., grocery stores and pharmacies) especially in areas of significant community-based transmission.” (Again, this relates to preventing people who have the virus from spreading it to others.)
The Army Corps of Engineers is working with states to assess 750 requests for temporary hospital facilities, having completed 673 already. Trump announced that 9,000 retired Army medical personnel have volunteered and are assisting the federal response to the coronavirus.
The President met with energy execs from Phillips 66, Devon Energy, Continental Resources, Hilcorp Energy, Occidental Petroleum, The American Petroleum Institute, The Energy Transfer Partners, Chevron, and Exxon Mobil to discuss coronavirus’ impact on the energy industry.
More Biden flipping and flopping on travel bans… Biden’s deputy campaign manager (and now White House Communications Director) Kate Bedingfield, expressed support for travel restrictions: “Joe Biden supports travel bans that are guided by medical experts, advocated by public health officials, and backed by a full strategy. Science supported this ban, therefore he did too.”
04 April: The WHO reports more than one million cases worldwide, but there are likely far more cases than that in China alone – and as we have previously reported, perhaps more than a million deaths in China. The UN’s World Health Organization comes under increased scrutiny for its part in China’s delayed pandemic reporting.
President Trump announced that 1,000 members of the Defense Department’s Medical Corps will be deployed to New York to assist in the fight against coronavirus.
Republican members of the House Committee on Oversight and Reform sent a letter to Secretary of State Mike Pompeo urging him to hold China accountable: “China, like many authoritarian regimes, tightly controls its internal information flow and media. Misinformation from China over the past several months has severely crippled global action to combat the global pandemic and undermined efforts by the State Department to work with other nations around the world to bring a swift end to this crisis. Chinese disinformation efforts have worsened the impact of the coronavirus pandemic and led to indescribable suffering around the world. It is essential the U.S. government works to combat this string of Chinese misinformation.”
Trump announced that the U.S. government has repatriated over 40,000 Americans from 75 countries.
05 April: The Patriot Post reviews George W. Bush’s demand for pandemic preparedness in 2005. n 2009, the Obama/Biden Administration’s HHS Secretary Kathleen Sebelius testified before Congress, warning that the supplies of H95 respirator masks in the U.S. were inadequate, and that the U.S. did not have adequate stockpiles or the manufacturing capacity to meet the required protocol regarding H95 respirator masks in the case of a health emergency. The Los Angeles Times and Bloomberg News have reported that the Obama/Biden Administration responsible for the N95 masks depletions from the national stockpile.
Joe Biden called on President Trump to enact the Defense Production Act and appoint a supply chain commander. However the President already invoked the Defense Production Act on 18 March and named Rear Admiral John Polowczyk as the head of the supply chain task force on 24 March.
Biden falsely claimed, “45 nations had already moved to keep — block China’s personnel from being able to come to the United States before the president moved.”
06 April: The FDA authorized Inovio’s potential coronavirus vaccine for a clinical trial, wile 10 potential coronavirus therapeutic agents are in “active trials” with another 15 potential therapeutics in plans for clinical trials.
New York Democrat Gov. Andrew Cuomo is now promoting the use of a combination of antibiotic and anti-malarial drugs Zithromax and Chloroquine (hydroxychloroquine). That is the same drug combination that President Trump noted weeks ago as a possible treatment. (Trump’s reference related to a 2005 report by the National Institute of Health: “Chloroquine is a Potent Inhibitor of SARS Coronavirus Infection and Spread.”) That mention resulted in Trump being excoriated by the Leftmedia for spreading “misinformation.” (Hydroxychloroquine is NOT an antiviral, but a powerful anti-inflammatory which is used for Lupus and arthritic conditions. The benefit with CV19 is the anti-inflammatory action against the cytokine storm that fills the lungs requiring a ventilator. Like H5N1, it’s lung damage – bilateral pneumonia – that results in most CV19 deaths.)
The Army Corps of Engineers is building 22 field hospitals and alternative care sites in 18 states.
The World Health Organization discouraged the widespread use of face masks, warning such use could create a “false sense of security.”
07 April: Today is “World Health Day,” commemorating the founding of the United Nation’s World Health Organization in 1948. Celebrating the WHO in the middle of a global pandemic is tragically ironic, given that WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom did not declare a global Public Health Emergency until the ChiCom Virus was already global. We now know that Tedros conspired with China’s communist dictator, Xi Jinping, to cover up the outbreak, and had Xi and Tedros informed the world just three weeks earlier than their 31 December notification, that would have reduced the viral spread by 95%. The SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus was already in the U.S. well before the WHO announcement. Indeed, China’s willful and deadly deception set a catastrophic “new standard in terms of outbreak response.”
Regarding World Health Day, President Trump noted the WHO “they called every shot wrong, they didn’t want to say where [coronavirus] came from.” Trump added, “For many years,” he noted, “we’ve been funding the World Health Organization. We’re going to look at it now.”
More to the point, Rep. Michael T. McCaul (R-TX), ranking member of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, said: “The WHO is complicit in the coronavirus pandemic. Not only did they praise the Chinese Communist Party’s troubling response, they amplified their disinformation about human to human transmission of coronavirus, continued to ignore Taiwan, and went so far as to criticize the President for his life-saving measure to ban travel from China early on. The corrupt WHO needs to stop pushing the Chinese Communist Party’s propaganda and return to their mission of protecting global health.”
Sen. Martha McSally (R-AZ) accused WHO Director-General Tedros of “parroting [China’s] propaganda,” adding, “China put us in this position because of their lies and the cover-ups and the complicit World Health Organization.” Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX) said: “[Tedros] has consistently bent to the will of the Chinese Communist Party. [WHO] has lost the credibility necessary to be effective, and a reevaluation of its leadership is rightfully called for.”
08 April: At the White House daily press briefing, a reporter asked: “Last week, your top experts were saying that we should expect 100,000 to 240,000 deaths in this country. You’ve been talking about how it looks like maybe things are plateauing. Are these numbers now being revised downward? I know you don’t want people to stop social distancing and that sort of thing, but what can you tell us about the numbers? Are they being revised down?”
Dr. Deborah Birx responded: “We believe that our healthcare delivery system in the United States is quite extraordinary. I know many of you are watching the Act Now model and the IHME model from — and they have consistently decreased the number, the mortality from over almost 90,000 or 86,000, down to 81,000 and now down to 61,000. That is modeled on what America is doing. That’s what’s happening.”
Of note, data from New York City, the epicenter of the CV19 outbreak, indicates that the majority (65.6%) of those who have died there, had serious underlying health conditions. Moreover, a third of the deaths (32.6%) are listed as “underlying conditions pending” with only 1.9% being listed as “no underlying conditions.”
More than 27,000 National Guard service members were activated across the country to assist in the coronavirus response.
09 April: Democrats in the House and Senate begin a second round of blocking business loans to help small business survive the CV19 economic impact by padding the bills with special interest mandates for their constituencies.
Over 2 million coronavirus tests have been completed and there are currently 19 potential coronavirus therapies being tested and another 26 potential therapies in active planning for clinical trials.
In the Leftmedia’s relentless effort to carry water for the Democrats’ “blame Trump” mantra, ABC News reported: “As far back as late November, U.S. intelligence officials were warning that a contagion was sweeping through China’s Wuhan region.” ABC claimed its unnamed sources had access to a Defense Intelligence Agency report from the National Center for Medical Intelligence. While there were undoubtedly reports about the possibility of a virus outbreak in November, the ABC report is completely unsubstantiated. Colonel Shane Day, Director of the DIA’s National Center for Medical Intelligence issued the following statement: “As a matter of practice the National Center for Medical Intelligence does not comment publicly on specific intelligence matters. However, in the interest of transparency during this current public health crisis, we can confirm that media reporting about the existence/release of a National Center for Medical Intelligence Coronavirus-related product/assessment in November of 2019 is not correct. No such NCMI product exists.”
10 April: Rep Adam Schiff (D-CA) introduces his partisan “Commission on the COVID-19 Pandemic” bill with Senate co-sponsors Diane Feinstein (D-CA) and Kamala Harris (D-CA). According to Schiff, “It’s clear we’ll need a bipartisan commission to ensure we’re better prepared for the next pandemic.” Translation: “It’s clear we need a partisan commission to hang this pandemic around Trump’s neck ahead of the 2020 election.”
11 April: More than 29,600 National Guard Troops have been activated and 4,700 active duty medical personnel have been deployed to nine states.
Chinese journalists Chen Quishi, Fang Bin and Li Zehua are now missing after posting their investigative reports on CV-19.
12 April: A deal brokered by President Trump was announced between The OPEC countries, Russia, and the U.S. to cut production and stabilize the oil market amid dual disruptions from coronavirus and the price war between Saudi Arabia and Russia.
In a case study of typical Leftmedia obfuscation to smear President Trump, Dr. Anthony Fauci sets the record straight regarding CNN’s claim he was critical of the administrations effort to initiate mitigation efforts to slow the CV19 case rates.
As to CNN’s false assertion that Trump was at fault, Dr. Fauci was clear: “The first and only time that Dr. Birx and I went in and formally made a recommendation to the president to actually have a, quote, shutdown in the sense of not really shutdown, but to really have strong mitigation…the president listened and went to the mitigation. The second time that I went with Dr. Birx into the president and said 15 days are not enough, we need to go 30 days…at that time the president went with the health recommendations and we extended it another 30 days.” He stated further regarding difficult recommendations he and Birx made to the President: “The travel was another recommendation when we went in and said we probably should be doing that, and the answer was yes. And then another time it was we should do it with Europe, and the answer was yes, and the next time we should do it with the UK, and the answer was yes.”
13 April: The influential CV19 death modeling from the Institute for Health Metrics and Evaluation (IHME), whose forecasts inspired political and media panic and motivated official social and economic lockdowns, revised their predictions. In an updated forecast the IHME is now predicting no “zero deaths in July and August” in the U.S. from COVID-19, assuming the CDC safety guidelines are maintains.
Based on emerging documentation of China’s organized CV19 outbreak coverup, Dr. Anthony Fauci condemned China for lying about human-to-human transmission of the virus last December: “Early on we did not get correct information, and the incorrect information was propagated right from the beginning.” He noted this was why, back on January 21, he told the American public that the coronavirus was “not a major threat for the people in the United States.”
The USDA released a “one-stop-shop” resource guide to help farmers, rural communities, and others know what resources and assistance are available to them as a response to the coronavirus.
The Department of Commerce and Census Bureau announced adjustments to the 2020 Census operational schedule to protect census workers and the American people during the coronavirus outbreak.
The U.S. government now has 28 million doses of hydroxychloroquine stockpiled.
Gov. Andrew Cuomo praised the Trump administration for its assistance to New York: “[Trump] has delivered for New York. He has. By and large, it has worked.”
14 April: Joint Chiefs of Staff, Gen. Mark A. Milley, announced that military and intelligence agencies have been investigating if the origin of the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus was China’s P4 super laboratory in Wuhan – the first official acknowledgement of that investigation. Gen. Milley stated: “It should be no surprise that we’ve taken a keen interest in [the origin] and we’ve had a lot of intelligence agencies take a hard look at that. I would just say at this point it’s inconclusive although the weight of evidence seems to indicate natural. But we don’t know for certain.”
In other words, any official announcement that the SARS-CoV-2 source is the Wuhan Institute’s P4 lab, will be left to President Trump, as the implications for our relationship with China are dire. But there may never be an “official conclusion” because of national security implications.
On the other hand, The Washington Post acknowledged that the origin of the deadly SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus causing COVID-19 disease could be the Wuhan Institute of Virology. There is more evidence that the WIV’s National Biosafety Laboratory, China’s only P4 (Pathogen Level 4) super laboratory, has been engaged in research on the Ebola, Nipah, and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever viruses — and, yes, coronavirus variants. Notably, Patriot Post sources asserted early on that poor safety standards at the P4 lab could account for the origin of the CV19 viral pandemic.
15 April: President Trump announced that he was going to suspend all U.S. support for the World Health Organization.
16 April: President Trump announced the administration’s plan to bring the economy back on line, with state governors and their local officials determining the specifics of what they need to do and when. As expected, jobless claims have now risen to 22 million. That number will continue to surge in weeks to come as the ripple effect unemployment detrimentally impact the financial stability of tens of millions of additional Americans.
19 April: Patriots Day: On excessive measures by some governors who have gone to extremes limiting Liberty, Trump said, “I really believe that they’re being unreasonable. I just think that some of the governors have gotten carried away. … Some have gone too far, some governors have gone too far.” Regarding the sporadic protests over state closures, Trump added, “Their life was taken away from them. These people love our country, they want to get back to work.”
21 April: Dr. Luc Montagnier, a Nobel laureate for his research on HIV, affirms he believes the coronavirus was created in a Chinese lab: “It was produced by a laboratory. … It was a job for molecular biologists. It’s a very meticulous job. You could say a clockwork of sequences. There is enormous pressure for everything that is at the origin of the virus to be hidden.” He said the virus “escaped” from the Wuhan lab.
22 April: The total number of jobless claims since the ChiCom Virus pandemic partial economic shut down began five weeks ago, is now 26.4 million. The U.S. has now erased all job gains since the Great Recession of 2008.
23 April: Speaker Pelosi and her Democrats voted to create her “bipartisan” House investigation panel, ostensibly to review the government’s actions in response to CV19. In other words as noted when she proposed this panel, another partisan inquisition aimed solely at undermining President Trump’s reelection bid. The bill creating the “Commission on the COVID-19 Pandemic” was sponsored by Rep. Adam Schiff (D-CA) and Sen. Diane Feinstein (D-CA).
To that end, a day later Schiff, Pelosi’s lieutenant for their failed impeachment spectacle, set the tone for their “investigation” charade saying: “I don’t think [the House impeachment managers] had any idea how much damage [Trump] would go on to do in the months ahead. There are 50,000 Americans now who are dead in significant part because of his incompetence.” Ironically, it was Schiff’s distracting impeachment that was sucking all the air out of the Beltway in January, and that contributed more to American deaths than anything the Trump administration did or didn’t do. When Pelosi originally proposed her next inquisition, Trump responded: “I want to remind everyone here in our nation’s capital, especially in Congress, that this is not the time for politics. Endless, partisan investigations have already done extraordinary damage to our country in recent years.”
24 April: Attorney General William Barr issues a warning that states and local governments should not infringe civil rights when issuing their lockdown orders. According to AG Barr acknowledge: “There is no denying that they have imposed tremendous burdens on the daily lives of all Americans. Many policies that would be unthinkable in regular times have become commonplace in recent weeks, and we do not want to unduly interfere with the important efforts of state and local officials to protect the public. But the Constitution is not suspended in times of crisis. We must therefore be vigilant to ensure its protections are preserved, at the same time that the public is protected.” He also announced the Department of Justice will review excessive order complaints.
25 April: Georgia is one of the first states among those which enforced shutdowns, to reopen its economy in stages.
The consequence of states reopening is going to be higher infections and deaths – unless warmer weather subdues the SARS-CoV-2 virus. It is important that Americans understand that nothing about the virus has changed — it is still out there claiming casualties, and it will continue to do so until an effective vaccine, combined with effective treatments and herd immunity, can slow it. And … it will reemerge again next fall.
But are the benefits of natural immunity being understated as while waiting on a vaccine? Recall what Covid Czar Tony Fauci had to say about vaccines versus natural immunity, back when he could tell fact from politically-induced fiction: “The best vaccination is to get infected yourself. … The most potent vaccination is getting infected yourself.”
26 April: Bill Gates, now promoting himself as a global healthcare mogul, when asked if China should be held responsible for the CV19 pandemic, praised China: “I don’t think that’s a timely thing because it doesn’t affect how we act today. China did a lot of things right at the beginning. Like any country where a virus first shows up, they can look back and see where they missed some things.” Gates needs a reality check – starting with a review of this timeline. To the point, White House Trade Adviser Peter Navarro has concluded: “This is a war. It’s a war that China started by spawning the virus, by hiding the virus, by hoarding personal protective equipment during the time it hid the virus.”
The Guide to Opening America outlined three phases for state governors to use as a reference point.
Phase One: All vulnerable individuals (the elderly and those with pre-existing medical conditions) should continue to self-quarantine. When in public, individuals should continue social distancing and avoid gatherings of more than 10 people. Non-essential travel should be avoided. Schools and youth camps will remain closed. Businesses should encourage teleworking and common areas should be closed. Restaurants, gyms and movie theaters can reopen under strict social distancing and cleaning procedures.
Phase Two: All vulnerable individuals should continue to self-quarantine. When in public, individuals should maximize physical distancing as best as possible, and avoid gatherings of more than 50 people. Non-essential travel is permitted. Schools and youth camps can reopen. Businesses are still encouraged to use teleworking, and common areas should remain closed. Restaurants, gyms and movie theaters can operate under less strict social distancing, but should maintain vigorous cleaning protocols.
Phase Three: Vulnerable individuals can resume normal activities, but should avoid crowds. Trips to nursing homes can resume. Businesses and worksites can resume normal operations. Bars, gyms, movie theaters and restaurants can resume normal operations with limited social distancing while maintaining strict cleaning protocols.
27 April: President Trump again, sets himself up for criticism with careless rambling communications at the latest of his endless and vacuous CV19 briefings. As I noted previously in “Mr. President, Don’t Be the Poster Child for CV19 Misery,” the president should start those briefings by focusing for a few minutes on his administration’s progress against the virus, then turn to the progress supporting businesses’ recovery efforts — something he actually knows something about — and then leave the room. He has set himself up to be the face of the CV19 failures.
28 April: The Director of National Intelligence chides The Washington Post for falsely claiming President Trump had early intelligence about the CV19 threat. But there was a government report released in mid-April concluded the “most likely” source of the virus was the P4 lab: “All other possible places of the virus’ origin have been proven to be highly unlikely.” To be clear, there is no evidence the virus was engineered as a bio weapon. As noted by Gen. Mark A. Milley, “At this point, it’s inconclusive, although the weight of evidence seems to indicate natural. But we don’t know for certain.”
Meanwhile, we now learn that Anthony Fauci approved funding for Wuhan Institute of Virology research into into deadly gain-of-function experiments in 2014.
That revelation led to an excoriating WaPo op/ed in 2019from Tom Inglesby of Johns Hopkins University and Marc Lipsitch of Harvard. They protested: “We have serious doubts about whether these experiments should be conducted at all. [W]ith deliberations kept behind closed doors, none of us will have the opportunity to understand how the government arrived at these decisions or to judge the rigor and integrity of that process.”
29 April: Concerns about pandemic litigation are being evaluated as personal injury and class action lawyers line up to pad their pockets with relief funds.
30 April: As China’s dictator Xi Jinping was claiming few deaths from the emerging ChiCom Virus pandemic, President Trump was asked if he was aware of evidence indicating the virus might have originated in the Wuhan Institute of Virology’s P4 infectious disease lab.
Trump declared: “Yes I have. Yes I have. I can’t tell you that. I’m not allowed to tell you that. … You’ll be learning in the not-too-distant future. But it’s a terrible thing that happened – whether they made a mistake or whether it started off as a mistake and then they made another one. Or did somebody do something on purpose?” Trump added, “I think the World Health Organization should be ashamed of themselves,” because they were clearly complicit in the ChiCom coverup of the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus origins.
The same day, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo indicated the evidence was not yet conclusive: “We don’t know if it came from the Wuhan Institute of Virology. We don’t know if it emanated from the wet market or yet some other place. We don’t know those answers.” But days later he confirmed Trump’s assertion, saying he has seen “enormous evidence” that the virus infecting much of the world originated in the WIV’s P4 lab: “I can tell you that there is a significant amount of evidence that this came from that laboratory in Wuhan.”
Predictably, the usual Leftmedia suspects lined up to declare Trump’s lab assertion fake news. Typical was this CNN headliner featuring their favorite “pandemic expert”: “Anthony Fauci just crushed Donald Trump’s theory on the origins of the coronavirus.” According to CNN, “Enter Anthony Fauci, the head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease and perhaps the single most prominent doctor in the world at the moment. In an interview with National Geographic posted on Monday night, Fauci was definitive about the origins of the virus which has sickened more than a million Americans and killed more than 68,000: ‘If you look at the evolution of the virus in bats and what’s out there now, [the scientific evidence] is very, very strongly leaning toward this could not have been artificially or deliberately manipulated … Everything about the stepwise evolution over time strongly indicates that [this virus] evolved in nature and then jumped species.’ Now, before we play the game of ‘he said, he said’ remember this: Only one of these two people is a world-renowned infectious disease expert. And it’s not Donald Trump.”
But as we had stated months prior to Trump’s remark, we agree with Sen. Tom Cotton on this question, and our sources backed up Cotton’s original assessment that the virus originated in Wuhan’s P4 lab.
Recall that responding to Cotton’s early assertions of a ChiCom coverup, on 17 February The Washington Post ran this headline, “Tom cotton keeps repeating a coronavirus conspiracy theory that was already debunked.” (WaPo later changed the headlined to indicate it was “disputed” rather than “debunked.” Likewise, on 17 February The New York Times headlined that declaration: “Senator Tom Cotton Repeats Fringe Theory of Coronavirus Origins.”
Meanwhile, evidence is mounting that there is a “ChiCom-Leftmedia Propaganda Loop” assisting China’s CV19 coverup. There are two liabilities the ChiComs are trying to avoid – when and where the virus emerged – and their media blitz methods follow a well-established strategy to admit nothing, deny everything and make counter-allegations. American media outlets are propagating the Chinese propaganda.
01 May: It is now apparent that measures taken to ensure hospitals across the nation were not overwhelmed by CV19 infections, have now put the nation’s healthcare providers at risk of bankruptcy.
02 May: A 15-page intelligence summary produced by the “Five Eyes” intel alliance (U.S., UK, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand), documented China’s cover-up of the outbreak.
04 May: There is now substantial corroborative evidence that China’s P4 Lab was certainly the origin of the SARS-CoV-2. “All other possible places of the virus’ origin have been proven to be highly unlikely.”
05 May: New York authorities reported an additional 1700 deaths of nursing home patients, adding to the enormous total already accumulating as a result of Andrew Cuomo’s death sentence for his state’s most vulnerable population. Meanwhile Cuomo was duped out of $69 million by a California individual posing as a medical device producer.
06 May: Republican governors receive high marks for their handling of the crisis. However, as governors begin to restore their economies, it is imperative that they tell the American people that, if all we have been told about the lethality of the CV19 virus is true, there will be a surge of infections.
California Gov. Gain Newsom is not forthcoming about a $1 billion deal he made with China.
07 May: Trump speculates about winding down the CV19 Task Force but reverses course and indicated it will remain intact indefinitely. There are serious questions being raised about CV19 infection and death data in the U.S. and worldwide, with India, world’s second-most-populated country, reporting few deaths.
08 May: The unemployment rate rose to a record 14.7% and payrolls dropped by an unprecedented 20.5 million workers. However, the number of Americans no longer looking for work combined with those who are only able to find part-time jobs is also at an all-time high of 22.8%. That report and other data is raising concerns about the health consequences caused by the economic shutdown.
09 May: There were new revelations from Germany’s Federal Intelligence Service that Chinese officials demanded that WHO chief Tedros help deflect concerns about the risks of CV19 disease. According to Der Spiegel, “The BND’s verdict is harsh: At least four, if not six, weeks have been lost in Beijing’s information policy in the fight against the virus.” Recall that on 14 January, Tedros issued a statement saying, “Preliminary investigations conducted by Chinese authorities have found no clear evidence of human-to-human transmission of the novel coronavirus.”
Sen. Tom Cotton (R-AR), who has now taken on the primary role of exposing Xi Jinping’s agenda to conceal the outbreak, moved back into the center of the fire with new intelligence reports indicating “that on major roads around these labs, Wuhan, you obviously had thousands and thousands of cell phones pinging towers day in and day out.” Cotton added, “And then all of a sudden in October, it stopped and it remained stopped for several days. That would suggest without any further information that those roads were blocked for some reason. Now we need to go confirm that.”
According to Cotton: “There’s no question that Xi Jinping and senior officials in the Chinese Communist Party were pressuring the WHO all the way back to December to undersell the risk of this virus. They knew in China early on, probably as early as the early days of December, and that this virus was both highly contagious in humans and very deadly for certain people. Yet they wanted to save face. In addition to saving face, they wanted once they realized this virus was going to cripple their own economy, that it did not remain limited to China.”
White House trade policy adviser Peter Navarro confirmed: “We know that patient zero in China was about mid-November, it was in Wuhan. We know that ground zero had the P4 weapons lab, where the virus likely came from. For the next two months, we know that China hid the virus from the world behind the shield of the World Health Organization.”
The evidence about Xi demands from Tedros are known to U.S. intelligence agencies but the administration is withholding release of that information because of pending trade negotiations between President Trump and Xi.
10 May: In a press conference, New York Gov. Andrew Cuomo blames his state health director, Howard Zucker, for implementing the deadly policy that nursing homes must admit patients with CV19 disease – six weeks after Cuomo implemented the previous policy. He announced new regulations reversing the policy and Cuomo now insists: “We’re just not going to send a person who is positive to a nursing home after a hospital visit. This virus uses nursing homes. They are ground zero. It’s a congregation of vulnerable people.”
11 May: Almost 20,000 people have died in New York City – if NYC was a country, it would rank sixth in the world in total deaths, behind France and ahead of Brazil.
12 May: German intelligence agencies report evidence that Xi Jinping’s regime conspired to use the WHO as part of its coverup. The Chinese Communist propaganda machine issues counter-allegations with “reality checks” in order to deflect the now global awareness that Xi Jinping’s coverup of the CV19 outbreak has had an enormous human and economic consequences.
13 May: Dr. Anthony Fauci stirs the fear pot warning of “needless suffering and death” if we reopen too soon … whenever that is.
15 May: Evaluations of Georgia’s reopening infection rates better than widely predicted.
18 May: Gov. Andrew Cuomo endeavors to cover his tracks after implementation of his deadly nursing home policy.
20 May: Trump tees up his first round of plans for holding China accountable for the CV19 coverup.
21 May: Evidence continues to mount raising questions about the CV19 infection and death projections.
26 May: The latest CDC revisions on CV19 fatality rates indicate it may be as low as 0.3%, raising further concerns about the heavy human and economic cost of the shutdowns.
Dr. Michael Ryan, the head of the WHO Health Emergencies Program, absurdly praised China’s “openness” with this pandering assertion: “I think the authorities in China, governments around the world, and ourselves are very keen to understand the animal origin of the virus itself. And I am very pleased to hear a very consistent message coming from China, which is one of openness to such an approach.”
27 May: Obama economist warns that is economic recover is underway this summer, that will be bad for Democrat election prospects. “We are about to see the best economic data we’ve seen in the history of this country.”
28 May: The BIG Question: What If there are NO Huge CV19 Spikes in Opening States? After tens of millions of Americans have lost their jobs, if there are not significant increases of infections as states reopen, then our nation has paid an enormous price based on flawed projections from a handful of bureaucrats.
Even the primary medical adviser to the White House Task Force, Dr. Anthony Fauci, declared last Friday, “We can’t stay locked down for such a considerable period of time that you might do irreparable damage and have unintended consequences, including consequences for health.” He added, “I don’t want people to think that any of us feel that staying locked down for a prolonged period of time is the way to go.”
He has also toned down his projections about a second wave this fall: “We often talk about the possibility of a second wave, or of an outbreak when you’re reopening. We don’t have to accept that as an inevitability,” he explained, adding, “When people start thinking about the fall, I want people to really appreciate that it could happen, but it is not inevitable.”
What has tempered Fauci’s tone-deaf pandemic tune may have been a letter from 600 physicians nationwide to the White House insisting that the “national shutdown” end. The letter warned: “Millions of casualties of a continued shutdown will be hiding in plain sight, but they will be called alcoholism, homelessness, suicide, heart attack, stroke, or kidney failure. In youth it will be called financial instability, unemployment, despair, drug addiction, unplanned pregnancies, poverty, and abuse.”
29 May: While the MSM focused its attention on the CV19 deaths milestone, estimated now at 100,000, there was little attention paid to the other milestone this week: Jobless claims have surpassed the 40 MILLION mark.
01 June: Recall on 08 March when Fauci declared: “Right now in the United States, people should not be walking around with masks. There’s no reason to be walking around with a mask. When you’re in the middle of an outbreak, wearing a mask might make people feel a little bit better and it might even block a droplet, but it’s not providing the perfect protection that people think that it is. And, often, there are unintended consequences.” While we believe the efficacy of masking may be proven for someone who has the virus – and who should be staying home – there are now questions about masking in general. According to a report in the New England Journal of Medicine, “Universal Masking in Hospitals in the Covid-19 Era,” this observation about the broader implications of masking is of interest as it pertains to the use of masks outside of hospitals: “We know that wearing a mask outside health care facilities offers little, if any, protection from infection. Public health authorities define a significant exposure to Covid-19 as face-to-face contact within 6 feet with a patient with symptomatic Covid-19 that is sustained for at least a few minutes (and some say more than 10 minutes or even 30 minutes). The chance of catching Covid-19 from a passing interaction in a public space is therefore minimal. In many cases, the desire for widespread masking is a reflexive reaction to anxiety over the pandemic.”
That being said, on 03 April the CDC reversed its earlier position on the use of face masks and announced that it was now recommending that people should wear face coverings in public, citing new studies on the transmission of the virus that causes COVID-19: “We now know from recent studies that a significant portion of individuals with coronavirus lack symptoms (‘asymptomatic’) and that even those who eventually develop symptoms (‘pre-symptomatic’) can transmit the virus to others before showing symptoms. In light of this new evidence, CDC recommends wearing cloth face coverings in public settings where other social distancing measures are difficult to maintain (e.g., grocery stores and pharmacies) especially in areas of significant community-based transmission.”
Regarding Fauci’s previous assertions about the ineffectiveness of masking, he says he basically mislead the nation in order to ensure there would not be a run on masks, creating a shortage of N-95 compliant masks for medical personnel. Of course, Fauci believes that misleading the country about masking was a “noble lie” for your own good.
As we have noted previously, masking has more to do with preventing someone with the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus from spreading it, than preventing someone else from catching it. To that end, regarding the preventive capacity of the most common non-N-95 compliant masks being warn by 99% of people, the effectiveness of those masks is tantamount to putting up a chain link fence to keep mosquitoes out of your yard.
02 June: A new internal German government report strongly condemns the country’s response to CV19 as far too costly, placing significant pressure on German politicians and bureaucrats to defend what now increasingly appear to be indefensible actions closing down the economy. By extension, that report is putting the same pressure on other western nations.
03 June: After the death of a black man due to gross police negligence, Democrat claims of “sustemic racism](https://patriotpost.us/alexander/71292-talking-with-a-democrat-about-systemic-racism-and-other-social-issues-dot-dot-dot-2020-06-10)” and the resulting protests and riots, were exacerbated by frustration associated with the lockdowns. Dr. Kenneth Eisold, a psychoanalyst, said, “No doubt in my mind that the pandemic has eroded people’s capacity to tolerate additional frustration and anxiety. I also suspect that the riots reflect an unconscious protest against the lockdown.”
04 June: While we may never get a full accounting, it is clear that some percentage of deaths being attributed to CV19 disease, were most certainly not the result of coronavirus. Because the government incentivized a COVID diagnosis by guaranteeing full reimbursement for any patient who dies of any cause who has also been diagnosed with CV19 disease, patients who died of other causes are being counted among the CV19 deaths.
05 June: In a shocking but welcome indication of an economic turnaround expected by none of the economic experts, the U.S. added 2.5 million jobs in May, but we have a long way to go for full recovery.
06 June: China and WHO Earn Trump’s Ire The president rebukes China over Hong Kong overreach, and the U.S. will leave WHO. Political Editors · Jun. 1, 2020 https://patriotpost.us/articles/71040-china-and-who-earn-trumps-ire-2020-06-01
09 June: Dr. Maria Van Kerkhove, head of the WHO’s emerging diseases and zoonosis unit, has raised significant questions about the justification for shutting down nations over asymptomatic spread: “From the data we have, it still seems to be rare that an asymptomatic person actually transmits onward to a secondary individual. We have a number of reports from countries who are doing very detailed contact tracing. They’re following asymptomatic cases. They’re following contacts. And they’re not finding secondary transmission onward. It’s very rare.”
10 June: Democrats foment and fuel the rioting rage in urban centers across the U.S. by Marxist BLM groups fallaciously claiming that “systemic racism. Apparently, when it comes to mass protests and race riots, the Democrat’s masking rules don’t apply.
12 June: As more states reopen following the CV19 lockdowns, as we estimated must be the case if the Coronavirus was as virulent as predicted, the number of coronavirus infections has increased. Just how much of this rise is directly related to wider testing rates or increased transmissions rate will continue to be debated, though it’s obvious that increased testing will reveal more infections.
Among the states the never closed, South Dakota’s governor Kristi Noem defied the East Coast experts and kept her state open. "The people themselves are primarily responsible for their safety,” Noem quaintly insisted. “As soon as the president said, ‘We all need you to stay home for 15 days,’ people in South Dakota did,” said Noem. “We didn’t tell them they had to. We didn’t close any businesses. But people here just said, ‘Our president’s asking us to stay home — we’re going to stay at home.’ And so we still saw a decline of people out and about doing things. Personal responsibility.” South Dakota’s response can serve as a template for states with mostly rural populations.
On 08 March, Fauci declared in a national interview: “Right now in the United States, people should not be walking around with masks. There’s no reason to be walking around with a mask. When you’re in the middle of an outbreak, wearing a mask might make people feel a little bit better and it might even block a droplet, but it’s not providing the perfect protection that people think that it is. And, often, there are unintended consequences — people keep fiddling with the mask and they keep touching their face.” He added, “It could lead to a shortage of masks for the people who really need it,” but he should not have lied about the efficacy of masking. Of course, he believes these were “noble lies” for your own good.
On 03 April, the CDC reversed its position on the use of face masks, declaring, “CDC recommends wearing cloth face coverings in public settings where other social distancing measures are difficult to maintain…” Fauci should have explained his public disinformation then.
When finally confronted about misleading the public, Fauci explained, “I don’t regret anything I said then because in the context of the time in which I said it, it was correct. We were told in our task force meetings that we have a serious problem with the lack of PPEs and masks for the health providers…”
Actually, it was not “correct,” it was a lie – however well-intentioned. For the record, the largest retail vendors of face masks and other PPP equipment were already restricting sales only to hospitals or emergency service personnel. The wholesalers had done the same.
Fauci added, “It soon became clear that we had enough protective equipment and that cloth masks and homemade masks were as good as masks that you would buy from surgical supply stores. So in the context of when we were not strongly recommending it, it was the correct thing.”
Also a lie…
Fauci, demonstrating his signature unmitigated arrogance, insisted, “With all due modesty, I think I’m pretty effective.”
Also a lie…
It is now clear that Anthony Fauci’s lies about masking accelerated the spread of COVID19 – assuming there is any reliable efficacy to support that masking is a significant deterrent.
16 June: Reliable data from various studies demonstrates that the vast majority of the most serious CV-19 cases in the United States were among the elderly and those with preexisting conditions, as originally anticipated by the CDC. A review by Stanford medical professor John Ioannidis found that 80% of Americans who died of CV19 were older than 65. Additional data found that Americans over 85 are 2.75 times more likely to die from CV19 than those 75 to 84 and 16.8 times more like than those 55 to 64. As treatments have improved, the mortality rate in general has dropped, with those under 45 making up less than 2% of total deaths.
17 June: The House GOP Foreign Affairs Committee released its report on the World Health Organization’s role in allowing for the global spread of the COVID disease pandemic by assisting China’s efforts to conceal the outbreak. The report demands the removal of WHO Director Tedros Adhanom Ghebresesus, and requests an international probe into the CCP’s response. Republicans demand the WHO director’s removal and an international probe into the CCP’s response after determining the WHO was complicit in the ChiCom Virus coverup.
23 June: Residents of urban centers like New York, begin leaving in mass.
30 June: Cuomo and de Blasio failures to protect citizens are catastrophic.
02 July: The recovery is underway – “US adds 4.8 million jobs as unemployment falls to 11.1%.”
07 July: Opposing the reopening schools is now the Democrat battle ground in their effort to politicize all things Covid.
08 July: President Trump announces the official withdrawal of the U.S. association with and support of the WHO.
10 July: Gov. Andrew Cuomo attempts to rewrite CV19 deaths in New York, specifically his policies which led to those deaths. Meanwhile he is lecturing the nation on what actions other states should take, insisting, “look at the numbers.”
11 July: Pelosi ramps up the Demo opposition to reopen schools, hoping that by the fall some will have to shut back down – more pre-election political fodder to blame Trump for setting off a “second wave” outbreak. Of course, teacher unions have joined the chorus, using the pandemic as an opportunity to make demands.
22 July: Sen. Chuck Schumer refuses to support Covid legal liability indemnification for businesses – opening up a huge market for Demo donor lawyers.
23 July: Biden criticized Trump’s use of the term “China Virus,” saying, “Look what he’s doing now. He’s blaming everything on China. He’s blaming everything on the Chinese and people don’t make a distinction, as you well know, from a South Korean and someone from Beijing. They make no distinction, it’s Asian. And he’s using it as a wedge.” He then repeated his claims that Trump was the nations first “racist” president: “No sitting president has ever done this. Never, never, never. No Republican president has done this. No Democratic president. We’ve had racists and they’ve existed and they’ve tried to get elected president. He’s the first one that has.”
29 July: Dr. Anthony Fauci notes that his recommendations and those of the administration were almost all in agreement.
30 July: The Democrat’s urban violence strategy, fomenting such violence and endeavoring to blame Trump, has created residual pockets of violence that may now land at Democrat feet. There is evidence now that the protests and riots have accelerated the SARS-CoV-2 spread.
05 August: Leftist school administrators are refusing to help parents educate kids at home because that is a threat to teacher union hegemony.
08 August: Trump administration policies continue to promote economic recovery, with 1.8 million jobs added in July, as the headline unemployment rate dropped to 10.2%, down from April’s high of 14.7%. In short, the U.S. economy has now regained 42% of the jobs lost from the pandemic shutdown. Clearly, states with Republican leadership are recovering faster than those under oppressive Democrat leadership.
10 August: Tired of Pelosi’s political roadblocks to support for employees and businesses hardest hit by the CV19 shutdown, President Trump signed four executive measures to bring COVID aid to unemployed Americans.
12 August: The political theater of masking continues to play out, because politicizing the ChiCom Virus has led to widespread public distrust.
18 August: Predictably, the Democrats have politically exploited the collateral damage from the ChiCom Virus.
19 August: Biden’s handlers announce their “recovery plan” which would actually retard economic growth.
21 August: We saw this coming in February… The World Health Organization declared that a vaccine will be a “vital tool” in the global fight against the coronavirus, but it won’t end the Covid-19 pandemic. So, how to best use this crisis as an opportunity? WHO’s Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus claims that climate change must be addressed: “At the same time, we will not, we cannot go back to the way things were. Throughout history, outbreaks and pandemics have changed economies and societies. In particular, the Covid-19 pandemic has given new impetus to the need to accelerate efforts to respond to climate change. The Covid-19 pandemic has given us a glimpse of our world as it could be: cleaner skies and rivers.”
24 August: Evidence is mounting that the extreme authoritarian lockdowns were an egregious policy error. As longtime policy analyst John Hinderaker writes, “Governments around the world have responded to COVID-19 with more or less harsh (but, of course, never complete) shutdowns of economic and social activity. The costs of these shutdowns have been enormous, obvious and undeniable, while the alleged benefits have been hypothetical and speculative. As experience with the virus accumulates, there is, I think, a growing consensus that the shutdowns have been worthless, or close to worthless.”
25 August: Joe Biden announces his national Covid response plan, which is basically a knock-off of the current Trump administration plan, with the exception of Biden’s national masking mandate.
01 September: Despite the fact that CV19 has been highly politicized by the Democrats, who are fomenting fear to line up more voters by errantly blaming Donald Trump for the disease, some individuals insist there are conspiracies where there are not. Regarding confusion about the CDC data on “comorbidities,” that data is not part of a cover-up to hide the “truth” that CV19 is no more dangerous than the flu – as some errantly claim. In fact, SARS-CoV-2 was the primary factor in more than 95% of COVID deaths.
04 September: There is clear evidence that the “double standard” lockdowns as opposed to Democrat pandering, fomenting and supporting mass protests and riots, is fueling urban surges in CV19 spread.
05 September: The Biden/Harris regime ticket attraction, Kamala Harris promotes a “dangerous conspiracy theory” about a potential COVID-19 vaccine: “I will say that I would not trust Donald Trump and it would have to be a credible source of information that talks about the efficacy and the reliability of whatever he’s talking about. I will not take his word for it.”
07 September: New York Governor Andrew Cuomo is now trying to blame-shift his own CV19 response malfeasance to the Trump administration, now claiming: “Donald Trump caused the COVID outbreak in New York. That is a fact. It’s a fact that he admitted, and the CDC admitted, and [Dr. Anthony] Fauci admitted.” Lies on all three accounts.“
Recall in March when Cuomo praised the Trump administration for its assistance to New York: ”[Trump’s] team is on it. They’ve been responsive, late at night, early in the morning, and they’ve thus far been doing everything that they can do, and I want to say, ‘Thank you,’ and I want to say, ‘I appreciate it.’ … [Trump is] 100 percent sincere, ready and willing to help, especially on the hospital capacity issue.“ In April Cuomo praised Trump again: ”[Trump] has delivered for New York. He has. By and large, it has worked.“
09 September: WaPo political hack Bob Woodward releases a pre-presidential election book with ”bombshell revelations“ timed to coincide with Joe Biden’s campaign strategy to beef up its effort to blame Trump for malfeasance in his administration’s response to CV19 – despite the fact that is patently false.
Accordingly and on cue from his puppet handlers, Biden declared: "On the day that we hit 190,000 dead in the United States because of COVID-19, we just learned from the Washington Post columnist Bob Woodward that the president of the United States has admitted on tape in February he knew about COVID-19…how deadly it was. It was much more deadly than the flu. He knew and purposely played it down. Worse, he lied to the American people. He knowingly and willingly lied about the threat it posed to country for months.” Again, patently and demonstrably false.
10 September: For the record… Joe Biden and Kamala Harris are endeavoring to distract voters from the polling backfire they are experiencing – the result of not condemning the urban riots plaguing Democrat-controlled cities. They have pivoted to a pre-election strategy of blaming Donald Trump for the pandemic death and economic destruction – – as I predicted they would do last February.
That pivot hit a major snag late last week when Biden’s national press secretary claimed Biden supported President Trump’s early ban on non-resident travel from China. Typical of the disinformation and outright lies being propagated by the Biden campaign, when asked directly if Biden supported the administration’s travel bans, T.J. Ducklo declared: “Joe Biden has been clear that he was not against that travel ban at the time.”
Actually, no. On 31 January, after the Trump Administration declared the coronavirus a public health emergency and DHS announced the China travel restrictions, Biden declared Trump’s actions constituted “hysterical xenophobia.” According to Biden, “This is no time for Donald Trump’s record of hysteria xenophobia [sic], hysterical xenophobia, and fear-mongering to lead the way instead of science.” A day later, Biden again condemned Trump for “adding more countries to his list of who’s not welcome in America.” Biden reiterated, “We need to lead the way with science – not Donald Trump’s record of hysteria, xenophobia, and fear-mongering.” Biden did not alter his opinion on the travel restrictions until 3 April.
11 September: Responding to the Bob Woodward’s political profiteering charade, I noted in “The ‘Bombshell’ That Wasn’t,” that the erroneous claims about Trump CV19 malfeasance was Leftmedia political cover for the real issue that is much more egregious than Woodward’s Watergate bombshell almost 50 years ago: “I am referring of course to the fact that, on a daily basis now, more evidence is emerging tying Barack Obama and Hillary Clinton, and by extension Joe Biden, directly to the orchestrated coup attempt to take down the presidency of Donald Trump. This week, that evidence includes the fact that the data on 27 phones used by key Mueller investigators was "wiped clean” before the DoJ IG could review them.“ (Shades of Hillary’s hard drive cleansing!)
Discerning fact from Woodward’s fiction, Dr. Anthony Fauci confirms that Woodward’s accusations against Trump are baseless: "I didn’t get any sense that [Trump] was distorting anything. … I didn’t see any discrepancies between what he told us and what we told him and what he ultimately came out publicly and said. He really didn’t say anything different than we discussed when we were with him.”
But panic is exactly what the Democrats wanted. In February, I devoted a column, “Democrats Hang 2020 Hopes on Pandemic Recession,” to their predictable politicization of the emerging pandemic, and that politicization is precisely what Woodward was betting on at the time. He held his cards until this week for maximum political and profiteering impact.
Trump responded to Democrats using Woodward’s claims as political fodder, making clear that his motivation for downplaying the virus was to prevent panic: “The fact is, I’m a cheerleader for this country. I love our country, and I don’t want people to be frightened. … We don’t want to instill panic.” Notably, in March 1933, as our nation faced another economic crisis, the Great Depression, then-Democrat President Franklin Roosevelt famously declared in his inaugural speech, “Let me assert my firm belief that the only thing we have to fear is … fear itself — nameless, unreasoning, unjustified terror which paralyzes needed efforts to convert retreat into advance.” That is precisely the message Trump channeled in February and March.
12 September: Biden’s press secretary asserts that Biden supported Trump’s early measures to reduce the ChiCom Virus spread. Actually that was the latest of lies about Biden’s pandemic response.
13 September: The CDC is widely criticized for exercising excessive authority well beyond the scope of its mandate, specifically regarding economic matters connected to the pandemic. The CDC has inserted itself as the arbiter of contracts between landlords or tenants.
14 September: A federal court issues a significant ruling regarding Democrat suppression of civil liberties.
Judge William Stickman, a Trump nominee to the U.S. District Court, Western District of Pennsylvania, issued a ruling that fired a loud shot over the heads of those leftist politicians who have stepped all over the constitutional rights of the citizens in their states and cities in the midst of the CV19 Pandemic.
Judge Stickman struck down Pennsylvania Democrat Governor Tom Wolf’s onerous diktats closing all “non-life sustaining businesses” under the auspices of containing the pandemic. According to Stickman, statewide lockdown orders are “such a dramatic inversion of the concept of liberty in a free society as to be nearly presumptively unconstitutional.” Despite the fact that Wolf eased restrictions, Stickman’s declaratory judgment made clear: “(1) that the congregate gathering limits imposed by defendants’ mitigation orders violate the right of assembly enshrined in the First Amendment; (2) that the stay-at-home and business closure components of defendants’ orders violate the due process clause of the Fourteenth Amendment; and (3) that the business closure components of defendants’ orders violate the Equal Protection Clause of the Fourteenth Amendment.”
16 September: Did China Create and Intentionally Distribute COVID?
Dr. Li-Meng Yan, a Chinese virologist and whistleblower who fled China in April and is now in hiding in the U.S., made an alarming claim that the the Chinese government manufactured and intentionally distributed the SARS-CoV-2 virus: “It is not from nature.”
Yan, who holds both an MD and PhD, has published peer reviewed virology studies in both Nature Magazine and the Lancet, the latter being one of the most highly respected medical journals. She asserts: “This virus, COVID-19, SARS-CoV-2 virus, actually is not from nature. It is a man-made virus, created in the lab.” It’s based on more innocuous strains, she says, but “after the modification [it] becomes a very harmful virus.” The coronavirus genome is possessed by other researchers, so of course the obvious question is why Dr. Yan is among the few making her charges. She blames “the big suppression [coming] from the Chinese Communist Party government, and also their friends in the scientific world.”
Facebook labeled a video with her comments “false information"noting this post repeats information about COVID-19 that independent fact checkers site is false.” Similar warnings were issued on other social media platforms. Notably, the so-called “fact checks” were actually months old and unrelated to Yan’s most recent claims.
17 September: Sen. Tom Cotton, who has been right about the origins of the ChiCom Virus all along, is calling for a reckoning with the ChiCom government, insisting China should pay for its lethal and catastrophic cover-up, first seeking to end China’s “most favored nation” status.
Meanwhile, Biden blamed Trump for “all the people” who died from COVID-19: “If the president had done his job, had done his job from the beginning, all the people would still be alive. All the people — I’m not making this up. Just look at the data. Look at the data.”
Even the leftist “fact checkers” strongly condemned Biden’s assertion as false, with The Washington Post’s Glenn Kessler declaring, “Actually, Biden is making this up.”
21 September: Biden attempts to blame-shift CV19 deaths to the Trump administration, a lie he now repeats regularly.
Biden claimed: “If the president had done his job, had done his job from the beginning, all the people would still be alive. All the people — I’m not making this up. Just look at the data. Look at the data.” The Washington Post looked at the data and concluded, “Actually, Biden is making this up. There is no data to support this, even if the president had moved rapidly in January to deal with the coronavirus and been able to persuade the Chinese leadership to be more forthcoming about the situation.”
23 September: 200,000 U.S. COVID Deaths: Hold China Accountable.
The U.S. hit a tragic milestone this week: 200,000 Covid deaths. We’ll leave the debate over the statistics themselves for other places, other than to say this is a number everyone feared but hoped wouldn’t come. Unfortunately, it’s also a highly politicized number. But one thing is not debatable: The American deaths and those around the world, were greatly increased by China’s negligence.
02 October: President and Mrs. Trump test positive for CV19.
In a tasteless but predictable display of hate, the New York Times celebrated as did others on the Left.
05 October: The Trumps make a rapid CV19 recovery.
President Trump recorded a thank-you video to the medical staff at Walter Reed, and took a quick ride to thank his many well-wishers gathered outside the Beltway-based military medical center.
Meanwhile, Michigan’s High Court has slapped Gov. Gretchen Whitmer for overstepping her authority in the states CV19 response.
The CDC Acknowledges CV19 can spread via tiny air particles. The agency updates guidelines after previously deleting language on airborne particles; virus can spread to people more than 6 feet away.
06 October: Did the Lockdowns Work?
There is now significant evidence that the disastrous economic lockdowns were not as effective as hope in terms of preventing spread of CV19, but they have certainly been as politically effective as Democrats had hoped. According to analysts: “If lockdowns really altered the course of this pandemic, then coronavirus case counts should have clearly dropped whenever and wherever lockdowns took place. The effect should have been obvious.” Unfortunately, they conclude, it wasn’t. “To judge from the evidence, the answer is clear: Mandated lockdowns had little effect on the spread of the coronavirus.”
07 October: Vice President Mike Pence rightly describes Joe Biden’s COVID-19 plan as “plagiarism”: “It looks a little bit like Plagiarism, which is something Joe Biden knows a little bit about.”
The Great Barrington Declaration – Recommendations from infectious disease epidemiologists and public health scientists.
08 October: Jane Fonda says what all leftists think…
“What a great gift! What a tremendous opportunity!” she exclaimed. It has “ripped the Band-Aid off who [President Donald Trump] is and what he stands for and what is being done to average people and working people in this country.” And now, she gleefully asserts, “We have a chance to harness that anger and make a difference. So, I feel so blessed to be alive right now.” She gloated, “We can stop fascism.”
12 October: The World Health Organization greatly revises its position on lockdowns…
According to Dr. David Nabarro, the WHO’s Special Envoy on Covid-19: “We in the World Health Organization do not advocate lockdowns as the primary means of control of this virus.” After citing the harmful effects, Nabarro warned, “Lockdowns just have one consequence that you must never ever belittle, and that is making poor people an awful lot poorer.” He indicated short term lockdowns are justified only “to reorganize, regroup, rebalance your resources, protect your health workers who are exhausted. But by and large, we’d rather not do it.”
Indeed, there is increasing evidence that the cost of lockdowns is substantially greater than the benefits.
13 October: Estimated end of CV19 pandemic now expected to be sooner…
New York Times science and health reporter Donald McNeil, Jr., now affirms, “Experts are saying, with genuine confidence, that the [coronavirus] pandemic in the United States will be over far sooner than they expected.” There are a variety of explanations, but McNeil also credits the Trump Administration’s efforts to develop a vaccine. Operation Warp Speed, McNeil writes, is “working with remarkable efficiency.”
14 October: The Great COVID Freakout Disparity…
A Gallup study titled “The Covid-19 Responses of Men vs. Women” — explored the American people’s concerns about catching the virus, wearing a mask, and adhering to social distancing. But buried near the end was a fascinating graphic about how we view the coronavirus differently according to both gender and partisan affiliation — especially partisan affiliation. “With a persistent partisan gender gap in American politics, such that men are more likely than women to identify as Republicans, it is important to isolate whether gender differences pertaining to COVID-19 merely reflect differences in partisan preferences or whether there is a more fundamental difference between men and women on this measure. … It is also the case that the average Democratic man is more cautious with respect to COVID-19 than the average Republican woman.”
15 October: Joe Biden repeats his claim that Donald Trump doesn’t have a plan to “get this virus under control”: “We’re eight months into this pandemic, and Donald Trump still doesn’t have a plan to get this virus under control.”
CNN confronts Nancy Pelosi about politicizing CV19 economic relief deal… Pelosi has meltdown and accuses CNN’s leftist anchor Wolf Blitzer of bing “always an apologist…and many of your colleagues, apologists for the Republican position.”
22 October: More Democrat Deceit…
During the second and final presidential debate, Biden warned of a “dark winter” and dismissed the possibility of an available vaccine: “We’re about to go into a dark winter, a dark winter, and he [President Donald Trump] has no clear plan, and there’s no prospect that there’s gonna be a vaccine available for the majority of the American people before the middle of next year.”
Biden’s campaign pumped out an ad featuring a “struggling” Michigan bar owner who, predictably, blames President Donald Trump’s “failed” response to the novel virus for his current economic woes. In the ad, bar owner Joe Malcoun laments, “We don’t know how much longer we can survive not having any revenue,” later asserting that unless Biden is elected, “a lot of restaurants and bars that have been mainstays for years” will go under. Malcoun is not some small business owner on the verge of going under. In fact, Malcoun is quite well off, and the bar is simply one of his many business ventures. Malcoun donated $5,000 to Biden’s campaign in July. Caught in the lie, the Biden camp has pulled it.
23 October: Biden predicts a “Dark Winter”
In the second and final presidential debate, Biden preached pessimism and insisted, “We’re about to go into a dark winter.” Trump, on the other hand, offered real and Reaganesque optimism. As Mark Alexander noted, “Indeed, if Biden is elected, there will be a ver dark winter ahead.”
27 October: It’s Biden and Harris v. Anthony Fauci
Despite the fact that Democrats have disgracefully treated this pandemic as cheap political fodder, COVID was made in China. But “The Big Guy” is avoiding any mention of China, as he does not want to remind voters about his unraveling pay-to-play ChiCom scandal.
Happy Thanksgiving to all! All, that is, except those who live in California. There, the state’s Health and Human Services Agency has practically banned the all-American holiday. Sure, that may sound like a dystopian novel, but it’s reality.
The government response to the COVID-19 pandemic in many ways mirrors America’s debate over the very role of government. Those on the Left see greater government control over the lives of Americans as the best means of bringing an eventual solution to the novel virus. However, concerns about trampling individual rights are ignored if not derided as “selfish,” all for the greater “good” of “protecting Americans’ health,” even if it comes under the heavy hand of the government and its “experts.”
03 November: Will Americans Choose to Live or Simply Exist?
Is a nation where fear has been relentlessly cultivated for almost a year ready to deal with that? In the long run, we’re all dead. But what about the interim between now and then? Should you attempt to maintain some semblance of normalcy, or submit to the demons of isolation, loneliness, and boredom, along with all the possible pathologies such misery engenders?
10 November: COVID Vaccine Thanks to Trump’s Operation Warp Speed
Thanks to President Donald Trump’s Operation Warp Speed, a COVID-19 vaccine is close to release and, according to researchers, it is 90% effective in stopping the spread of the novel virus. So much for Joe Biden’s demonstrably false claim that “Trump has done nothing to stop the coronavirus” and his insistence that any vaccine breakthrough would be at least months away.
11 November: Biden taps Ron Klain as his Chief of Staff, who, as you recall, had praised China for being “transparent” and “candid,” and claimed January’s travel closure was “premature.” In February Klain downplayed the pandemic: “A serious epidemic – now, the coronavirus may be that, it may not be that. The evidence suggests it’s probably not that.”
14 November: COVID Is Spiking, but Lockdowns Aren’t the Answer
As many predicted, cooler weather has coincided with higher COVID-19 infections, with new record numbers of positive diagnoses being set nearly every day this week. And along with the spiking numbers have come new calls for shutdowns. Leading the latest shutdown brigade were members of self-proclaimed President-elect Joe Biden’s coronavirus task force. In calling for another lockdown, Dr. Michael Osterholm asserted the economic impact could be minimized by paying “for a package right now to cover all the wages, lost wages for individual workers, for losses to small companies to medium-sized companies, for cities, states, county governments.” He insists, “We could do all of that. If we did that, then we could lock down for four to six weeks.”
16 November: Gavin Newsom’s COVID Hypocrisy Exposed
Rules for thee but not for me. Among the truest indicators that one is a totalitarian elitist is an unwillingness to submit to the very rules one imposes on everyone else. The coronavirus pandemic, like climate change, has served to expose the number of elected officials who display this authoritarian hypocrisy.
17 November: COVID: A Sensible Strategy
The Great Barrington Declaration is a quick read — just 510 words in all — and an essential one. It’ll take you two minutes. If that’s too long, President Donald Trump provided the Cliffs Notes version just before leaving Walter Reed Medical Center on Monday, October 5: “Don’t be afraid of COVID. Don’t let it dominate your life.”
18 November: The COVID Vaccine Battle
One would think that news of two promising COVID vaccine trials would be a bright spot in an otherwise resolutely dismal year — a year that has now seen 250,000 Americans succumb to the coronavirus. But leftists in government and the media are determined to politicize and bureaucratize the ChiCom Virus to the greatest degree possible, as recent developments have demonstrated. It may not be clear what exactly will stop COVID, but it is certain that politicizing the virus will keep it with us for some time.
19 November: Notes From a Teacher’s Desk: Virtual Survival
Surviving 2020 is only the beginning. The lasting impact of the gravitas of shutdowns, masks, and other extraordinary measures is yet to be determined. Our children will have lost months of education, growth, natural curiosity and discovery, and personal interactions. I fear we will feel the lasting effects of this gap resulting in stunted or delayed development. Will the relief of a vaccine overcome the grief over the loss of special moments, milestones, family traditions, and family members? The pandemic interruption will require student triage for years to come, and it will take more than a “village” to put this Humpty Dumpty back together again.
20 November: Strip Clubs Opened, Churches Closed
Yes to strip clubs opening, but no to churches … because of COVID-19. This was the result after San Diego Superior Court Judge Joel Wohlfeil issued a stay against the implementation of Governor Gavin Newsom’s order that prevents establishments from “being allowed to provide live adult entertainment.” Gavin’s order is his latest draconian lockdown measure as coronavirus infections have spiked in the state in recent weeks. Judge Wohlfeil’s rationale for his ruling was that strip clubs constituted “constitutionally protected speech” and that Newsom’s order would harm the business. So what about the religious liberty guaranteed in the First Amendment?
November: The Emmy for Awful Leadership Goes To…
The International Academy of Television Arts & Sciences announced it would present the Emmy Founder’s Award to New York Governor Andrew Cuomo in recognition of his leadership and for his “effective use of television during the pandemic.”
25 November: Herd Immunity With COVID Vaccine by May 2021?…
Thanks to President Donald Trump’s Operation Warp Speed, at least two American COVID-19 vaccines have been developed in record time. When Trump made that prediction this past summer, he was widely derided by mainstream media talkingheads. Now, months later, no one is panning Trump for it — they’re feverishly attempting to strip him of receiving any credit. Such is Trump Derangement Syndrome.
29 November: More Newsom Hypocritical Nincompoopery…
As the old saw goes, “If not for double standards, Democrats would have no standards.” There are few better examples of hypocrisy than California’s elitist dictator, Gavin Newsom — though Nancy Pelosi and Kamala Harris are close on his heels.
30 November: CV19 nursing home deaths and readily identifiable severe comorbidity deaths may account for two-thirds of all ChiCom Virus deaths…
Regarding the extent to which COVID-19 will increase annual deaths above the level that otherwise would have been expected, last March epidemiologist Neil Ferguson, principle author of the UK’s Imperial College of Medicine research, declared, “By the end of the year, what proportion of those people who’ve died from COVID-19 would have died anyhow? It might be as much as half to two-thirds of the deaths we’re seeing from COVID-19, because it’s affecting people who are either at the end of their lives or in poor health conditions.”
Again, he estimated that “half to two-thirds of the deaths” are “people who are either at the end of their lives or in poor health conditions.”
To that end, after the retraction of a Johns Hopkins study questioning the degree to which deaths in the United States had increased with the COVID-19, there is an interesting clinical study of COVID deaths in New Jersey during one peak period found that of those dying, 89% had a do-not-resuscitate (DNR) order before admission. Not to be confused with a living wills or similar guidance like healthcare proxies and powers of attorney, DNR orders prohibition of lifesaving measures for cardiac or respiratory arrest, and are drawn up for individuals who are already severely ill with comorbidity factors that would likely cause their death within months, whether they suffered COVID infections or not.
01 December: Leftmedia Uses COVID to Justify Authoritarianism
Three Ivy League professors, two from Dartmouth and one from Brown, noticed the constant negative media coverage of COVID and decided to do a little research into the numbers, which resulted in a paper titled, “Why Is All COVID-19 News Bad News?” The researchers note, “Ninety one percent of stories by U.S. major media outlets are negative in tone versus fifty four percent for non-U.S. major sources and sixty five percent for scientific journals. The negativity of the U.S. major media is notable even in areas with positive scientific developments including school re-openings and vaccine trials. Media negativity is unresponsive to changing trends in new COVID-19 cases or the political leanings of the audience.” In short, the mainstream media has convinced the majority of Americans to believe the worst about COVID and to ignore any good news as unreliable or wishful thinking.
03 December: More Evidence of ChiCom Pandemic Malfeasance
According to global health expert Yanzhong Huang, the latest leaked Wuhan files from the Hubei Provincial Center for Disease Control add to what is already known about the ChiCom suppression of information regarding the onset of the virus.
04 December: Dems’ Pandemic of COVID Hypocrites
The surest sign that an elected official is more motivated by power than principle is when they blatantly flout the very rules they impose on others. It’s the classic authoritarian attitude of “rules for thee but not for me.” And Democrat officials across the country have been demonstrating this hypocritical authoritarian attitude in spades ever since the coronavirus pandemic hit.
07 December: The Left’s ‘Fact-Check’ Farce
A fact, according to the Left, is now contingent on context. For example, when we point out the fact that a lot of Democrat politicians are preaching one thing while practicing another — telling us to stay home to stop the spread of COVID while they sneak into a tony San Francisco salon, or slink off to some hifalutin French restaurant in Napa Valley, or jet off to a timeshare in Cabo San Lucas — the Leftmedia can now run a “fact-check” headline telling us that “politicians on both sides of the aisle have flouted COVID-19 guidelines” and that our claim “lacks context.”
09 December: Big Government Versus the Little Guy
In some ways, it’s the proverbial David versus Goliath battle: Mac’s Public House versus New York City and its Democrat rulers. Mayor Bill de Blasio and Governor Andrew Cuomo have been infamously tyrannical in their coronavirus orders, while they’re also infamously selective and hypocritical.
10 December: Remote Learning Isn’t Working
Despite growing pains faced by teachers and students suddenly forced to learn in front of computers, the overall impact on the ability of students to learn was unknown. Months later, though, the evidence now shows many children are failing their online classes. Remote education may be fine for some adults, but most kids need to be in schools with their teachers and classmates.
11 December: Lockdown Consequences Include Our Mental Health
Over the last several months, there’s been plenty of debate about whether a V-shaped economic recovery was possible, as “15 days to slow the spread” turned into months, and millions of Americans lost their jobs. The rebound was not quite a V, of course, especially for retail and restaurant workers. Moreover, the worry about finding or even keeping one’s job, combined with the unexpected additional tasks of homeschooling, wearing masks, and socially distancing, has taken its toll on our collective mental health.
13 December: Pandemonium of Pandemic Prattle
While Americans in growing number are protesting the closure of their businesses permanently, Bill Gates declared that the America-first approach is “selfish.” Meanwhile, Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, says the new measure of success will be when up to 80% of Americans are vaccinated, pushing real relief into the late summer or fall of 2021.
14 December: A Deserving Person of the Year Cover
Predictably, Time magazine chose the dullard Joe Biden and his pending replacement, Kamala Harris, for its 2020 “Person (sic) of the Year” cover. However, my choice for any person of the year cover would be Chinese disease specialist, Dr. Li Wenliang. The fact that most people do not know his name is very unfortunate. Li was the Wuhan doctor who boldly rang the alarm about the yet-to-be-named COVID-19 virus when the ChiComs were still concealing information about the deadly virus.
15 December: A Great American Vaccine
It’s hard to imagine what our nation’s COVID death toll would’ve been under a President Joe Biden, but we can be certain that the number would be higher than 300,000.
Consider these two stubborn facts: First, President Donald Trump shut down travel to and from China early on, a crucial decision that bought our nation time and likely avoided an early, overwhelming blow-up of COVID-19 cases. A day later, Biden called the decision “hysteria, xenophobia, and fearmongering” before flip-flopping and retroactively embracing it more than two months later.
Too late, Joe.
The other fact could be seen with our lyin’ eyes, rolling out of a Pfizer plant in Portage, Michigan, Sunday morning on so many tractor-trailers: a COVID-19 vaccine imagined, created, tested, manufactured, and now being distributed nationwide. In less than a year, compliments of Trump’s Operation Warp Speed. This, too, will save countless lives. And Biden and his ilk said it couldn’t possibly be done.
17 December: Life With the Vaccine
Will we return to normal soon, or will things continue as they have? The beginning of this week marked some highly anticipated good news: The first coronavirus vaccines were shipped out and taken by eager recipients. However, given the general lack of trust in our institutions and between (and even among) the two political sides, it’s no surprise that there’s division over the vaccine itself. I can’t wait to take it, say some. Nobody’s injecting me with any of that, say others. And then there’s California, which may consider “historic injustice” when deciding who gets the vaccine first.
19 December: Public Health: Protest vs. Praise
People who attend church are mentally healthier this year. Why ban that? As COVID surges and immunity builds in the U.S., Americans are struggling to balance their lives, their health, their livelihoods, and their Liberty. But the masked tragedy is that “experts” make arbitrary partisan policies that selectively interpret our rights. We mustn’t let them destroy the foundation of that which makes America unique and free.
20 December: The Latest Demo/ChiCom Virus Lies
Red China’s strategy to extend the U.S. economic lockdowns indefinitely.
21 December San Francisco’s Greater Pandemic — Overdose Deaths
More people have died of drug overdoses this year in San Francisco, than from CV-19, in fact triple the number of Covid deaths.
22 December: Congress Passes COVID Spending Blowout, Trump Balks
$2.3 trillion, 5,600 pages, and six hours. If this is bipartisanship, who needs it?
23 December: The Racist COVID Vaccination Plan. Racial preferences trumped the most vulnerable population when determining vaccine priority.
After nearly a year of dealing with the coronavirus pandemic, it has been well established that the people most at risk of dying from the novel virus are the elderly. Thus, it came as quite a surprise when the initial (and now scuttled) plan for administering the newly developed COVID-19 vaccine did not have elderly Americans at the front of the line. Instead, it was healthcare workers. While they arguably have a higher chance of contracting the virus due to the nature of their jobs, they also largely make up a lower-risk population.
Meanwhile, the President’s Populist Plea on COVID Relief. Donald Trump hammered the latest bill for waste, while demanding more for American families.
After the combined behemoth passed both houses with veto-proof majorities, President Donald Trump likewise hammered the bill for its inclusion of wasteful and totally non-COVID spending. While demanding “wasteful and unnecessary items” be removed, he also demanded even more spending for American families. He wants it known that he is the real “man of the people” and that someone in Washington is fighting for Americans.
2021 – The Biden Administration…
04 January: Trump and Democrats Try to Out-Spend Each Other. – The COVID relief bill is the embodiment of all that’s wrong with government spending.
If we as Americans can agree on any one thing, let it be this: No matter how massive or how extensively loaded with domestic goodies a congressional spending act might be, it should never come to the president’s desk with anything even remotely resembling the following language: “Of the funds appropriated under Title III of this Act that are made available for assistance for Pakistan, not less than $15,000,000 shall be made available for democracy programs and not less than $10,000,000 shall be made available for gender programs.”
08 January: The ChiCom Virus Lab Origin Theory Gains Traction. – The “Lab Leak Theory” isn’t as crazy as media and establishment elites initially contended.
The hypothesis that the origination for the novel coronavirus was from a Chinese lab in Wuhan has quietly gained in popularity among scientists across the world, contends a recent article from New York Magazine. Known as the “Lab-Leak Hypothesis,” the article’s author Nicholson Baker writes, “Many thoughtful people dismiss this notion, and they may be right. They sincerely believe that the coronavirus arose naturally, ‘zoonotically,’ from animals, without having been previously studied, or hybridized, or sluiced through cell cultures, or otherwise worked on by trained professionals.” Yet a growing number of experts are concluding there was a “reasonable chance” COVID-19 originated in a lab.
The Biden/Harris regime transition team announced that they intended to “release nearly all available doses of the coronavirus vaccine soon after [Biden] is inaugurated” in order “to ensure the Americans who need it most get it as soon as possible.” Biden also vowed to get “at least 100 million Covid vaccine shots into the arms of the American people” during his first 100 days in office. On the same day, 800,000 vaccines were administered. On Inauguration day, almost 1.6 million doses were administered.
15 January: On the origin of the ChiCom virus, and the circumstances of its release…
Secretary of State Mike Pompeo discloses that investigators have “reason to believe that several researchers inside the WIV became sick in autumn 2019, before the first identified case of the outbreak [despite China’s] public claim that there was ‘zero infection’ among the WIV’s staff and students, of SARS-CoV-2 or SARS-related viruses.” He added: “Despite the WIV presenting itself as a civilian institution, the WIV has collaborated on publications and secret projects with China’s military. The WIV has engaged in classified research, including laboratory animal experiments, on behalf of the Chinese military since at least 2017.”
16 Janyary: Biden’s plagiarized COVID “Rescue.” His $1.9 trillion pitch essentially continues the plan that the Trump administration put in place.
Never fear, Joe Biden has announced his “American Rescue Plan,” a $1.9 trillion proposal to “change the course of the pandemic [and] build a bridge towards economic recovery, and invest in racial justice.” Wait… “racial injustice”? Why does everything have to be about this leftist canard?
18 January: Suddenly It’s Safe for Biden to Reopen the Economy? – Leftmedia and Dems now suddenly question the efficacy of lockdowns as they prioritize the economy.
Now that Joe Biden is about to step into the Oval Office and is calling for lockdowns to be relaxed or ended and for kids to get back to school within his first 100 days — because he has a plagiarized COVID rescue plan, after all — it has suddenly become appropriate for Democrats and the Leftmedia to prioritize economic concerns and even question the efficacy of lockdowns.
20 January: In a flood of Executive Orders, Biden requires all federal employees and contractors to wear a mask in any federal building, directed the White House to combat the spread of the coronavirus, and rejoined the World Health Organization. That same day, Biden was photographed maskless while on federal property. This was the latest in the long list of leftist hypocrisy regarding “rules for thee but no for me.”
21 January: Biden administration sources claimed that the incoming administration were “inheriting [a] nonexistent coronavirus vaccine distribution plan and must start ‘from scratch,’” despite the success of Operation Warp Speed’s publicly available “vaccine distribution process.”
Biden’s effort to reset the COVID narrative and paint the Trump administration’s response to combat the pandemic as an abysmal failure, went into full swing. Biden claimed, “There is nothing we can do to change the trajectory of the pandemic in the next several months.” He reiterated his “100 million vaccinations in 100 days” objective. For the record, in the week before Biden took office, 912,497 vaccine doses were administered per day – 91% of Biden’s goal of 1M per day. And that is right on target with the Trump administration’s ramp-up goal. When asked by a White House pool reporter, “Shouldn’t you set the goal higher? That’s basically where the U.S. is right now.” Biden snapped back: “When I announced it, you all said it wasn’t possible. C'mon. Gimme a break, man! It’s a good start.” Who said what was not possible?
24 January: The Media’s COVID Failures – Contradictory reporting has left Americans distrusting media, government, and each other.
The COVID response is now in its new and improved iteration post-President Donald Trump. Americans have proven resilient but have grown tired of the flips and flops of the information packaged with purpose by the national media to fuel the 24-hour news cycle. Seeing articles and their reversals and hearing experts contradict themselves is understandably confusing and leaves the public completely without trust in critical information, all while businesses remain shuttered or restricted and livelihoods hampered or destroyed. To say that’s a problem is an understatement.
Ron Klain falsely claimed that “The process to distribute the vaccine, particularly outside of nursing homes and hospitals out into the community as a whole, did not really exist when we came into the White House.”
25 January: Biden revises his “goal” to vaccinate one million Americans per day (which the Trump administration had already achieved), saying, “I misspoke. I hope we’ll be able to increase as we go on till we get to the 1.5 million a day. That’s my hope.” That goal had been achieved just 5 days earlier.
Biden reinstated COVID-19 travel restrictions “on most non-U.S. travelers from Brazil, Ireland, the United Kingdom and 26 other European countries that allow travel across open borders. He also added South Africa to the list.” According to Biden Press Secretary Jen Psaki: “This isn’t the time to be lifting restrictions on international travel.” However, when asked why these travel bans weren’t being condemned as xenophobic, Psaki answered, “Well, I don’t think that’s quite a fair articulation.”
26 January: Lockdowns Wrecked the Economy, Not COVID – Unemployment shot up in blue states due to draconian lockdowns, whereas red states’ rates remain much lower. Have long-running lockdowns stopped the spread of the coronavirus?
Nope. Have the states that maintained lockdown measures experienced significantly fewer numbers of COVID-19 cases than those that did not? No. Have the lockdown states recorded fewer numbers of coronavirus-related deaths than those that did not? Once again, the answer is no. In fact, observing a graph comparing all the states and the numbers of COVID cases and deaths in each, the most significant factor appears to be most correlated with a state’s population. In other words, lockdowns appear to have had little impact upon the rate of cases and numbers of deaths by state.
Biden declares that any American who wants a vaccine would be able to access one before summer – right on the Trump administration’s schedule: “I think it’ll be this spring. I think we’ll be able to do that this spring. But it’s going to be a logistical challenge that exceeds anything we’ve ever tried in this country. But I think we can do that. I feel confident that by summer we’re going to be well on our way to heading toward herd immunity and increasing the access for people who aren’t on the first, on the list, all the way going down to children and how we deal with that. But I feel good about where we’re going and I think we can get it done.” (A week later Biden announced no herd immunity until late November.)
27 January: Biden signed an executive order, “Memorandum Condemning and Combating Racism, Xenophobia, and Intolerance Against Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders in the United States,” effectively banning the use of the term “China virus.”
Administration critics were quick to note that “British and South African variants” weren’t being viewed as unacceptable. For Bush administration spokesman Ari Fleischer observed: “Wait a minute…After months of being told it was racist to refer to COVID as a "Chinese virus” the WP refers to its new strains as ‘British and South African variants.’ So you can use the name of the nation where it comes from, so long as that nation is not China. Got it.“
28 January: A bombshell COVID report from New York’s AG lays bare the incompetence and deceitfulness of the state’s governor. Cuomo Finally Gets His Comeuppance
As the New York Post reports, "New York’s nursing-home death toll from COVID-19 may be more than 50 percent higher than officials claim — because Gov. Andrew Cuomo’s administration hasn’t revealed how many of those residents died in hospitals, state Attorney General Letitia James [herself a hard leftist] announced Thursday. In a damning, 76-page report, James also said that some unidentified nursing homes apparently underreported resident fatalities to the state Department of Health and failed to enforce infection-control measures — with more than 20 currently under investigation.” This wasn’t some little bookkeeping error by the state’s “officials,” either. Everyone knows how deadly this virus is in a nursing home, and everyone knows how badly it hit New York. As for the Cuomo administration’s grievous undercounting, the Post notes that the current DOH tally could go from 8,711 deaths to more than 13,000.
29 January: Teachers Unions Are Hurting Our Kids
Despite overwhelming evidence that teachers are safe from COVID, unions are keeping kids out of the classroom. On the campaign trail, Joe Biden pledged to open up America’s schools within 100 days. Just days into his presidency, however, we’re learning that teachers unions are calling the shots in this country. Despite increasing evidence about the safety of in-person instruction, the unions are keeping classrooms closed and harming our kids.
03 February: The Democrats’ Larded Pandemic Lotto – Democrat leaders demand Republicans agree to their demands or they’ll circumvent them to blow $1.9 trillion.
So, what’s in this latest $1.9 trillion COVID-19 “stimulus plan,” and why are Republicans rightly outraged? The simple answer is that a lot of the Democrat agenda items are unrelated to the China Virus pandemic. As Representative Jason Smith (R-MO) warned, “Democrats are desperate to use this process to achieve any number of policies that will reward special interests while harming America’s working class, increasing the cost of living for American families, destroying jobs and weakening the economy.”
04 February: The Great Reset — to Global Totalitarianism – Global elites, including the Biden administration, are exploiting coronavirus for massive upheaval.
As of this writing, more than 104 million people have contracted coronavirus worldwide, and nearly 2.5 million have died. In the United States, more than 450,000 deaths have been attributed to the Wuhan Flu. In a better world, the Chinese communist thugs who lied about both the origins and the severity of the pandemic would be treated as the international pariahs they have proven themselves to be. In this one, an equally contemptible bunch of multinational corporatist thugs with oligarchic ambitions will not only continue doing business as usual with China but will rely on Beijing as an ally in their pursuit of what they call The Great Reset. In short, never let a crisis — or a worldwide, society-altering catastrophe — go to waste.
08 February: Republicans Get Democrats on Record With Vote-a-Rama – Yet Senate Dems put their pork-laden “COVID relief” bill one step closer to Biden’s desk.
In the wee hours of Friday morning, the Senate finally adopted the Democrats’ budget resolution on a strict party-line vote, 51-50, with Vice President Kamala Harris providing the tiebreaking vote. That allows them to push through their COVID relief bill without needing 60 votes. Given the completely unrelated pork stuffed into it, it’s no wonder they needed that resolution.
Last week, the House and Senate moved ahead with a budget reconciliation process that could lead to passage of another COVID-19 relief deal. Here are five facts on the bills Congress has passed to date to address the health and economic consequences of the pandemic.
10 February: Knowing the Biden administration was likely to suppress information about the WIV lab concerns, former Director of Intelligence John Ratcliffe confirmed: “Mike Pompeo and I worked very hard to get some of our best intelligence out before we left the office … so we could talk about what we knew about China and COVID. And some of that intelligence is this. The Chinese military ordered scientists at the Wuhan Institute of Virology to experiment with coronaviruses starting as far back as 2017. Some of those viruses were 96.2% genetically similar to the current COVID-19 virus, and further, some of those scientists working on the similar coronaviruses became sick with COVID-like symptoms in the fall of 2019.”
Ratcliffe asked these salient questions: “If this really was a naturally occurring virus … if no one was to blame for this, why would Chinese officials suppress and silence doctors and scientists and journalists from writing about it? If no one was to blame, why would Chinese officials prevent the world’s best scientists and the doctors from coming to Wuhan for more than a year?”
11 February: Biden restores WHO funding. – Biden restores both WHO funding and ChiCom influence on American campuses.
One of Joe Biden’s earliest executive orders was to reverse Donald Trump’s action to withdraw the U.S. from the World Health Organization on account of its failure to hold China responsible for unleashing the COVID-19 global pandemic. Biden’s action to reenter the WHO occurred as a team from the WHO was in China ostensibly “investigating” the origin of the ChiCom virus. In reality, it appears the team was there to boost Beijing’s propaganda as the ChiComs seek to counter growing consensus on the Wuhan lab-leak theory — that one of the province’s three bio-labs is responsible for releasing the virus.
Given the puppet strings tying the WHO to Beijing, it was predictable that the WHO team concluded it’s “extremely unlikely” that the COVID-19 virus leaked from a Wuhan lab. Ignore the fact that the WHO team spent a grand total of just three hours actually inspecting the Wuhan Institute during the nearly four weeks its members were in China. Furthermore, the team never bothered to visit the other Wuhan labs conducting bat coronavirus research. It brings a whole new meaning to the phrase “nothing to see here.”
12 February: Biden Ignores Science on Schools Reopening
By keeping kids out of school despite overwhelming scientific evidence, teachers unions are abusing our children. “The school issue is a settled science. There’s more consensus on that issue than there is on tobacco.” So said the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine’s Dr. Marty Makary on Fox News yesterday, while also noting the New England Journal of Medicine’s acknowledgement of “little evidence that schools are contributing to transmission.”
13 February: Catch (COVID) and Release? – Isn’t it “cruel” and “immoral” to have virtually open borders during a pandemic?
Among the numerous executive orders President Joe Biden has issued in his first few days in office were three on immigration. Each of them was aimed at undoing President Donald Trump’s progress on law enforcement, which Team Biden claims was “cruel” and “immoral.” The all-too-predictable results are already here: It’s “a building crisis.”
14 February: Cuomo Covers Up While DeSantis Shows the Way
The contrast between good governance and bad was on full display yesterday in Florida and New York. Don’t look now, but the rats are beginning to abandon the Bad Ship Cuomo. How else to describe yesterday’s breaking news that a top aide to New York’s Emmy Award-winning governor privately apologized to Democrat lawmakers for having hidden the state’s true data on nursing home deaths from federal investigators?
15 February: Team Biden Caught Between Teachers and Science
What does the science say? And does Team Biden even know? Joe Biden was for opening up all our nation’s schools before he was against it. Or was he against it before he was for it? We’re not quite sure. There’s been “a mistake in the communication,” he explained. Thank goodness miscommunication is so rare for Scranton Joe.
18 February: Andrew Cuomo Is Taking on Water
New York’s governor is finally being exposed for the nasty, buck-passing, and deceitful boss that he is. If nothing else, Andrew Cuomo can say he outlasted the Andrea Doria. On July 25, 1956, the ill-fated Italian ocean liner struck an eastbound ship in the North Atlantic some 300 miles from New York. She listed for 11 hours before capsizing and taking 46 souls with her.
Cuomo, New York’s Emmy Award-winning governor, is himself listing. And his actions have caused the unnecessary loss of countless of his state’s elderly citizens. But he’s battened the hatches, and he’s withstood a full week of long-overdue abuse since being caught trying to cover up the true death toll caused by his lethal policy of shoving the state’s coronavirus-positive elderly folks back into nursing homes, where the deadly contagion spread unchecked.
19 February: Why Americans’ Life Expectancy Sank in 2020
The impact of economic shutdowns was more devastating than many have been led to believe. “Pandemic cut U.S. life expectancy by a year during the first half of 2020,” blared a Washington Post headline, with the implication being that the direct cause of the decline was COVID-19. However, within the first paragraph of the story it becomes clear that the coronavirus is far from the primary cause. Rather, the article states that “deaths from drug overdoses, heart attacks and diseases that accompanied the outbreak” had much to do with the downturn in life expectancy. In 2020, Americans’ average life expectancy dropped from 78.8 to 77.8 years of age.
22 February: Less Than Half of ‘COVID Relief’ Is Pandemic Related
Democrats are looking to spend $1.9 trillion largely on their own political agenda. The $1.9 trillion “COVID relief” bill currently winding its way through Congress has the gleeful support of most Democrats. And why not? It has less to do with COVID relief than it does advancing leftist policy objectives and redistributing tax dollars to Democrat constituent groups.
Some major aspects are either certainly or at least arguably related to the pandemic and shutdowns. There’s $75 billion for vaccinations, treatments, testing, and medical supplies, and another $19 billion for “public health.” Then there’s the $413 billion in a third round of checks to individuals, this time $1,400 per man, woman, and dependent. And the $246 billion estimated for “enhanced” unemployment benefits of $400 per week. Businesses hammered by Democrat lockdowns can apply for some of the $7.2 billion in the Paycheck Protection Program. There’s billions more for airlines ($15 billion), restaurants and bars ($26 billion), and other loans programs for businesses and industries particularly hard hit.
But even being generous in the accounting, the Wall Street Journal editorial board calculates that all COVID-related spending adds up to just $825 billion — not even half of the $1.9 trillion sticker price.
23 February: How Biden Is Using 500,000 COVID Deaths
Democrats are pushing a “relief” bill that’s long on politics and short on relief. America marked a sad milestone yesterday: 500,000 COVID deaths. The surge that began in the fall brought more than half of the deaths since the coronavirus pandemic began — 100,000 in the last five weeks alone. The victims have been our loved ones and our neighbors, and all of us will remember the impact for the rest of our lives.
In a press conference and ceremony yesterday to mark the milestone, President Joe Biden aimed for somber reflection on the pain Americans have endured in losing loved ones, even speaking of his own tragic family losses of his wife and daughter (which he has disgracefully lied about) and then later his son (whom he disgracefully used in another lie). He once again spoke of the need to “fight this together” as the “United States of America.”
Fauci should be fired. He should have been a long, long time ago. He is a liar, and he even admits it. So why is he still on TV?
25 February: Fauci’s Dreary Advice
Vaccines won’t bring back “normalcy” anytime soon, the swamp doctor says. “There are things, even if you’re vaccinated, that you’re not going to be able to do in society. For example: indoor dining, theaters, places where people congregate.” So says Dr. Anthony Fauci in his latest pronouncement on COVID-19. Why the continued restrictions? “That’s because of the safety of society.”
Oh, so in other words, the only way to have a safe society is to have no society. He added, “We want to make sure that people continue to wear masks despite the fact that they’re vaccinated,” probably into 2022. Double masks, in fact. Masks that Fauci opposed last spring.
28 February: Orchestrated Economic Disaster?
Democrats aim to cripple the economy and gain power from doing so. “Warning lights should be flashing. Less than a month in, it’s becoming evident that President Joe Biden’s economic policies are likely to end in disaster.” —columnist Rupert Darwall
Mr. Darwall is half right, and no one (inadvertently) explains it better than columnist Keven Williams. He wonders aloud about a “mystery economy” that has simultaneously produced a “U.S. GDP plunging at a rate of 32 percent while unemployment spiked to 15 percent,” and “12 million renting households who collectively owe back rent that may add up to more than $70 billion,” even as the “Dow closed at a record high last week, car dealers and art dealers both are enjoying record profits, commodities prices from oil to soybeans to copper are soaring, and, as though some rank symbolism were needed, the display cases of the nation’s Rolex boutiques are stripped as bare as a San Antonio supermarket after a polar vortex.”
01 March: Dems Force Through Not-COVID Relief
In the wee hours this weekend, House Democrats passed their pork-laden bill. Over unanimous Republican opposition, House Democrats barely passed their pork-loaded COVID-but-not-COVID relief bill Saturday. Two Democrats joined every opposing Republican in a 219-212 vote. As outrageous as it is, this kind of crisis-exploiting “stimulus” has been a Democrat specialty since Barack Obama’s first effort in 2009.
As we wrote last week, less than half of the bill is even arguably related to COVID, while the rest is a grab bag of spending on leftist constituency groups.
02 March: The Cuomo Scandal Grows
New York’s smug, predatory, and decidedly unfunny governor is finally on borrowed time. Who does this clown Andy Cuomo think he is? And what makes him think he can simply dismiss multiple independent charges of sexual harassment as mere misinterpretations of his comedic gifts?
“At work sometimes I think I am being playful and make jokes that I think are funny,” Governor Cuomo said in a bizarre prepared statement released on Sunday. “I do, on occasion, tease people in what I think is a good-natured way. … I mean no offense and only attempt to add some levity and banter to what is a very serious business. I now understand that my interactions may have been insensitive or too personal and that some of my comments, given my position, made others feel in ways I never intended. I acknowledge some of the things I have said have been misinterpreted as an unwanted flirtation. To the extent anyone felt that way, I am truly sorry about that.”
Joe Biden claims credit, but Donald Trump set the nation on a course to end this pandemic. One of President Donald Trump’s many successes, and perhaps his longest lasting one, was Operation Warp Speed. That herculean effort facilitated the production of multiple COVID-19 vaccines in mere months, using scientific advancement on the very concept of a “vaccine” in the process. Thanks to that program, President NOT Donald Trump will benefit from a waning pandemic.
Joe Biden announced yesterday, “We’re now on track to have enough vaccine supply for every adult in America by the end of May.” That projection is two months earlier than his previous promise, and nearly 80 million Americans have already been vaccinated with at least one round (over 50 million with both), and there are nearly two million more doses administered every day.
Not bad considering Biden’s bogus claim that “we didn’t have [a vaccine] when we came into office.” Fact-checkers rushed to justify this as a Bidenism when he had elsewhere admitted the contrary. But for all those “fact-checking” fans of “missing context,” the fuller context of Biden’s remarks is a repeated trashing of the Trump administration’s efforts.
Meanwhile, the WHO scraped its own report on CV-19 origins under pressure from a growing chorus of scientists worldwide.
Gov. Abbott announces mask mandates and limits on businesses will end next week. Texans will soon be enjoying the end of state-mandated coronavirus restrictions, including mask mandates and limits on businesses. Yesterday, Governor Greg Abbott announced, “It is now time to open Texas 100%.” He explained, “[I am] issuing a new executive order that rescinds most of the earlier executive orders. Effective next Wednesday, all businesses of any type are allowed to open 100%. That includes any type of entity in Texas. Also, I am ending the statewide mask mandate.”
Meanwhile, the Wall Street Journal’s editorial board condemn’s the Democrat’s “perpetual Covid lock-down crisis” noting, “Vaccines were supposed to enable Americans more or less to get back to their before-Covid lives—youth sports, eating out, family gatherings, and even walking outside without a mask. … But liberals and their public health friends don’t seem to want the pandemic to end—ever.”
05 March: Gretchen Whitmer’s Cuomo Problem
Michigan’s Democrat governor appears to have disastrously mismanaged her state’s nursing home population. Tell us if this sounds familiar: A Democrat governor is being investigated for a disastrous policy that placed COVID-positive patients in nursing homes and other long-term care facilities, thereby increasing the likelihood of unnecessary deaths among the state’s elderly population.
No, we’re not talking about New York Governor Andrew Cuomo. We’re talking about Michigan’s Gretchen Whitmer.
06 March: The Borderless Nation
Joe Biden has flung the doors open wide and it will have serious consequences. Over the previous four years ending January 20, our nation prided itself on establishing border security. We built hundreds of miles of new border wall and cut illegal crossings to numbers unseen in decades. Less than six weeks later, however, the story is far different, and so is the narrative: What were “kids in cages” under President Donald Trump are now residents in “massive congregate care facilities.” And those facilities need to be massive. The Department of Homeland Security is predicting 117,000 unaccompanied children will be arriving at the border this year — a number that will shatter previous records.
07 March: The Economy Doesn’t Need ‘COVID Relief’
Jobs and GDP are growing, so why are Dems forcing through $1.9 trillion in largely unrelated spending? American businesses hired new workers at an impressive clip in February, adding an expectation-shattering 379,000 jobs. Headline unemployment dropped to 6.2%. This comes after recent news that fourth-quarter GDP growth was revised up to 4.1%, with expectations at 5% or higher for the first quarter of 2021.
Is this economic surge thanks to all those Joe Biden executive orders? Hardly. It’s what happens when the economy is allowed to reopen as the coronavirus recedes. It’s what happens when, as Biden termed it, governors employ “Neanderthal thinking” about COVID restrictions.
08 March: Senate Democrats Beggar the Nation for $1.9T.
“Only a small part of what Democrats passed is for pandemic or economic relief,” notes the Wall Street Journal editorial board. “It’s mainly a way station on their high-speed train to a cradle-to-grave welfare-entitlement state. Most of the $1.9 trillion will flow to government unions or supposedly temporary income transfers that Democrats intend to make permanent later this year.”
As if the bill needed to be any more appealing to the socialists who now control the Democrat Party, Joe Biden shared this telling endorsement during his remarks on Saturday: “Bernie Sanders said this is the most progressive bill he’s ever seen passed since he’s been here. And the compromises were all compromises that didn’t affect the substance and the essence of what the bill is.”
Biden also said his boondoggle “puts us on the path to beating the virus,” which is flat wrong, because we’re already beating it. The vaccine rollout is accelerating, new infections are way down, we’re building up herd immunity, and, as our Nate Jackson pointed out Friday, “American businesses hired new workers at an impressive clip in February, adding an expectation-shattering 379,000 jobs. Headline unemployment dropped to 6.2%. This comes after recent news that fourth-quarter GDP growth was revised up to 4.1%, with expectations at 5% or higher for the first quarter of 2021.”
Meanwhile, the world’s most obese nations accounted for 90% of COVID-19 deaths. Countries where at least half of the adult population is overweight accounted for 90% of all 2.5 million global COVID-19 deaths, according to the World Obesity Federation.
09 March: Why Are Schools Closed?
So over the past couple of months, we found out one specific and important thing about the Biden administration’s approach to COVID policy in America’s schools: The Biden administration doesn’t care about the kids. The Biden administration cares about the teachers unions.
One of the most robust scientific findings from the past year has been that schools do not provide additional risk above baselines to teachers. This is particularly true with regard to elementary schools, where the risks of transmission to teachers are very low. In fact, in the United States, there has yet to be — so far as I’m aware — a single documented case of a teacher infected by an elementary school student and then dying of COVID.
So why exactly are we still talking about schools remaining closed?
10 March: Herd Immunity: Fauci v. The Science – Question: Should anyone be listening to anything Fauci says?
According to Mayo Clinic experts, 70% of the population must have immunities intact in order to reach COVID “herd immunity” — that’s 220 million people. In other words, we are weeks away from reaching herd immunity, as predicted by Johns Hopkins School of Medicine professor Dr. Martin Makary, despite the variants.
Of course, Makary was “fact-checked” for daring to suggest we would reach herd immunity prior to when the Swamp Doctor, Anthony Fauci, says we will. But the fact-checkers got fact-checked and Makary is correct.
Indeed, this week Fauci himself declared, “We anticipate … that the herd immunity level will be about 70-85%. That’s the time that we believe, if you look at the planned rollout of the vaccines, that we would hopefully get to that point somewhere by the end of the summer and the early fall.”
Well, no. If 70%, we will reach that target by mid-April. If 85%, we should reach that target in May.
11 March: The Devastating Price of Ineffective Lockdowns – Lockdowns are the “biggest public health mistake we’ve ever made.”
The waxy automaton Joe Biden read a prepared national address last night on the one-year anniversary of the ChiCom World Health Organization’s declaration of the ChiCom Virus pandemic. His handlers chose this date for Biden to insist he saved the nation, despite the fact that WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus was conspiring with Red China dictator Xi Jinping to conceal the outbreak — until China was in a position to maximize the damage to the U.S. economy.
12 March: Trump Delivers Vaccines, Biden Claims Credit – The new president’s first major address was full of plagiarism and falsehoods.
Biden used the anniversary of the World Health Organization’s declaration of a pandemic as the occasion for his speech. Yet it’s noteworthy that he did not mention the WHO or China at all in his remarks. There’s a good reason for that. Yesterday may have been the anniversary of the WHO declaration, but it was about three months after Beijing’s puppets knew what the ChiComs had unleashed on the world. Of course Biden won’t say that.
Biden also timed his signing of the Orwellian “American Rescue Plan Act” to come just before his address. We’ve covered this $1.9 trillion boondoggle of Democrat constituency giveaways enough that we won’t rehash it here, but suffice it to say, “rescue” is not part of the Democrats’ plan.
Back to the vaccines, Biden lied through his pearly whites. “Two months ago,” he asserted, “this country didn’t have nearly enough vaccine supply to vaccinate all or near all of the American public. But soon we will.” This isn’t so much factually wrong as it is false through implication. His point, of course, is that his predecessor left him a mess, which is something Biden and his team have been regularly repeating. Can we get a “fact-checker” on the line?
14 March: Another Colossal Fauci Fail – About Fauci’s six-foot separation diktat to stop the spread … that was three feet wrong.
Anthony Fauci’s opposition to “the science” of herd immunity, this 80-year-old lifelong DC bureaucrat, having been in the bowels of various federal agencies since 1968, is long past his cognitive expiration date. Now comes revelation of another colossal Fauci fail.
For most of the last year, that six-foot mandate has been the hard-and-fast rule, except, of course, for all those “peaceful protests” against the leftist “systemic racism” lie and all those “racist police.” Apparently, the risk of those super-spreader riots was acceptable.
It turns out “the science” Fauci used regarding distancing was not the actual science. As the Demos’ “summer of rage” was cranking up in June, a British medical journal, The Lancet, published a study noting, “For the general public, evidence shows that physical distancing of more than 1 m is highly effective…” In other words, three feet or more, not a minimum of six feet, is highly effective at preventing viral spread.
This week Fauci was asked about a more recent study by his CNN sycophant, Jake Tapper: “Does this study suggest to you that three feet is good enough?” Fauci responded, “It does, indeed.” He added, “And I can assure you, within a reasonable period of time, quite reasonable, [the CDC] will be giving guidelines according to the data that they have. It won’t be very long, I promise you.”
17 March: COVID Relief Is a Sham, and Biden’s Trying to Sell It – He and Harris are traveling the country to build support for their $1.9 trillion boondoggle.
Democrats are the great diverters. Crisis on the southern border? Go on a national “help is here” tour celebrating your $1.9 trillion boondoggle!
That’s the strategy for President Joe Biden and President-in-Waiting Kamala Harris, who have embarked on a nationwide tour to sell their snake oil. They’ve wrapped up $1.9 trillion of nearly all NON-coronavirus spending, deceptively called it the “American Rescue Plan,” and are now trying to convince Americans that it’s good for them. That’s even while some Democrats are cheering it as what National Review’s Dan McLaughlin calls “the biggest progressive remaking of America since the Great Society.”
Democrats want the act to sell itself, but they know this two-faced approach is becoming known. Two weeks ago, Biden explained why they need a full effort at public relations: Back in 2009, after having passed the “stimulus” to “rescue” America from another Democrat-created crisis, Barack Obama was too humble.
We apologize for the coffee you just spewed on your keyboard. “He didn’t want to take, as he said, a ‘victory lap,’” Biden recounted. “And we paid a price for it, ironically, for that humility.”
19 March: Rand Paul Probes Tony Fauci – The Kentucky senator wasn’t buying Fauci’s insistence that we need to keep wearing masks long after we’ve been vaccinated.
“You’ve been vaccinated and you parade around in two masks for show,” Paul says to Fauci. “You can’t get it again. There’s virtually 0% chance you’re gonna get it, and yet you’re telling people that have had the vaccine, that have immunity — you’re defying everything we know about immunity by telling people to wear masks that have been vaccinated. … You want to get rid of vaccine hesitancy? … You want people to get the vaccine? Give them a reward instead of telling them that the nanny state is going to be there for three more years and you gotta wear a mask forever. People don’t want to hear it; there’s no science behind it.”
It’s a powerful takedown, and it neatly delineates the competing camps in the COVID-19 war: one camp that understands the power of fear as a means of controlling the masses, and one camp that understands the concept of herd immunity and the need for the American people to ditch the masks and get back to living their lives again.
21 March: The CDC’s ‘Separate but Equal’ Agenda – A new twist on an old and discredited practice is now effectively national policy.
If the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) had begun last year with social-distancing guidelines of three feet instead of six, schools might not have closed, which harmed children in incalculable ways. It wasn’t just kids, either. The effect was, as Mark Alexander wrote last week, “wrecking the U.S. economy and millions of American lives.”
Nevertheless, the CDC officially announced Friday its new guidance of just three feet between students. Still, adults must remain six feet apart and masks should remain mandatory. Of the six-foot diktat, Dr. Scott Gottlieb wants to know, “Where’s the science?” He answers his own question: “Nobody knows for sure.” That’s reassuring.
In any case, the CDC’s shift, as dramatic as it actually is in practice, is almost beside the point. The real point is that the CDC is focused on social distance and social “equity.” It wants people to remain, er, separate but equal.
23 March: ChiCom Joe and the China Virus – China was the pandemic genesis, and three men led the way to its exodus.
In the days following his inauguration, the waxy automaton Joe Biden issued a flood of executive orders and presidential actions. Among them was a “Memorandum Condemning and Combating Racism, Xenophobia, and Intolerance Against Asian Americans,” which effectively banned the use of the term “China virus.”
“China virus” was President Donald Trump’s label for the disastrous COVID-19 contagion, because it originated in … CHINA. Biden’s directive stipulates that the federal government shouldn’t advance “xenophobic sentiments by” noting “the geographic location of its origin.” Moreover, Biden claims, “Such statements … have contributed to increasing rates of bullying, harassment, and hate crimes” against Americans of Asian origin. Biden and Kamala Harris were quick to claim an attack in Atlanta was motivated by racial animosity toward Asians. But this is a false narrative — or, to put it less delicately, a bald-faced lie.
With all due respect to Biden’s faux political sentiments, last year I coined a much more fitting name for the China virus — the “ChiCom Virus.” The origin and cover-up of the pandemic should not be laid on the backs of the Chinese people, but instead on the Chinese Communist regime under the dictatorial rule of strongman Xi Jinping. After all, he and his communist cadres colluded with the World Health Organization to hide the origin and outbreak of the deadly virus.
23 March: Bad News Bias – The U.S. media is offering a different picture of Covid-19 from science journals or the international media, a study finds.
The coverage by U.S. publications with a national audience has been much more negative than coverage by any other source that the researchers analyzed, including scientific journals, major international publications and regional U.S. media. According to Molly Cook, co-author of the study, “The most well-read U.S. media are outliers in terms of their negativity.” About 87 percent of Covid coverage in national U.S. media last year was negative. The share was 51 percent in international media, 53 percent in U.S. regional media and 64 percent in scientific journals.
24 March: The Cuomos Exercise Family Privilege – Is it any wonder that New York Governor Andrew Cuomo put the welfare of his family before that of his constituents?
According to the New York Post reported, “Andrew Cuomo and Health Commissioner Dr. Howard Zucker allegedly directed that members of the governor’s family and bigwigs with ties to his administration should get priority coronavirus testing last year. … Relatives of Cuomo, including his brother, CNN anchor Chris Cuomo, one of their sisters and their mom, Matilda Cuomo, were tested several times during the early days of the pandemic, the Albany Times-Union reported. The testing was done by high-level members of the state Health Department, often at private homes.”
Regarding Fauci’s rein of terror, Institute for Global Economic Growth chairman Richard Rahn notes, “Fauci knows (and that’s why he has survived under six presidents) what he needs to say to keep his political masters happy, and that is to recommend actions to give the political class more power.”
26 March: CDC Director now claim ChiCom Virus from Lab…
Former CDC Director, Dr. Robert Redfield, now says: “I do not believe this somehow came from a bat to a human. Normally, when a pathogen goes from a zoonot to human, it takes a while for it to figure out how to become more and more efficient in human to human transmission. That’s my…opinion. I’m allowed to have opinions now. I am of the point of view that I still think the most likely aetiology of this pathogen in Wuhan was from a laboratory, escaped.”
Reviewing the early measures taken by the Trump administration, and recommendations to state and local officials nationwide, far from the Democrat political narrative as parroted by the mainstream media that the administration did not act fast enough, it is clear that the Trump administration took every reasonable precaution and action to mitigate the spread of CV19 in the United States.
The CDC and the Trump administration’s CV19 Task Force issued and reissued reasonable guidelines to slow the spread of SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus. State and local governments officials have taken additional actions they believe necessary for their circumstances — many of which I believe are excessive. I believe we are going to find, as I have previously noted, that those CDC guidelines would have generally been adequate for most states and localities, to balance the health risks with the economic impact risks — although those guidelines alone would have resulted in more deaths because of the “idiot factor,” those who won’t abide by even the most basic CDC guidelines. As the nation reopens, the number of CV19 illnesses and deaths is going to increase, primarily because of that idiot factor.
But in the end, hindsight being (mostly) 20/20, we may look back in six months and either see hundreds of thousands of deaths, or hopefully fatality numbers revised dramatically lower. If lower, politicians Left and Right will claim that crippling our economy saved millions of lives, and we all owe them a great debt of gratitude – regardless of the price we paid for the cure.
However, the real test of whether the federal, state, and local actions were right-sized for the cure will be a comparison to Third World CV19 deaths, where “social distancing” was virtually impossible. To the extent we can obtain reliable data from nations other than China, those data sets will represent the “control groups.” If the percentage of deaths in those nations is dramatically higher than in the U.S., as expected, then the actions we’ve taken may be deemed appropriate. If the fatality rates were not significant multiples of the U.S. rate, that would imply the actions we have taken were too exaggerated. While I don’t expect that outcome, we will see.
27 March: Does Biden Want Economic Recovery? – Just as many states, especially red ones, are growing, he says we need to slow down.
Several red states are leading the U.S. in economic growth, according to a new Commerce Department report. Meanwhile, President Joe Biden says states should pause on reopening. We’re sure these stories are completely unrelated.
The new Commerce report looks at real gross domestic product (GDP) in all 50 states. The great news is that GDP “increased in all 50 states and the District of Columbia in the fourth quarter of 2020, as real GDP for the nation increased at an annual rate of 4.3 percent.” That ranged from South Dakota’s leading 9.9% to DC’s sluggish 1.2%.
Commerce also reported, “Finance and insurance increased 12.9 percent nationally and contributed to the increases in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. This industry was the leading contributor to the increases in 25 states including South Dakota, Texas, Utah, and Connecticut, the states with the four largest increases.” The top three states, by the way, have “trifecta” Republican governments — control of the governorship and both legislative chambers. Five of the remaining seven in the top 10 are also Republican-controlled.
28 March: Trump Slams Fauci and Birx for Revisionism – Drs. Anthony Fauci and Deborah Birx seemed to want to rewrite history, but Donald Trump was having none of it.
“When I saw what happened in New York City,” said Dr. Anthony Fauci during a CNN interview that aired Sunday, “it was like, ‘Oh my goodness.’ And that’s when it became very clear that the decision we made on January the 10th to go all out and develop a vaccine may have been the best decision that I’ve ever made with regard to an intervention as the director of the institute.”
Who knew the diminutive doc was the Decider-in-Chief and the driving force behind Operation Warp Speed — the life-saving decision to strip away traditional barriers to vaccine development and thereby conceive, create, and begin administering multiple coronavirus vaccines in just nine months rather than the usual three to five years?
29 March: WHO’s ChiCom Flu Cover-Up – “The most likely etiology of this pathogen in Wuhan was from a laboratory, [where it] escaped.”
In July of last year, as the ChiCom Virus pandemic was surging, then-President Donald Trump ordered that the United States withdraw from the World Health Organization. He cited the WHO’s well-documented collaboration with Xi Jinping’s Communist Party to cover its tracks regarding the origin and outbreak of the devastating virus. Two months earlier he had redirected U.S. WHO funds “to other worldwide and deserving urgent global public health needs.”
With more than 500,000 American deaths piling up, one of the first actions Joe Biden took was to restore U.S. taxpayer funding and support for the WHO. It’s no surprise that ChiCom Joe would restore the WHO to good standing, given China’s corrupt “relationship” with the “Big Guy.” If you missed all that corruption coverage ahead of the election, that’s because of Demo collusion with their Leftmedia propagandists and their BigTech suppressors, who buried it.
30 March: COVID Vaccine Passports? – Team Biden-Harris ponders a vaccine passport for travel, while Florida’s governor pledges to protect residents’ privacy.
Will Americans need COVID-19 vaccine passports in order to travel? The Biden-Harris administration is reportedly looking into creating such vaccine-related credentials for travel, most specifically regarding airline travel. According to reports, the airline industry has been lobbying the White House to come up with some kind of health form verification in order to end both traveler confusion and lift current travel restrictions.
Working with technology and travel companies, the Department of Health and Human Services has taken the lead in “coordinating government agencies involved in the work, led by coronavirus coordinator Jeff Zients.” Zients explained, “Our role is to help ensure that any solutions in this area should be simple, free, open source, accessible to people both digitally and on paper, and designed from the start to protect people’s privacy.”
The obvious problem with a vaccine passport is that it creates yet more government intrusion into our private lives. Furthermore, it opens up a Pandora’s box for potential legalized medical-based discrimination.
31 March: In Wake of Pandemic, Homeschooling Explodes – More parents are realizing what cesspools of indoctrination public schools have become.
One year ago, noting the increase in homeschooled children as a result of schools shutting down over the ChiCom Virus pandemic, it was impossible to predict just how drastic that shift would end up being.
Initially, the shift was a matter of necessity. As entire school systems remained closed for in-person learning, and virtual learning was shown to be largely ineffective, parents looked for ways to make sure their children didn’t fall behind. Unable to afford private schooling, many parents turned to homeschooling.
Other parents, whose children were doing school virtually, got to see firsthand their children being indoctrinated by the destructive Critical Race Theory and its call for “social justice,” which taught children to hate their country and anyone who is white. They were also immersed in “gender theory,” which teaches the lie that sex/gender is a social construct rather than a biological reality.
This is on top of the inherent and embedded flaws in America’s public school system, an anachronistic throwback to the dawn of the Industrial Age, when industrial barons sought to give rural men, women, and children just enough education to mold them into compliant workers.
05 April: The CDC says risk of COVID-19 transmission on surfaces 1 in 10,000 – The risk of getting a COVID-19 infection from contaminated surfaces is extremely low, according to updated guidance from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention.
The principal mode by which people are infected with SARS-CoV-2 virus is through exposure to respiratory droplets, the CDC said. While not impossible, the agency said the risk of infection through fomites is “generally less than 1 in 10,000.” The CDC guidance, coming more than a year into the pandemic, is the strongest argument yet against what some critics have dubbed “hygiene theater.” Despite the fact that scientists at the CDC have been fairly certain since at least last spring that transmission is almost entirely through airborne particles, establishments have continued to insist on strict sanitization protocols, like constantly wiping down shared surfaces with disinfectant, and closing schools and subways for “deep cleaning.”
06 April: Newsom Declares California Will Fully Reopen in June – Just in time for his recall election…
“We are announcing today that on June 15th we will be moving beyond the blueprint and we will be getting rid of the colored tiers,” Newsom said. “We’ll be moving past the dimmer switch. We will be getting rid of the blueprint as you know it today. That’s on June 15 if we continue the good work.”
07 April: Escape the COVID-Obesity Trap – Being overweight was a leading comorbidity factor, but lockdowns made that even worse.
More than a year after the coronavirus came to the United States, and governments across the world instituted measures ostensibly to limit its spread, there remains much we don’t know about the disease. … Recently, however, two aspects of the coronavirus era have become clearer. Both of them concern weight, and both suggest that one of the key ways our society reacted was an obvious mistake — and one that should be corrected.
A CDC study finds about 78% of people hospitalized for Covid were overweight or obese.
To determine if you fit the obese profile, use this body mass index (BMI) and the corresponding BMI weight status category calculator for adults 20 years and older.
09 April: Newsom vs. DeSantis – The contrast between the governors of two big states couldn’t be more stark.
Newsom was one of the strictest governors in the country when it came to stay-at-home orders, even shutting down churches. He made a shady $1 billion deal with China to provide masks and mandated them for the state’s residents — even “in between bites” of food. But Newsom is like most Democrats in his hypocrisy, infamously being caught at a high-dollar restaurant dining maskless.
12 April: Doing ‘Revolutionary’ Things in a Pandemic – Dems took advantage of COVID to target religious liberty, the economy, and a host of other things.
The data is out, and the lesson is clear: States that took and held onto draconian lockdown measures for much longer than the states that didn’t have been hit the hardest economically. States such as Florida, whose governor applied fewer COVID restrictions and eased those restrictions more quickly, “recovered by year-end,” The Wall Street Journal reports.
13 April: Michigan’s All-Too-Avoidable COVID Spike – By having insisted on draconian lockdowns, the state’s governor, Gretchen Whitmer, is now reaping what she’s sown.
Michigan’s inept Democrat governor has done it again. Having exercised the nation’s toughest COVID-19 lockdown policies during the past year, she prevented the state’s 10 million residents from moving toward herd immunity. And now? The state is seeing a massive spike in coronavirus cases, hospitalizations, and deaths.
14 April: In Brief: Why Politicians, Pundits, and ‘Experts’ Don’t Want COVID to End – We’re in a “perpetual pandemic,” says The Spectator’s Stephen Miller.
The ChiCom Virus pandemic may have started in China, but it’s clearly being perpetuated by petty American tyrants in government and the media. The Spectator’s Stephen Miller explains: “The coronavirus pandemic was a black-swan event the likes of which this planet hadn’t seen in almost a hundred years. It caused the deaths of hundreds of thousands of people and crashed the global economy, resulting in the largest socioeconomic change since 2008. It was, in short, not good. Yet there are pockets of public health experts and corporate media pundits who seem content to play out an endless cycle of pandemic porn. This runs contrary to what the majority of the population wants to watch and how most Americans are choosing to live their lives.”
15 April: On the efficacy of face masks…
A peer-reviewed study completed last November, raises significant questions about the effectiveness of masks. The Stanford University research report, “Facemasks in the COVID-19 era: A health hypothesis,” published by the National Institute of Health’s National Center for Biotechnological Information, concludes: “The existing scientific evidences challenge the safety and efficacy of wearing facemask as preventive intervention for COVID-19. The data suggest that both medical and non-medical facemasks are ineffective to block human-to-human transmission of viral and infectious disease such SARS-CoV-2 and COVID-19, supporting against the usage of facemasks.”
18 April: Are COVID Restrictions a Matter of Liberty? – Yes, and clearly so, despite the bureaucratic obfuscation of Dr. Anthony Fauci.
“I don’t look at this as a liberty thing.” With that one sentence, Beltway bureaucrat Dr. Anthony Fauci perhaps unwittingly expressed the great divide in America over the ChiCom Virus pandemic. “That’s obvious,” retorted Representative Jim Jordan. The exchange between the two men occurred during a congressional hearing on COVID.
19 April: COVID Doesn’t Excuse Federal Waste – From tax enforcement to spending on job creation, government still isn’t the answer.
American psychologist Abraham Maslow once quipped, “I suppose it is tempting, if the only tool you have is a hammer, to treat everything as if it were a nail.” This philosophy is applied regularly to America’s financial problems by President Joe Biden and President-in-Waiting Kamala Harris as they spend, regulate, and tax more, redistributing wealth and hammering down the hard-working American.
20 April: To Mask or Not to Mask – It’s a question you can find almost any answer to. And that’s a big problem.
“When I see people walking outside, often alone with no one anywhere near them, wearing a mask, my primary reactions are disappointment and sadness,” wrote Dennis Prager earlier this month. “I am disappointed because I expected better from my fellow Americans. I never thought most Americans would be governed by irrational fears and unquestioning obedience to authority. I have come to realize that I had a somewhat romanticized view of my countrymen.”
22 April: Gretchen Whitmer Is a Liar – Michigan’s do-as-I-say, not-as-I-do governor continues to set the example for how NOT to lead.
If, as La Rochefoucauld said, “Hypocrisy is the tribute that vice pays to virtue,” then what are we to make of those who lie about that tribute? Perhaps we should ask Michigan Governor Gretchen Whitmer. After all, she just got caught saying one thing and doing another, and then lying through her teeth about having even done that other thing at all.
24 April: 100 Days of ‘Unity’ – Biden never intended to unify the country. Instead, he’s ramming through the Left’s agenda.
Joe Biden is no Donald Trump. Breaking news, we know. That was a feature, not a bug, for 81 million Americans in the 2020 election, however many asterisks come with that vote total. As President Joe “Unity” Biden marks 100 days in office, let’s check in on some of the big differences. The Biden-Harris administration’s work so far has primarily been to undo the myriad achievements of the Trump-Pence administration, whether in the domestic or foreign policy arenas.
Regarding the ChiCom virus, Political analyst Ben Domenech observed: “The first 100 days of this administration” were replete with “an enormous amount of anti-scientific activity.” He declared, “Dr. Anthony Fauci, the moment he came out last year and said that we needed to shut down schools, he should have been fired.” Regarding the absurd masking mandates, he added, “When we look at this administration, the way they’ve treated this whole thing has amounted to a huge amount of theater, as opposed to actual science. When the president comes out with a mask over, and over, and over again, he sends the message implicitly that if you get vaccinated, nothing will change.”
26 April: Take Off the Mask – At least when you’re outside, and especially if you’re vaccinated, it’s long past time.
Maybe it’s just us, but the biggest question on our minds right now is, “When’s the mask burning party?”
28 April: Pandemic Winners and Losers – Blue states such as New York and New Jersey had the worst outcomes, while red states such as Utah and Idaho fared the best.
A new study confirms that liberal blue states like New York and New Jersey had by far the worst pandemic record in terms of keeping people healthy and minimizing economic damage. The consulting firm Hamilton Place Strategies tells us just who did best on both measures.
29 April: Biden, Masks, and the American Sheeple – Joe Biden’s incoherent masking behavior seems to be ever more about control and ever less about science.
One wonders whether Joe Biden had the self-awareness to notice last week that so few of the 40 world leaders in the virtual room for his two-day “climate summit” were wearing a mask. Biden, as seen on numerous video snapshots, appeared at times to be the only masker there. We’re told by the always-helpful fact-checkers that he wasn’t, but he was nonetheless the leader of a tiny and embarrassingly conspicuous minority. (COVID, for the record, is not a computer virus — it can’t leap through the ether and nail us from afar.)
30 April: In Brief: Unmasking the Truth – There is some inconvenient truth regarding the CDC and its various pandemic declarations.
“How reliable are government declarations that mask mandates prevent the spread of the coronavirus?” Not very reliable, argue two Heritage Foundation scholars, Norbert J. Michel, Ph.D., and Doug Badger.
02 May: Biden’s Hypocritical India Travel Ban – Biden blasted Trump’s China travel ban as “xenophobic,” but now he’s done the same thing.
On January 31, 2020, a novel and dangerous coronavirus from Wuhan, China, was rapidly spreading. Donald Trump acted decisively and announced a ban on travel from China. At the time, Joe Biden blasted the decision as xenophobic, insisting, “This is no time for Donald Trump’s record of hysteria and xenophobia.”
03 May: Biden’s Big School Reopening Power Play – He moves the goal posts once again, as Dems look for ways to continue to justify their unprecedented power grab.
Joe Biden marked his first 100 days in office last week in a brief appearance on NBC News’s “Today,” where he surmised that schools “should probably all be open” this fall “based on science and the CDC.” He further observed what everyone has known since last fall — that “there’s not overwhelming evidence that there’s much of a transmission among these young people.” Yet he seemingly remains uncommitted on reopening schools next fall. Why?
As Mark Alexander observes, “What happened to Biden’s commitment to have schools open by April/May? Three months ago, Biden’s commitment implied schools would be open just in time for summer break. Now, Biden won’t commit to having schools open next fall. This is a case study in a leftist unwilling to give up power.”
04 May: Teachers Union Strong-Arms CDC to Keep Schools Closed – The American Federation of Teachers certainly doesn’t have kids’ best interests in mind.
Former American Federation of Teachers (AFT) President Al Shanker was once asked if he was concerned about the impact that a series of walkouts by his unionized teachers was having on schoolchildren. He infamously replied he “would start representing kids when they started paying union dues.”
Today, AFT President Randi Weingarten, head of the nation’s second-largest teachers union, is just as apathetic toward America’s struggling schoolchildren. Yet she masquerades her apathy behind a façade of concern for teacher health, using the political power that comes with having donated $20 million to Democrats in 2020 alone to successfully pressure the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), with the complicity of Joe Biden’s White House, to alter a CDC recommendation on school reopenings just days before it was released.
05 May: Racist Vaccine Mandates? – Blacks are just as “vaccine hesitant” as their white peers, and Hispanics even more so. What next?
As per their inclination, progressives and their media lapdogs have created a new term to paper over a genuine problem, one that may prove to be quite deleterious for a Biden administration dedicated to the idea that America is a systemically racist nation requiring a wholesale overhaul — by any means necessary. The term is “vaccine hesitation,” and it’s being used to play down the reality that “communities of color” are hesitant to get vaccinated.
06 May: Biden’s Masking Message — The Vaccine Doesn’t Work – Biden’s obsession with masking contradicts his promotion of the COVID vaccine.
This week there was fanfare over a truly bizarre photo of Joe Biden and “Doctor” Jill alongside two frail Georgia folks in their 90s, Jimmy and Rosalynn Carter. For the record, I have been in security details for Mr. and Mrs. Carter and can assure you they are people of normal stature — not “little people” as the Carter Center image portrayed. At 5'10", Mr. Carter is five inches shorter than I am, but in the photo next to the Bidens, the Carters look like a couple of Jeff Dunham’s retired ventriloquist dummies.
But there was something else curious about the photo. Neither the Bidens nor the Carters were wearing masks, despite their advanced age, vulnerability, and being inside and in close quarters. There were many other people in the room behind the photographer. The Carter Center was quick to note that the Carters and Bidens had been vaccinated so there was no need for masks. And they are absolutely correct.
07 May: Democrats Are Gunning for Ron DeSantis – The popular Florida governor has been running circles around leftists, which is why they’re so desperate to defeat him.
In case you hadn’t noticed, the Democrats are afraid of first-term Florida Governor Ron DeSantis. Deathly afraid. He’s a young, energetic governor from the swingiest of swing states; a husband and father with a good, solid, conservative compass; and a regular guy with a knack for making leftists’ heads explode — all with a friendly, tourist-attracting smile on his face.
Additionally, there is the CDC’s Corrupt Political Agenda – Under the leadership of Rochelle Walensky, politics takes precedence over medicine and science.
CDC Director Rochelle Walensky earned her MD from Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, was the chief of the Division of Infectious Diseases at Massachusetts General Hospital, and she’s served as a professor at Harvard Medical School. Yet now that she’s leading the Centers for Disease Control, which is really putting the emphasis on control over much of American life during the ChiCom Virus pandemic, what seems to matter most is Walensky’s union connections.
08 May: In Brief: ‘Institutionalized’ by COVID – “These walls are funny. First you hate them, then you get used to them. Enough time passes, you get so you depend on them.”
National Review Online editor Philip Klein argues that continued enforcement of stringent COVID protocols signal that something deeper is going on than merely worrying about the pandemic.
09 May: COVID-19 Came From a Chinese Lab – The ChiComs’ evidence-free claim that this uniquely potent virus came straight from a bat cave is ridiculous.
The debate over whether ChiCom Virus escaped from a lab or originated naturally is fast becoming tiresome. Why? Because one scenario makes sense, and the other one doesn’t. As Nicholas Wade, who for 30 years covered science for the New York Times, put it during a recent Fox News interview, “It’s very hard on the natural emergence scenario to imagine how the virus broke out someplace else, built itself up into a real good human pathogen, and, without infecting anyone else, the guy who was infected jumped on a train to Wuhan, didn’t infect anyone on the train, and it was only when he got to Wuhan that he started spreading. It just doesn’t make a lot of sense.”
Meanwhile, from the “Faucian Bargain” files, raising questions about when, if ever, he believes Americans can resume a normal life, Fauci declared, “I hope that next Mother’s Day, we’re going to see a dramatic difference than what we’re seeing right now. I believe that we will be about as close to back to normal as we can. And there’s some conditions to that…” So, he is now hoping that next Mother’s Day we my be close to “back to normal as we can get,” as long as we abide by his “conditions.”
10 May: Biden’s Bad Economy Blame Game – He says Trump’s responsible for poor jobs numbers and that his “rescue” plan is needed.
Every president takes too much credit for economic gains and (sometimes unfairly) blames his predecessor for any headwinds. President Joe Biden has been in Washington so long that this behavior is second nature. Thus, it was no surprise to see him do both as he bumbled through remarks Friday at “exactly 12:00,” which he helpfully pointed out in his second sentence to “put today’s jobs report in perspective.” It was indeed the most disappointing and off-expectations jobs report in decades, so Biden had some blame to cast on Donald Trump.
11 May: Don’t Blame the Pandemic for Spiking Crime – Leftist politicians claim COVID is responsible, conveniently ignoring the anti-police narrative fomented by BLM.
With major U.S. metros like New York City experiencing spiking violent crime rates, one question naturally arises: What’s the cause? The blame, according to leftist politicians like NYC Mayor Bill de Blasio and Congresswoman Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez (NY), falls on the coronavirus pandemic.
12 May: The CDC’s COVID Incompetence – Yet more misinformation from the agency is negatively affecting all of us.
For years, we’ve written story after story about how the government has earned every bit of distrust it faces from the public. During a pandemic, it’s vitally important that we be able to trust the information and guidelines being given by the government. Yet here we are, with a Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) that can’t be trusted to not politicize information or outright misinform the public.
Should anyone be wearing masks outside, and in what circumstances? We’ve discussed that question more than once. Now, the CDC has been busted giving bogus statistics about it to back up its guidelines.
13 May: ‘Fact-Checkers’ Enforce the COVID Narrative – They’re suppressing evidence that the coronavirus originated in a Wuhan lab.
14 May: Scientists Demand Answers on Covid Origins – Chance of lab escape ‘has become the theory that cannot be put to rest.’ https://www.wsj.com/articles/scientists-demand-answers-on-covid-origins-11621011732
Dr. Anthony Fauci can keep downplaying the possibility that the pandemic began at a Chinese lab partially funded by a grantee of his government institute. But even Dr. Fauci’s numerous media admirers cannot prevent scientists from asking appropriate questions about the Wuhan Institute of Virology. “Top researchers are calling for a real investigation into the origin of covid-19” is the headline on a story in MIT Technology Review by Rowan Jacobsen.
Meanwhile, the CDC Grants ‘Permission’ to Unmask – Not that anyone still listens to the much-maligned agency, but it’s finally “allowing” us to ditch the masks.
For the government, it’s been about power. For businesses, it’s been about liability. And for Joe Biden, it’s been about looking consistently ridiculous whether indoors, outdoors, or on a Zoom call. But in any case, yesterday marked the practical end of a yearlong pseudoscientific face-diaper folly.
15 May: In Brief: Wait, the Pandemic’s Over? – The timing of the mask announcement seems … suspicious.
After the CDC granted vaccinated Americans “permission” to go about unmasked, The Spectator’s Stephen Miller is saying, Hey, wait a minute, something’s fishy… “Just like that? Nothing about this pandemic, or the science behind it, or the vaccines that have stopped it, tells us that something changed suddenly and magically for vaccinated people [Thursday]. But [now] we can finally lose our masks, as President Biden’s CDC finally announced a full loosening of mask restrictions other than crowded indoor spaces and public transportation. Joe Biden wants you to believe that this day arrived by the good graces of science and his administration’s tireless work, but that would be incorrect. The public has been getting vaccinated since early January and we are now five months into 2021. It’s the same vaccine, yet we are supposed to buy the idea that … May 13, 2021, will go down in history as the day the pandemic suddenly ended.”
16 May: Tyrants Keep Mask Mandates – Pelosi, Cuomo, Newsom, and others once again reveal that this is mostly about power.
The clear message from Democrat tyrants is that vaccines don’t work. We’re only partly serious, of course, because while that is indeed the message Democrats are sending, the real story is that they just won’t let go of power.
17 May: DHS: Violent Extremists May Exploit Easing COVID Restrictions – The Biden administration fears that lifting coronavirus restrictions may spark domestic terrorism.
Just one day after the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention lifted most mask mandates for those who are fully vaccinated, the Department of Homeland Security (DHS) issued a national advisory warning, “Violent extremists may seek to exploit the easing of COVID-19-related restrictions across the United States to conduct attacks against a broader range of targets after previous public capacity limits reduced opportunities for lethal attacks.”
18 May: Cuomo Cashed in While New Yorkers Died – The governor hauled in $5 million for writing a book while ordering the state’s elderly to their deaths.
If ever there were a book that needed burning, Andrew Cuomo’s American Crisis: Leadership Lessons From the COVID-19 Pandemic is that book. It’d be one thing if Cuomo merely took Rahm Emanuel’s advice and didn’t let a good crisis go to waste. Instead, he actually manufactured a crisis with his deadly mismanagement of New York’s elderly population, and then profited from it in real time with a lucrative book deal. People died because of him. Lots of people. Moms and dads. Grandmas and grandpas. And he profited from it. Handsomely.
19 May: It’s the ChiCom Virus, Stupid! – Pandemic litigation and liability should be directed at Red China
Today, given the mass confusion over how businesses, schools, and other institutions should endeavor to reopen after the devastating ineffective lockdowns, the focus is quickly shifting to litigation and liability (and insurability) — the most menacing obstacle to the return of social normalcy. Many organizations are endeavoring to cover their backsides by complying with the CDC guidelines to avoid liability. But the CDC has been about as clear as mud on those recommendations, particularly in regard to its inconsistant distancing and masking requirements.
But politicians and litigators are missing their target by 12,500 miles. To paraphrase James Carville, “It’s the ChiCom Virus, stupid!” The litigation target should be China and its dictator, Xi Jinping.
Also this week: Ten-Year-Old Educates School Board on Hypocrisy of Mask Mandate – Fourth-grader John Provenzano perfectly explains students’ opposition to wearing masks at school.
20 May: The Uphill Battle to Learn COVID Origins – Republicans in Congress are struggling to find answers to the source of virus.
Representatives Devin Nunes (R-CA) and Bill Posey (R-FL) are leading the fight for transparency in the House. In the Senate, Senator Rand Paul (R-KY) has been outspoken in his efforts to get answers about the possibility that U.S. taxpayers funded research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology.
21 May: In Brief: Face Masks and the First Amendment – They’ve become a form of political expression. That makes mandates constitutionally suspect.
David Rivkin, a Washington lawyer, teamed up with The Wall Street Journal’s James Taranto to exlore how mask wearing fits with the First Amendment.
22 May: The Misery of the Maskaholics – Some folks just really aren’t going to let go of COVID protocols anytime soon.
Meet Joe. He’s a professional photographer and musician from Albany, and he got his COVID-19 vaccination earlier this month. And yet even today, he sticks to a safety protocol he’s had for 14 months. Whenever he goes out, he dons an N95 surgical mask, then a cloth mask over that, and then a pair of goggles. And he plans to keep doing this for at least the next five years.
23 May: Tom Cotton Deserves an Apology – He was accused of propagating a fringe conspiracy.
Recall that on 30 April of last year, Donald Trump, when asked if he had seen evidence indicating the virus might have originated in a lab, declared: “Yes I have. Yes I have. I can’t tell you that. I’m not allowed to tell you that. And I think the world health organization should be ashamed of themselves. … You’ll be learning in the not-too-distant future. But it’s a terrible thing that happened - whether they made a mistake or whether it started off as a mistake and then they made another one. Or did somebody do something on purpose?”
The same day, Secretary of State Mike Pompeo indicated the evidence was not conclusive: “We don’t know if it came from the Wuhan Institute of Virology. We don’t know if it emanated from the wet market or yet some other place. We don’t know those answers.” But days later he confirmed Trump’s assertion, saying he has seen “enormous evidence” that the virus infecting much of the world originated in a laboratory: “I can tell you that there is a significant amount of evidence that this came from that laboratory in Wuhan.”
Of course, Trump’s lab assertion was broadly panned by the Leftmedia, including this CNN headliner featuring their favorite “pandemic expert”: “Anthony Fauci just crushed Donald Trump’s theory on the origins of the coronavirus.” According to CNN, “Enter Anthony Fauci, the head of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease and perhaps the single most prominent doctor in the world at the moment. In an interview with National Geographic posted on Monday night, Fauci was definitive about the origins of the virus which has sickened more than a million Americans and killed more than 68,000: ‘If you look at the evolution of the virus in bats and what’s out there now, [the scientific evidence] is very, very strongly leaning toward this could not have been artificially or deliberately manipulated … Everything about the stepwise evolution over time strongly indicates that [this virus] evolved in nature and then jumped species.’ Now, before we play the game of ‘he said, he said’ remember this: Only one of these two people is a world-renowned infectious disease expert. And it’s not Donald Trump.”
But as we had stated months prior to Trump’s remark, we agree with Sen. Tom Cotton on this question, and our sources backed up Cotton’s original assessment that the virus originated in Wuhan’s P4 lab.
Regarding Cotton’s early assertions, recall that on 17 February The Washington Post ran this headline, “Tom cotton keeps repeating a coronavirus conspiracy theory that was already debunked.” (WaPo later changed the headlined to indicate it was “disputed” rather than “debunked.” Likewise, on 17 February The New York Times headlined that declaration: “Senator Tom Cotton Repeats Fringe Theory of Coronavirus Origins.”
Fast forward to this week: More than a year after Trump’s assertions about the possible Wuhan lab origin, Michael Gerson, former chief speechwriter for George W. Bush, who devolved into an opinion writer for Jeff Bezos at the Washington Post, is apparently delirious with the strain of Potomac Fever which has turned almost all Beltway “journalists” into CoronaZombies. Despite the fact that the Leftmedia propagandists gauntlet against Trump’s assertion the ChiCom Virus most assuredly could have originated in the WIV’s P4 lab, Gerson is still insisting, “The right is dwelling on slanderous myths about the origins of COVID-19.” According to Gerson, “The universe of MAGA politics and media regularly defies Darwin. It is an environment in which the least-fit ideas tend to thrive.”
24 May: Calling out Fauci – He has lost trust for flip-flopping and lying. He should have been fired a year ago.
If Dr. Anthony Fauci were a supervillain, his moniker might be Dr. Inconsistent. The Beltway’s highest-paid “follow the science” bureaucrat has done anything but follow the science, instead making a practice of sticking his finger into the political winds in order to gauge the status of the “science.”
Meanwhile, when asked in Senate testimony what percentage of their staff have taken the Covid vaccine, here are the responses from the nations pandemic experts: ￼NIH Director Anthony Fauci: “I think it’s probably a little bit more than half.” FDA Center of Biologics Peter Marks: “Probably about the same range.” CDC Director Rochelle Walensky ￼￼￼– “We are encouraging our employees to get vaccinated…we do not know."￼
25 May: Team Biden’s Mask Mania – The administration is digging in on its demands and rules for face masks.
Thanks to the COVID-19 vaccines, "15 days to flatten the curve” may finally come to an end after about 15 months.
All around the nation, even a few left-wing governors have relented in the face of mounting evidence that the shots are working. They’re in the process of opening up to life as it used to be, without the need for face masks if the subject has already been inoculated. Some without the masks may merely identify as vaccinated, of course, because this is all on the honor system. And Americans should continue to reject vaccine passports.
26 May: They All Lied About COVID-19’s Origins – Leftists’ hatred of Donald Trump caused them to ignore and deceive about the most important news story since 9/11.
For the past year, you’ve been lied to repeatedly about a matter of great consequence: Where did the COVID-19 plague come from? Were its origins natural or man-made? But during the past two weeks, and in particular the past 48 hours, we’ve seen the roof cave in on the Left’s sneering, antiscientific, increasingly improbable Trump-deranged insistence that it occurred naturally — that it came straight from a bat cave.
Yet we know the truth: COVID-19, the killer of nearly 3.5 million people worldwide, came from a Chinese lab. Recall that Donald Trump, when asked on 30 April 2020 if he had seen evidence indicating the virus might have originated in a lab declared, “Yes I have. Yes I have. And I think the world health organization should be ashamed of themselves.” That assertion was broadly panned by the Leftmedia.
27 May: Wuhan Lab: China’s Deceit and Biden’s Weakness – The president’s COVID-origin probe may end up running cover for the ChiComs.
Nearly 600,000 Americans and nearly 3.5 million people around the world have died of COVID-19 during the ChiCom Virus pandemic. That world total isn’t counting how many Chinese actually died — certainly several orders of magnitude more than Beijing’s laughably false number of less than 5,000. The pandemic (and response to it) has also caused untold economic upheaval, from lost jobs and livelihoods to endless product delays and rampant inflation. That’s to say nothing of the psychological damage to people who are still irrationally terrified of the virus. So, inquiring minds want to know more about China’s role in unleashing this hell on the world.
Meanwhile, The Washington Post has a revelation: Wuhan Lab-Leak Theory ‘Suddenly Credible’ – The Post ignored evidence when reporters and editors didn’t like the messenger and it didn’t fit their narrative.
After more than a year of ignoring what is perhaps the biggest story of the century, the source of the deadly COVID-19 virus, the Washington Post now calls the possibility that the virus leaked from the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV) in China “suddenly credible.”
28 May: Remember When… Fauci Argued Benefits of Gain-of-Function Research Outweighed Pandemic Risk in 2012 Paper – In a newly resurfaced paper from 2012, Dr. Anthony Fauci argued that the benefits of gain-of-function research are worth the increased risk of a potential pandemic-causing lab accident.
The Weekend Australian unearthed a paper Fauci wrote for the American Society for Microbiology in October 2012 in which he argued in support of gain-of-function research. Such research involves making viruses more infectious and/or deadly. Experts have raised the possibility that the COVID-19 pandemic could have originated from a potential lab leak at the Wuhan Institute of Virology in Wuhan, China, where gain-of-function experiments on bat coronaviruses have been conducted.
29 May: Hudson Institute Senior Fellow David Asher, who directed Mike Pompeo’s investigation into Covid origins prior to Biden shutting down that investigation, disclosed that government biostatisticians calculated that the odds of SARS-CoV-2 evolving naturally were “one in 13 billion.”
30 May: In Brief: Evidence of the Wuhan Lab Leak – It’s considerable, albeit circumstantial, and it’s incredibly persuasive.
No, the lab-leak theory isn’t quite proven. But there is a clear and verified sequence of events that strongly suggests that this pandemic, which has caused more than 168 million cases and more than 3.4 million deaths worldwide, may well have originated from viruses carried in bats in an abandoned mine that then passed through a Chinese research facility before spreading out of control among the people of Wuhan.
01 June: Does Pandemic Economic Recovery Show Two Americas? – The unemployment numbers from red and blue states certainly seem to.
New statistics on the two recoveries from the pandemic-induced economic crisis brought this phrase back to mind. Comparing the April unemployment rates on a state-by-state basis reveals that there has been a Republican recovery and a Democrat, well, non-recovery. In fact, say Allysia Finley and Esther Plecy in a Wall Street Journal op-ed, “It’s rare to see differences that are so stark based on party control in states. But the current partisan differences reflect different policy choices over the length and severity of pandemic lockdowns and now government benefits such as jobless insurance.”
Meanwhile, the Media Destroy Their Own Credibility – Trump Derangement Syndrome meant reporters refused to question the origin of COVID.
“As soon as all the corrections which happened to be necessary in any particular number of the Times had been assembled and collated, that number would be reprinted, the original copy destroyed and the corrected copy placed on the files in its stead. This process of continuous alteration was applied not only to newspapers, but to books, periodicals, pamphlets, posters, leaflets, films, sound tracks, cartoons, photographs — to every kind of literature or documentation which might conceivably hold any political or ideological significance.” —George Orwell, 1984
02 June: Timeline: Exposing the ChiCom Virus Cover-Up – Tracing the deadly serial viral deceptions propagated by Democrat politicians and their Leftmedia propagandists.
What follows is a detailed investigative timeline of the Democrat and Leftmedia deceptions regarding the origin of COVID-19 — the ChiCom Virus pandemic. Who is responsible for the deaths of more than 600,000 Americans, and Millions worldwide. Who had most to gain by brining the economies of the free world to a grinding halt?
03 June: Never Let a Plague Go to Waste – Many members of the left-wing elite became wealthy by monetizing their political careers through lucrative insider networking.
During America’s first-ever national lockdown, thousands of unelected bureaucrats, as well as federal and state governments, assumed enormous powers not usually accorded to them. They picked and chose which businesses could stay open without much rationale. They sent the infected into nursing homes occupied by the weak and vulnerable. Their rules for prosecuting those who violated social distancing, sheltering in place, mask wearing or violent protesting often hinged on political grounds. Their spending measures on “infrastructure” and “health care” were excuses to lard up redistributive entitlements.
04 June: Emails Expose Fauci as a Fraud – The nation’s highest-paid bureaucrat withheld important COVID-19 information from the American people.
More than 3,200 pages of Fauci’s emails are now public, having been obtained by BuzzFeed News through a Freedom of Information Act lawsuit. They cover the Not-So-Good Doctor’s communications with all manner of correspondents during the period from January to June 2020, and they give us a glimpse into how Fauci handled his job. They also further degrade his reputation as the nation’s leading expert on infectious diseases — and, even more than that, his reputation for honesty and integrity.
05 June: Deep State Deep-Sixed COVID Probe – Investigators were warned by U.S. officials to avoid opening “Pandora’s box” by pursing the lab-leak theory.
In a recently published article titled “The Lab-Leak Theory: Inside the Fight to Uncover COVID-19’s Origins,” investigative journalist Katherine Eban details how individuals within the U.S. State Department sought to suppress any notion of the coronavirus having originated in a lab in Wuhan, China. Needless to say, the evidence presented of an intentional cover-up by deep state actors (and a complicit Leftmedia) is both compelling and deeply troubling. This scandal exposes the reality that political considerations motivated individuals within the State Department to hide the facts from the American people.
06 June: The Beltway’s Vaccine Hypocrites, it now takes beer, bucks, and bureaucrats — bribes to take the vaccine while experts avoid it.
In the largely ignored May 11 hearing before a Senate panel tasked to report updates on the coronavirus response in the U.S., more than two hours of testimony revealed yet more of the Beltway’s boundless hypocrisy. It continues to matter to millions of Americans. Testimony was offered by Dr. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy & Infectious Diseases; Dr. Peter Marks, director of the Center for Biologics Evaluation and Research housed in the FDA; and Dr. Rochelle Walensky, director of the Centers for Disease Control. Nearing the conclusion of the testimony, Senator Richard Burr (R-NC) got to something important: “I’m going to go to Dr. Fauci, Dr. Marks, and Dr. Walensky. What percentage of the employees in your institute, your center, or your agency, of your employees, has been vaccinated?”
Fauci had to respond, “I’m not 100% sure, Senator, but I think it’s probably a little bit more than half; probably around 60%.” Dr. Peter Marks echoed, “I can’t tell you the exact number, but it’s probably in the same range. Some people [have been] vaccinated at our facility, and others outside of the facility.” Finally, Dr. Walensky opined, “We’re encouraging our employees to get vaccinated. We’ve been doing town halls and education seminars. Our staff have the option to report their vaccination status, but as you understand, the federal government is not requiring it, so we do not know.”
07 June: An Oxford University study has blown a big hole in the Wuhan “wet-market” claim regarding the source of the Chicom virus. There were no bats being sold at the Wuhan wet market.
According to the researchers: “Working with our colleagues based at China West Normal University, Nanchong, and Hubei University of Traditional Chinese Medicine, Wuhan, Xiao Xiao and Zhao-Min Zhou on the ground in China, the WildCRU team had been gathering data collected from across Wuhan’s wet markets through May 2017 and November 2019. … Our investigation, published today in Nature-Scientific Reports, found that both bats and pangolins had an alibi – neither was there! Bats are actually rarely consumed in Central China. Pangolin trade is still a significant issue in other Chinese cities and trading nodes, but not in Wuhan.”
Meanwhile, in “Punishing China for COVID,” Mike Pompeo and Scooter Libby lay out just what Joe Biden and others need to do.
Former Secretary of State Mike Pompeo is a force to be reckoned with. In fact, we’ve argued he was Donald Trump’s best hire. He showed everyone why once again Tuesday with an op-ed coauthored with former Dick Cheney aid Lewis “Scooter” Libby and published in, of all places, The Washington Post.
08 June: In Brief: The Power of Natural Immunity – Studies show it’s durable and widespread. If you’ve had COVID, you can get by with one shot of vaccine.
Marty Makary is a professor at the Johns Hopkins School of Medicine, and he’s gone against the tide of conventional COVID thinking in order to actually follow the science. His latest is about natural immunity for those who’ve had COVID.
09 June: In Brief: American Groupthink, Chinese Repression – Marching in ideological lockstep is less forgivable in a society where one has a choice in the matter.
What we eventually learn about the origins of Covid-19 may implicate China’s government in failure and falsehood on a grand scale. But before we get too carried away with the endemic failures of the communist order, we should ponder that the episode has exposed layers of rottenness in critical institutions of American civil society that are similarly damning.
10 June: Vaccine Passports: Totalitarian AND Racist – Given that minorities are far less likely to get vaccinated, aren’t “passports” discriminatory?
“Americans are not stupid. Data is the new way to control everybody, and this unholy marriage of data and this health focus, this vaccine focus, is an incredibly, demonically brilliant way to control everyone.” —author and former Al Gore presidential campaign adviser Naomi Wolf
In late March, New York became the first state to issue a vaccine passport known as the “Excelsior Pass.” It’s an app that will allow New Yorkers to prove their vaccination status, or recent history of a negative COVID-19 test, in order to gain entry to events and businesses. Governors in Illinois and Hawaii have expressed interest as well.
11 June: Fallible Fauci Hides Behind ‘Science’ – Under fire over revelations that he suppressed opposing COVID opinions, Fauci deflects blame.
Dr. Anthony Fauci asserted during yet another recent media interview that “a lot of what you’re seeing as attacks on me, quite frankly, are attacks on science.” He went on to say, “If you are trying to get at me as a public health official and a scientist, you’re really attacking, not only Dr. Anthony Fauci, you’re attacking science. And anybody that looks at what’s going on clearly sees that.” The director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) sounds more like the pope of the “Church of Science” than a genuine scientist.
12 June: The Media’s Trump Hatred Was Deadly Serious – The Leftmedia allowed its loathing for Donald Trump to shape the news — and not without human consequence.
Picture all the COVID-19 lab-escape deniers on an ice flow that’s growing ever smaller. Most of them have by now taken the plunge and started to stroke for shore, but more than a few dead-enders are still hanging on, cursing their Gaia and muttering to themselves, unwilling to concede that the Orange Guy was right all along.
It doesn’t get much more depressing — or more delicious, depending on which side you’re on.
13 June: Free Dope for a Dose, Man! – Maybe Biden should globalize the dope-a-dose vaccine incentive plan.
The Dope in Chief, ahead of his European “shame America” tour this week, announced he was bringing candy. Joe Biden says he is going to buy a HALF BILLION doses of Pfizer’s ChiCom Virus vaccine to give away to other countries. He outlined his plan in Thursday’s G-7 leaders confab, declaring: “The United States is providing these half billion doses with no strings attached. No strings attached. Our vaccine donations don’t include pressure for favors, or potential concessions.”
14 June: Making China Pay – We can’t allow the communist Chinese to get away with their deadly cover-up of the COVID-19 outbreak.
We say this grudgingly, but the first thing we should do as a nation is pull out of next year’s Winter Olympic Games in Beijing. Hundreds of American athletes have dedicated their young lives toward this competition, but only 250 or so will ultimately earn a spot on the U.S. Olympic team. And here’s the thing: For each and every one of those athletes, some 2,500 Americans will have died due to the ChiCom Virus. The communist Chinese are responsible for every one of those deaths.
In related news, The Global Supply Chain Broke — What Happened? – The ChiCom Virus infected the widely used “just-in-time” inventory system. If you’re like most people, something doesn’t seem right in the marketplace. Before the ChiCom Virus pandemic, Americans were accustomed to having shelves fully stocked, and today’s sparsely-stocked shelves are a wakeup call.
15 June: Pandemic Fraud Pays Handsomely – When our government offers up free money, we shouldn’t be surprised if the crooks beat us to it.
“Unemployment fraud surged during the coronavirus pandemic,” reports Fox Business, “with billions of dollars likely ending up in the hands of foreign crime syndicates based in China, Russia and other countries, experts say.” Total damage? Around $400 billion lost to fraud, according to estimates.
16 June: The ChiCom ‘Wet Market’ Lie – There were no bats being sold in the Wuhan market.
That bats were quickly associated with the wet market origin theory was an easy assumption due to the fact that bats are notorious carriers of coronaviruses. Furthermore, it served Beijing to have the focus of a suddenly spreading potential pandemic — along with any culpability — directed at nature instead of the ChiCom regime. It’s almost as if it were planned that way. Researchers have known for two years that there were no bats being sold or eaten in that market. The narrative that the wet market was the origin of the bat-based coronavirus is spurious.
17 June: American Generosity Flourished During the Pandemic – Charitable giving increased in 2020 by 5% over the prior year.
Despite a global pandemic that precipitated an economic lockdown resulting in millions of people losing their jobs, American generosity did not likewise take a downturn. Instead, because of the pandemic, the American people became even more generous. According to a newly released report, Americans’ charitable giving in 2020 increased over the year prior by more than 5%.
18 June: Big Tech’s Viral Vax Blackout – The Big Tech arbiters of truth don’t want you questioning the truth about Big Gov’s treatment failures.
The Demos’ Leftmedia outlets and their Big Tech colluders are both aggressively suppressing reasonable questions about ChiCom Virus treatments and emerging hazards about the various vaccines. They are doing so under the now-ubiquitous umbrella of “fact-checking” social media posts — especially any post that hints at a treatment previously mentioned by former President Donald Trump.
19 June: COVID Side Effects: Teen Suicide Attempts Spike – The CDC reports that teens made 31% more attempts on their own lives than before the pandemic.
No surprise here — in fact, we’ve written about it before — but a new report from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention confirms what many surmised: The psychological toll of lockdowns and social isolation would have a significant impact on teenagers. In 2020, suicide attempts by adolescents age 12 to 17 jumped 31% over the year prior.
20 June: The NYT’s Phony COVID Pulitzer – The award is a joke and the paper is a rag, so it’s a match made, well, somewhere.
The New York Times was recently awarded a Pulitzer Prize “for a distinguished example of meritorious public service” through its coverage of the COVID pandemic. This formerly prestigious award has been reduced to little more than a participation trophy in the pandemonium of parrots in the mainstream media. These parrots reference political documents and oppositional research as vetted and confirmed information and continually squawk their own narrative, not the dispassionate facts of the news.
In other news, Jon Stewart Trolls the Dead-Enders – The former “Daily Show” host has had enough of the Left’s COVID-19 lab-leak denialism. Yet another crack in the Left’s gauntlet against admitting the obvious regarding the origin of the ChiCom Virus.
21 June: Not Satire: China Wants Nobel Prize for Wuhan Lab – Beijing deflects from growing consensus that the Wuhan lab likely unleashed a deadly global pandemic.
The Chinese Communist government brazenly claims that the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV) — the same lab most likely responsible for unleashing the global coronavirus pandemic — deserves to be awarded the Nobel Prize for Medicine.
22 June: In Brief: ‘8-Pillar’ Plan to Hold China Accountable – House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy explains practical actions to achieve some justice.
Mark Alexander wrote last year, that then-President Donald Trump should “send Xi Jinping the bill for the ChiCom Virus pandemic damages. To that end, House Minority Leader Kevin McCarthy offers eight things that can be done, the first four of which he groups under "transparency,” and the second set of four he groups under “justice.”
23 June: COVID Vaccines Are a Political Mess – Suppression of information, mandates, and big goals are turning people off.
One of the great ironies exposed during the coronavirus pandemic is the professed dedication to Science™ from the same people suppressing scientific debate. Some science is settled, of course, like the fact that there are two biological sexes, or that life begins at conception. The usual suspects suppress or reject that science. Other science is still undetermined because the subject matter is relatively new.
24 June: In Brief: Will We Ever Know COVID-19’s Origin? – That’s what the head of U.S. intelligence says, but that just means the fix is in.
“Nearly a month into the review, it appears that the intelligence community is no closer to settling on one explanation of how the deadly virus originated.” So said Yahoo News after an extensive interview with Avril Haines, the U.S. director of national intelligence. Of the interview, National Review’s Jim Geraghty warns, “Almost nothing she said was particularly encouraging.”
25 June: Why Google Suppressed Wuhan Lab Leak Theory – The tech giant had connections to the Wuhan lab in question, but there’s also China’s market.
Google has engaged in a soft shadow-banning of information related to the COVID lab leak theory in the form of intentionally suppressing search results related to the topic by artificially downgrading them to lower positions on its site. In fact, Google has even admitted to engaging in this practice. David Feinberg, head of Google Health, claimed the reason was to limit the spread of misinformation. Feinberg said that the tech giant’s goal was to make sure it wasn’t “leading people down pathways that we would find to be not authoritative information.” Hello thought police.
26 June: China Won’t Be Held Accountable for COVID-19 – Reality ought to be different, but too many global leaders are bowing to Beijing.
While the lives and livelihoods of workers worldwide were decimated to the tune of $3.7 trillion dollars in losses during the pandemic, the billionaire class became $5.1 trillion richer. And since much of that wealth was accumulated by doing business with China, the idea that China will “face isolation in the international community” is utterly laughable.
27 June: COVID-19 and the Tyranny of the Bureaucracy – Time after time, mandate after mandate, the government’s directives were misguided and misapplied.
There are many lessons to be drawn from our ongoing battle with COVID-19: Never ever trust the communist Chinese, for example. But one lesson that gets lost in all this is to be aware of the ever-encroaching, Liberty-sapping tyranny of the administrative state.
28 June: A Post-Pandemic Red State Resurgence – Jobs are coming back far faster to Republican-led states around the country.
The high-level message of int the GOP’s recent economic analysis is pretty simple, pretty straightforward: Republican-led states are bringing back the jobs. And Democrat states? Not so much.
29 June: The Pandemic Moratorium on Private Property – The Supreme Court upheld the CDC’s power-grabbing eviction ban.
Whatever happened to that 6-3 conservative Supreme Court majority? The one that was supposed to sweep in and restore Rule of Law? As with all things in Chief Justice John Roberts’s Court, it’s not that simple.
04 July: Biden Misses Much-Touted Vaccination Target – He insisted if 70% of Americans receiving the COVID vaccine, we could have a backyard barbecue.
The real numbers: According to the latest CDC data only 49% of Americans have been fully vaccinated against the ChiCom Virus. During his Fourth of July remarks, Biden called vaccination “the most patriotic thing you can do.” Undoubtedly more than a few of the folks who are declining to get vaccinated, particularly young people who are at very low risk of notable reaction to COVID, would disagree.
07 July: The Door-to-Door Vaccination Salesman – Joe Biden wants to be “literally knocking on doors” to get people vaccinated.
14 July: Americans Think China Should Pay for COVID-19 – New polls show a majority of Americans believe the coronavirus came from a Chinese lab.
The Politico-Harvard poll also found that the vast majority of the American public, 82%, thinks it’s “important” for the U.S. government to continue investing COVID’s origin. Politico observes, “The poll’s findings show what was once a fringe belief held mainly among some on the political right has become accepted by most Republicans, as well as most Democrats, amid heightened scrutiny of the lab leak theory.”
15 July: Big Brother Biden Colludes With Big Tech Censors – Biden encourages social media companies to remove “misinformation” and “problematic” posts.
Not only did the Biden administration admit that what we and many other conservative media outlets have repeatedly asserted is true — that Big Tech is censoring conservatives — but it also acknowledged it’s colluding with social media oligarchs on what to censor. Hello, authoritarianism.
16 July: WHO Admits Rejecting Lab Leak Theory Was Wrong – The director-general gently calls on China to provide more access to investigate COVID.
The World Health Organization is having second thoughts about its dismissal last year of the lab leak theory origin for the COVID-19 pandemic. On Thursday, WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus admitted that there was a “premature push” to rule the lab leak theory as “extremely unlikely.”
18 July: In Brief: The Panic Pandemic – Fearmongering from journalists, scientists, and politicians did more harm than the virus.
“The United States suffered through two lethal waves of contagion in the past year and a half,” says John Tierney of City Journal. “The first was a viral pandemic that killed about one in 500 Americans — typically, a person over 75 suffering from other serious conditions. The second, and far more catastrophic, was a moral panic that swept the nation’s guiding institutions.”
19 July: Biden Admits Facebook Not ‘Killing People,’ Still Pushes Censorship – While he backed off his false claim, he doubled down on calling for more censorship on social media.
Following blowback from his political friends at Facebook, Joe Biden somewhat walked back his outrageous comment from last week that Facebook is “killing people.” Asked by a reporter to explain himself, he said, “Facebook isn’t killing people.” Well, that’s a relief.
20 July: Life Expectancy Decline Was Far More Than COVID – Drugs, suicides, and murders all played a big part, and much of this was driven by politics.
We recently noted that there was a 20% increase in American deaths in 2020. Yesterday, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention announced that U.S. life expectancy dropped by a year and a half in 2020 — the biggest single-year decline since World War II. The coronavirus pandemic most certainly played the dominant role in this change, but it’s a lot more complicated than merely people dying of a novel virus. In fact, a large factor was the policies implemented to address the virus.
21 July: Fleeing Texas Dems Are COVID Super-Spreaders – Thus far, six of the lawmakers have contracted the virus and spread it to both Pelosi’s office and the White House.
Six of the Texas Democrat lawmakers who fled the Lone Star State last week have contracted COVID-19. Their self-promoting departure was a ridiculous PR stunt aimed at preventing a vote on an election integrity law as they promulgated the false narrative of their fighting against voter suppression. Adding insult to injury, they have further spread the virus to the staff of both House Speaker Nancy Pelosi and the White House.
22 July: ChiComs Reject WHO’s COVID Origin Probe – Beijing refuses to allow any lab leak investigation by its WHO puppet.
In what should come as a shock to absolutely no one, the Chinese Communist Party rejected the World Health Organization’s second-phase study plan for investigating the origin of COVID-19. Recall that last week, WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus admitted that his organization had been “premature” in its push to dismiss the lab leak theory as “extremely unlikely.” As we noted previously, the WHO was happy to tout Beijing’s dubious claims following its initial COVID origin investigation in which UN investigators essentially ruled out the possibility that the novel virus leaked from a Wuhan lab — a lab that just happened to be researching coronaviruses.
23 July: Klobuchar’s Plan for Redlining Speech – Under the guise of preventing COVID “misinformation,” her bill would limit liability protection for social media companies.
Ignoring the First Amendment right of free speech, Senator Amy Klobuchar (D-MN) introduced a bill that would remove Section 230 liability protection from social media companies that allow the dissemination on their platforms of “misinformation” regarding public health emergencies. Klobuchar justified her speech-squelching legislation by arguing: “Earlier this year, I called on Facebook and Twitter to remove accounts that are responsible for producing the majority of misinformation about the coronavirus, but we need a longterm solution. This legislation will hold online platforms accountable for the spread of health-related misinformation.”
This is just continuing the Left’s efforts to redline free speech and the most basic Civil Rights of all Americans.
31 July: The Rank Politicization of Vaccination – Democrats and the Leftmedia seeded mistrust in a vaccine for purely political purposes.
The divide over COVID vaccine favorability has increasingly fallen along political lines, with Democrats generally in favor of receiving it and Republicans generally more reticent. How did the vaccine become such a politically divisive issue when it never should have been? The answer from the Biden/Harris regime is to blame “misinformation” on social media. However, that dubious explanation itself is predicated on a political power play that Democrats and their Leftmedia cohorts put in motion early on when the coronavirus pandemic first began.
02 August: Biden’s Masking and Vaxxing Mandates – “It’s like déjà vu all over again.”
In his latest effort to expand statist power, ostensibly to protect Americans from the ChiCom Virus, our feckless leader Joe Biden is priming the pumps to re-mask America, and he has started issuing vaccination mandates — for those who have been vaccinated. For months we have asked: If the vaccines work, why does Biden continue to insist that inoculated people need to be masked?
03 August: “Biggest Cover-Up in Human History’ – House Republicans release a COVID origin report saying that the preponderance of evidence points to a lab leak.
Republican members of the House Foreign Affairs Committee have released a significant addendum to their September 2020 Origin of COVID-19 report. In it, they fully dismiss the claims of the virus’s origin in a wet market because "the preponderance of evidence suggests SARS-CoV-2 was accidentally released from a Wuhan Institute of Virology [WIV] laboratory.”
04 August: Obama the COVID Super-Spreader? – Over 500 people have been invited to Obama’s 60th birthday party!
No one ever accused Barack Obama of practicing principled consistency. The man is a Democrat, after all, and double standards are seemingly the party’s modus operandi. The latest example comes courtesy of Obama’s planned 60th birthday party, an apparently lavish affair at his opulent mansion on Martha’s Vineyard where more than 500 VIPs have been invited.
But, after mounting blowback, Obama decided to “scale back” the party. However, Martha’s Vineyard columnist Richard Taylor Objected: “You’re dealing with a sophisticated crowd. I think the concerns were a bit overblown.” Got that, if you are sophisticated, you get a pass!
04 August: Masked Motives: Teachers Union Wavers on Classroom Return – The real reasons for AFT’s hesitation? This is a hostage situation.
Children under 12 are not super-spreaders. According to the American Academy of Pediatrics, as of July 29, children account for 14.3% of all COVID cases. Furthermore, “The available data indicate that COVID-19-associated hospitalization and death is uncommon in children.” That’s an understatement. Keep in mind that a few states even count as children those up to the age of 20, potentially skewing the data.
04 August: Andrew Cuomo’s Got to Go – Despite his serial sexual harassment, far more egregious were his policies killing thousands of elderly New Yorkers.
Now that even our nation’s lying, hair-sniffing, sexually harassing president is calling for Andrew Cuomo’s resignation, we wonder: What’s this guy waiting for, the Pope?
05 August: Masking Mandates: Are Face Coverings Effective? – It’s not settled science, regardless of the narratives.
Over the past weekend, the Biden/Harris regime’s Centers for Disease Control (CDC) directors refreshed their recommendation for all people to mask up, regardless of vaccination status. Ironically, in a concurrent interview, one of Biden’s former top COVID pandemic advisers, Dr. Michael Osterholm, admitted that cloth and disposable masks don’t really work.
06 August: DeSantis to Biden: Zip It – The freedom-loving Florida governor isn’t about to take leadership lessons from a guy who won’t even guard our nation’s borders.
Joe Biden is being ill-served by his handlers. Whoever told him to hit Florida Governor Ron DeSantis about his state’s growing COVID caseload clearly hadn’t taken the measure of the Sunshine State’s chief executive.
07 August: Biden’s Unconstitutional Eviction Moratorium – The POTUS extension is a flagrant abuse of constitutional rule of law, and it should not stand.
Biden has caved to the radical leftists running the Democrat Party, giving them what amounts to a major political victory this week. Reversing an earlier decision, the president announced Tuesday that he will (unconstitutionally and illegally) extend the home rental eviction moratorium until October 3. Heck, even Biden admitted while extending it that the moratorium is “not likely to pass constitutional muster.” It already didn’t in court. (More on that below.) Biden has flagrantly violated his constitutional oath “to support and defend” our Constitution and the Rule of Law it enshrines.
08 August: Vaccine Passports by Any Other Name… – Democrats and big companies are increasingly using the “stick” approach to vaccination.
To vaccinate or not to vaccinate? That’s a choice that is increasingly being taken away from American citizens by the totalitarians who have found the coronavirus pandemic to be extremely handy for acquiring and exercising power. Mark Alexander recently covered the efforts and trial balloons coming from President Joe Biden and his handlers to mandate vaccination and masking. If masks work, why get vaccinated? If vaccines work, why mask up? The only answer leftists give to those questions: Shut up!
09 August: In Brief: The Case Against Masks for Kids – Two esteemed doctors give numerous reasons why masks for kids are ineffective and a bad idea.
With the school season just around the corner and the highly contagious COVID-19 Delta variant striking fear into the hearts of Beltway bureaucrats, the CDC announced two weeks ago that our nation’s 56 million children and adolescents should start wearing masks regardless of whether they’re vaccinated and regardless of whether infection levels within their community are high. And they seems to be justifying that decree on the belief that masks don’t do any harm.
10 August: Shifting Goalposts Is Never a Good Sign – Leftists routinely change their rules when it suits their political purposes.
News that lockdowns and mask mandates are coming back as the COVID-19 Delta variant hits the United States had a lot of people up in arms. After all, wasn’t the point of the vaccine to ensure a return to normal life? The fact is, many people feel that they are being jerked around again by politicians and public health officials who keep moving the goalposts. That feeling is quite reasonable at this point, given that we are over 500 days past “15 days to slow the spread.”
11 August: Biden Mandates Trump Vaccine for All Troops – All of a sudden, the Left has become remarkably fond of Donald Trump’s vaccines.
Elections do indeed have consequences. And aside from the twin calamities on our southern border and in our national treasury, there’s no greater evidence of this than the Democrats’ head-snapping flip-flop on the safety and efficacy of Donald Trump’s Operation Warp Speed vaccines.
12 August: Trump’s Biggest Blunder — Anthony Fauci – The fatal error that cost Trump a second term — and cost our nation irreparable damage.
Our nation is now fully 18 months into the ChiCom Virus pandemic. With half the nation fully vaccinated and natural immunities building in the other half, just as things started returning to normal, infection rates are surging back toward record levels.
For a coronavirus to be surging in warm summer months is troubling, but the number of deaths is much lower now, despite the pandemic of fear being promoted by the feckless Joe Biden and his socialist Democrat Party cadres. The key data point to consider moving forward is not infections, but hospitalizations and deaths. Those will increase, but if the vaccines actually work, the increase will only be fractional compared to the death-to-infection ratio last year.
13 August: Life’s Good for Lefty Hypocrites – When it comes to climate change, it’s “Do as I say, not as I do” for John Kerry and Barack Obama.
Man, life is good if you’re a wealthy leftist. Just ask climate czar and ketchup heiress John Kerry. Or former president and newly minted 60-something Barack Obama.
14 August: Control Freak Newsom Issues Teacher Vax Mandate – California teachers will be required to get vaccinated or tested weekly for COVID.
California Governor Gavin Newsom, facing tightening polls in a coming recall election due to his authoritarian abuse of power in response to the COVID pandemic, decided to double down on what got him sideways with Californians in the first place. He issued a mandate requiring all the state’s teachers and school staff to be vaccinated or undergo weekly coronavirus tests. Newsom’s action makes California the first state to enact such extreme measures in the face of the Delta variant. As usual, California is pioneering authoritarianism.
15 August: Masking the Truth – Biden, Fauci, and the CDC have created a colossal trust deficit.
According to CDC Director Rochelle Walensky, she’s having a hard time communicating with the American people. Her solution? Walensky says, “My job is to put my head down, ignore the criticism, and do the right thing for the public and to do the right thing for health.”
Actually, her job should include listening to criticism, and ignoring it is a major reason why only half of Americans are fully vaccinated against the ChiCom Virus pandemic. Americans of all stripes mistrust the CDC, and that mistrust is well earned. Obviously, when the CDC adulterates data in order to push Joe Biden’s political agenda, as it did when recently falsifying infection rates in Florida, that is a big trust-buster.
Also this month: Anthony Fauci declares: “Put aside all of these issues of concern about liberties and personal liberties and realize we have a common enemy, and that common enemy is virus.”
16 August: Leftmedia COVID Smear Campaign Against FL and TX – Propagandists aim to erode the growing popularity of Ron DeSantis and Greg Abbott.
As our readers know, the moniker “Leftmedia” is used to illuminate the fact that “news” outlets act primarily not to provide accurate and unbiased coverage of the news but to push a leftist agenda. It would be hyperbolic to suggest that Leftmedia outlets don’t present any news at all; it’s just usually carefully selected news infused with a major leftist twist.
18 August: CDC: Vaccinate Even if Naturally Immune – The question is whether the science behind this pronouncement is sound.
It’s not news to our readers that the CDC has greatly undermined its own credibility, creating a colossal trust deficit. Throughout the coronavirus pandemic, the CDC has been unclear, contradictory, and sometimes misleading. Well, here we go again. The CDC recently decided that “all eligible persons should be offered COVID-19 vaccine, even those with previous SARS-CoV-2 infection.” This has long been a point of contention for anyone paying attention.
19 August: In Brief: What We’ve Gotten Right in the COVID Fight – Everyone seems to have soured on America’s record during the pandemic. Everyone is wrong.
Yuval Levin of the American Enterprise Institute says that it’s easy to be negative and much harder to be positive, especially when it comes to the American response to COVID. “You can’t learn much if you aren’t willing to acknowledge successes alongside failures,” he says, so he works to recount what we did right, and he broke it into four large categories…
20 August: Will Liberty Win Out Over Mask Mandates? – Biden picks a fight with several governors over masking in schools.
In the next couple of weeks — if not already — it’s back to the classroom for most of America’s school children. Thanks to the Biden administration and willing governors in Democrat-run states, many of them will be wearing masks despite scientific evidence indicating that the masks most people wear do very little to prevent the transmission of COVID-19 or its variants.
22 August: Vaccine Passports Come to NYC – COVID totalitarianism continues to be a “feature” of the Democrat Party.
One of the worst mayors in the nation has further “burnished” his credentials. On August 3, New York City’s Bill de Blasio announced that vaccine passports would become a way of life in the Big Apple. “We know that strong, clear mandates help,” de Blasio stated during a press conference announcing his “Key to NYC” initiative. “If you’re vaccinated, you have the key. You can open the door. If you’re unvaccinated, unfortunately, you will not be allowed to participate in many things.”
23 August: The Sturgis ‘Super-Spreader’ That Wasn’t – The Leftmedia’s hyped COVID fears of the motorcycle rally proved unfounded.
As thousands of bikers converged in the Black Hills of South Dakota for the annual Sturgis Motorcycle Rally during the second week of August, they were dubiously branded by the Leftmedia know-nothings as dangerous COVID “super-spreaders.” The Washington Post provided the typical hysteria with an articled titled, “Sturgis Motorcycly Rally revs up, drawing though sands and heightening delta super spreader fears.”
24 August: Will FDA Vaccine Approval Change Minds? – Perhaps some will be convinced, but a polarized climate leaves a lot of distrust.
Here come the vaccination mandates. That’s going to be the biggest impact following the FDA’s announcement Monday that it has in record time officially approved the Pfizer vaccine for individuals 16 and older. Will this convince reluctant Americans?
25 August: In Brief: Keeping Fear Alive – Reluctant to set the public free, policymakers and the public-health bureaucracy set unachievable and unnecessary goals.
“Throughout the pandemic,” says City Journal contributing editor John Tierney, “American political and public-health leaders have been following Rahm Emanuel’s classic dictum for power-seeking officials: ‘You never want a serious crisis to go to waste.’ Now they’ve adopted a corollary: you never want a crisis to end.”
26 August: Hospital Capacity Crisis Isn’t Just COVID – Lack of hospital staffing is creating a bigger issue for COVID care than the number of beds.
As the coronavirus Delta variant creates surges in infection and hospitalization numbers, a popular fear is that hospitals across the nation are once again in danger of being overwhelmed. It’s known as the hospital capacity crisis — the claim that medical centers are in danger of running out of room to deal with COVID patients.
27 August: Keep the Unemployment Gravy Train Rolling? – Joe Biden wants to extend enhanced jobless benefits that are … keeping people jobless.
For the last several months, American workers have been divided into a strange class of haves and have-nots. Those who “have” expanded unemployment benefits because their state decided to keep shoveling out the extra $300 a week are more likely to live in a state where the unemployment rate is higher than the national average, while the “have-nots” are more likely to go back to work because starvation is a good motivator and, if you haven’t noticed, there are more jobs out there than people to fill them.
28 August: U.S. Intel Aids China’s COVID Cover-Up? – The 90-day COVID report effectively says the pandemic’s origin is inconclusive.
What’s the most likely explanation for the origin of COVID-19? Was it natural, perhaps jumping from bats to humans? Or was it leaked from a Wuhan lab in China that was specifically doing research on coronaviruses? Well, after months of investigation, the answer from the U.S. intelligence community is: “Who knows,” followed by the assertion, “and no one will ever really know.”
29 August: SCOTUS Rebukes Biden for Eviction Ban – The justices got it right this time, slamming the CDC’s abuse of power.
A president like Joe Biden is never content with merely one constitutional offense. No, if you’re willing to shred our nation’s credibility and leave 13 American troops dead because of dereliction of duty as commander-in-chief, you’re probably not bothered by other niceties like constitutional authority for pandemic mandates.
30 August: What’s the Value of Natural COVID Immunity? – A comprehensive study offers hope that previous infection is better than vaccination.
Follow The Science™, they tell us. What about this science? A comprehensive study in Israel gives some information that most American “experts” and media parrots have been ignoring: The 39 million Americans with recorded cases of COVID (and who knows what the actual number of COVID cases has been) are likely better immunized than the nearly 170 million Americans who are fully vaccinated. Some number of people have had both COVID and the vaccine, and they have greater immunity still.
31 August: Civil Rights and Mask Mandates – Apparently, it’s now a “civil right” to force students to wear masks in school.
If you don’t want the government to mandate that you or your children wear a mask, you might be a terrorist who’s violating people’s civil rights. That’s the message coming from the Biden administration and other Democrats. Does anyone still wonder why masks feel political? President Joe Biden has weaponized the Department of Education, saying earlier this month, “We are not going to sit by as governors try to block and intimidate educators protecting our children.” By “protecting” he means forcing kids to wear a mask.
02 September: In Brief: There’s Still No Rhyme or Reason to COVID – This pandemic does not hinge on whether the governor is a Democrat or Republican, whether restrictions are tight or loose.
“Two presidents. Fifty states. One-hundred-and-ninety-five countries. A multitude of different approaches. And still, there’s no rhyme or reason to this pandemic.” That’s how National Review analyst Charles C.W. Cooke begins his discussion of why the politics of COVID make little sense.
05 September: ‘Don’t Labor’ Day 2021 – Millions of Americans are still opting not to fill a record number of job openings.
It’s Labor Day, and we here in our humble shop are laboring. But millions of Americans still aren’t — meaning they won’t go to work tomorrow, either. The August jobs report was yet another huge disappointment. Economist predicted well over 700,000 new jobs, but the Labor Department said workers filled just 235,000 spots. That’s not for lack of job openings. There are now a record 10.5 million positions that remain unfilled, and the National Federal of Independent Business says 50% of companies with openings couldn’t fill them.
06 September: The Great Fauci Flip-Flop – Anthony Fauci repeatedly contradicts himself.
07 September: Oh Those Embarrassing Media COVID Corrections – A story about Joe Rogan, Ivermectin, and completely fake news.
Do you ever feel like the message coming from the mainstream media is something like: If you get COVID, you’re going to die, but don’t dare try any mitigation techniques that aren’t approved by our “fact-checkers”? That’s essentially what happened with the recent story about popular podcast host Joe Rogan and a drug called Ivermectin. Well, as Nobel Prize recipient Richard Feynman said a half century ago, “There is a considerable amount of intellectual tyranny in the name of science.”
08 September: Fauci Exposed as a Liar (Again) – New government documents reveal the NIH was funding Wuhan lab’s gain-of-function research.
Newly released and published government documents obtained via a Freedom of Information Act request appear to confirm what many, including Senator Rand Paul (R-KY), have long argued — that the National Institutes of Health was in fact involved in funding gain-of-function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology (WIV) in China. (You know, the lab that likely released the coronavirus plague upon the world.) The documents run counter to Dr. Anthony Fauci’s repeated claims that the NIH was not involved in advancing gain-of-function research in Wuhan.
09 September: The Big Lie of COVID Unemployment Benefits Ending – There are a record number of job openings. There’s no excuse for continuing enhanced benefits.
The number of job openings in the U.S. hit another record high in July — nearly 11 million — but you wouldn’t know it listening to the Leftmedia. Too many politicians have ensured the economy continues to struggle to get back on its feet amid the COVID pandemic. The Leftmedia isn’t helping matters with headlines like USA Today’s: “Pandemic safety net shrinking as unemployment benefits expire for millions of Americans.”
10 September: In Brief: Time to Reclaim the Right to Choose – When it comes to COVID-19, the right balance of personal liberty and public safety is for the public to decide.
Mario Loyola, a senior fellow at the Competitive Enterprise Institute, offers what has become all too uncommon in the last 18 months: common sense about COVID.
11 September: Biden Pivots From Afghanistan and Demonizes the Unvaxxed – In a mean-spirited and incoherent speech, the president mandated vaccinations and singled out a scapegoat.
To call yesterday’s COVID-19 address by Joe Biden a damned disgrace does a disservice to damned disgraces everywhere. It was at once a nasty piece of rhetorical misdirection and preemptive blame-shifting. It was also preachy, vindictive, misleading, desperate, divisive, demagogic, angry, and accusatory. In short, it was utterly unbecoming of an American president. And if his unfitness for the presidency could be distilled into a single sentence, it might well be this: Speaking about the decision of whether one takes the COVID-19 vaccine, Biden said, “This is not about freedom or personal choice.” Of course it’s about freedom and personal choice.
15 September: In Brief: A Conservative Argument for Vaccination – The federal government shouldn’t dictate what you do about vaccines, one way or another.
“Getting vaccinated is a personal question,” says political analyst Timothy Carney, and it shouldn’t be determined by the federal government.
16 September: Masking the Truth About Masks – A Stanford professor and prominent COVID policy critic is targeted for thoughtcrime.
You can’t say that. That’s the mantra of leftists everywhere these days, from Leftmedia “fact-checkers” to Big Tech censors to academia, and it’s true of any number of taboo topics. Reminiscent of George Orwell’s 1984, you can’t deviate from The Party on race, election fraud, and especially the coronavirus. The latter is the focus here, and specifically the efficacy of masks. More on that in a minute.
17 September: Did NIH Help China Cover Up COVID Origins? – Why aren’t we more curious about a Chinese researcher’s request to delete vital data from an NIH database?
The headline in the June 23 edition of The Wall Street Journal seemed ominous enough: “Chinese Covid-19 Gene Data That Could Have Aided Pandemic Research Removed From NIH Database.” Why on earth would the National Institutes of Health do such a thing? That’s especially important given that the data, which was a series of gene sequences from coronavirus samples obtained from COVID-19 patients in Wuhan in January and February 2020, could help us solve the mystery (such as it is) about the genesis of the pandemic.
19 September: FDA Panel Rejects Biden’s Political Vax Booster – It recommends a targeted booster approach only for Americans 65 and older.
Joe Biden and his handlers love to assert that they are simply “following the science” when it comes to defending their draconian COVID policies. However, as many conservatives and others truly following the science observe, it’s political gamesmanship rather than scientific data that directs Biden’s COVID response.
20 September: Pandemic Priorities: CDC Pushes ‘Woke’ Words – Under the guise of promoting language equity, the CDC implements the “wokeness” lexicon.
In the midst of a once-in-a-century pandemic, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) evidently has the time to publish a guide for language “principles for inclusive communication.” Published on August 24, the new guide demonstrates that the virus of leftist “wokeness” has infected the nation’s primary disease agency.
21 September: Biden’s Upside-Down Vax Mandate – Illegals will not be mandated to get a COVID-19 vaccine. Legal immigrants will.
Many Americans who refuse the COVID vaccine must jump through a series of weekly testing hoops or risk losing their jobs following Joe Biden’s mandate that requires all companies with 100 or more employees to get those workers vaccinated or face hefty fines. Clearly, even after Biden had insisted he was opposed to such mandates, he now believes that mandating vaccinations is the only way to “convince” more Americans to get the jab.
22 September: Biden Paves Path to Mandatory Vax Passports – Biden’s government mandates are just one small step behind his corporate mandates.
It seems like several years have passed since March of 2020, when Donald Trump authorized Anthony Fauci to make a national declaration of “15 days to flatten the curve” in order to get ahead of the ChiCom Virus pandemic. Now, 18 months into the COVID pandemic of fear, the Beltway Democrats and their entrenched bubble bureaucrats are still doing what they do best — attempting to increase the power of the state, thus increasing their own power and control. Joe Biden’s cadre is ramping up evermore edicts to “flatten the curve” of infection spread and hospitalizations, to the detriment of ever attaining herd immunity, as well as to the great peril of American Liberty.
For all of Trump’s domestic and foreign policy achievements during his first three years in office, his decision to empower Fauci unwound much of that good, and his presidency.
25 September: Joe Biden’s Blame Game – While his administration continues to fail, our feckless president falls back on excuses.
27 September: The CDC’s COVID Failures Mount – The once widely respected public health agency has become arrogant and politically beholden.
What grade does America’s premier public health agency deserve vis-à-vis the biggest public healthcare threat the country has faced in generations? The short answer would be “a failing grade.” Throughout the course of the COVID pandemic, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has repeatedly misinterpreted data, misinformed the public, and allowed political considerations to direct its guidelines rather than holding strictly to the known science.
28 September: Quitting on COVID’s Origins – A leading medical journal, tainted from the start, punts on its duty to determine where COVID-19 came from.
It appears that the medical establishment is either tired of investigating the origins of COVID-19 or simply uninterested in assigning an all-too-obvious blame. Either way, it doesn’t bode well for accountability, and it sends a terrible message to the Communist Chinese: We’re content to let you get away scot-free with having unleashed a global pandemic, having covered it up, and having caused the deaths of nearly five million people worldwide. In our editorial shop, it will always be called the ChiCom Virus! The Lancet, one of the world’s leading medical journals and therefore one of the organizations that should be most doggedly determined to get to the bottom of this, is leading the way among the abdicators.
29 September: New York’s Branch Covidians – Thousands of healthcare workers are out of work due to Governor Hochul’s vaccine mandate.
“There are not legitimate religious exemptions [to COVID vaccinations] because the leaders of all the organized religions have said there is no legitimate reason,” New York Governor Kathy Hochul declared in defense of her COVID vaccination mandate. “I’m not aware of a sanctioned religious exemption from any organized religion. In fact, they are encouraging the opposite,” she added. “Everybody from the pope on down is encouraging people to get vaccinated.”
30 September: Behind Biden’s Border Patrol Vaccine Mandate – TeaserAlready taxed border agents will now be forced to get the COVID vaccine or risk termination.
A whistleblower in the Department of Homeland Security has alleged that the Biden administration will soon require Customs and Border Protection officers to receive the COVID vaccine or face termination. Republican Representative Jim Jordan (OH) responded to the allegations with some stern words for Team Biden: “The people who have been busting their tails, enforcing our law, doing their job on the border, they’re gonna get fired if they don’t take the vaccine. Meanwhile, for people who break the law and come in here, no big deal, your choice [to take the vaccine], it’s up to you. That is how ridiculous the Biden administration has become.”
01 October: Fauci Moves the Goalposts Again – His job has devolved into little more than continuously feeding COVID panic.
Dr. Anthony Fauci continued his long-running routine of moving the COVID goalposts when he was asked over the weekend about the prospect of Americans “gathering for Christmas.” Fauci dropped what has become his go-to phrase, saying it’s “too soon to tell,” before offering the always moveable goal: “We have to concentrate on continuing to get those numbers down and not try to jump ahead by weeks or months and say what we’re going to do at a particular time.”
03 October: The Virus of Biden’s Authoritarianism – More Americans died of COVID in 2021 than 2020. Is that Joe Biden’s fault?
“I’m not going to shut down the country. I’m not going to shut down the economy. I’m going to shut down the virus.” —Joe Biden, October 30, 2020
“I promise you if I’m elected, I won’t waste any time getting this virus under control. I’ll call Dr. Fauci and ask him to stay on. I’ll bring together top experts and leaders from both parties to chart a path forward. We’ll get it done, together.” —Joe Biden, August 11, 2020
“If the president had done his job from the beginning, all the people [who have died from coronavirus] would still be alive.” —Joe Biden, September 17, 2020, when coronavirus deaths surpassed 200,000
To a certain extent, it’s true that a president is responsible for how he handles a crisis on his watch. That ought to be less true of a novel virus than, say, a deliberate and humiliating military surrender, but still. Unfortunately, Trump became the poster child for COVID misery — because Democrats and their Leftmedia allies made him so in order to defeat him in November.
05 October: Where Are All the Workers? – Another bad jobs report is a marker in a struggling economy with inflation on the rise.
Who are all these “experts” who keep predicting big employment gains each month? Who are all these “experts” who keep telling us sky-high inflation is “transitory”? Who are all these “experts” who insist massive new government spending for “Build Back Better” AKA “Build Back Bolshevik” will do anything different than last year’s massive government spending — exacerbate unemployment, disrupt the supply chain, and cause more inflation? Joe Biden is president, after all, and expectations for all of these things should be drastically lowered accordingly.
10 October: Evidence Grows for Lab Origin of COVID – A 2018 funding application shows American and Chinese scientists were involved in coronavirus gain-of-function research.
Did American and Chinese research scientists collaborate to create the COVID-19 virus that somehow escaped a lab and unleashed a global pandemic, the likes of which the world hadn’t seen since the 1918 Spanish flu?
The questions surrounding the origin of the novel coronavirus increasingly appear to point to not only a lab leak but to a virus of an unnatural creation. According to a World Health Organization collaborator’s review of a 2018 application for a research grant sent to the U.S. Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency by the American nonprofit research outfit EcoHealth Alliance, American and Chinese scientists were involved in gain-of-function research with coronaviruses.
11 October: Dems Are Panicking About Biden – His miserable polling numbers haven’t rebounded, and his fellow Democrats fear he’ll take them with him.
It’s panic time for Democrats. So much so that George Clooney is blaming Donald Trump for Joe Biden’s remarkably stubborn unpopularity. Clooney, a seemingly likable guy who many years ago made some good movies, took politics past the water’s edge during a BBC interview on Sunday in which he complained about the bad hand left by Trump to Biden. “It’s like taking a battered child and thinking everything’s going to be OK his first day in school,” said the actor. “There’s a lot of things that have to be repaired, you know? There’s a lot of healing that has to happen, and it’s going to take time.”
12 October: Biden’s OSHA Vaccine Mandate – Biden’s commitment to issue an OSHA corporate vaccine mandate will have significant consequences.
“We’ve been patient, but our patience is wearing thin,” declared Joe Biden on September 9, when he announced, contrary to his prior assurance, “I don’t think it should be mandatory,” that he would be issuing a COVID vaccine mandate for all federal employees and those of companies with more than 100 people. An agitated Biden asserted, “Your refusal has cost all of us.” The announcement both further politicized an already deeply divisive issue and needlessly threatened employment for hundreds of thousands of Americans in an economy that is continuing to struggle to recover from the worst pandemic in generations.
13 October: The Biden/Fauci Vaxxing Mandate Wrecking Ball – “The Science” has fallen victim to the Demos’ power agenda.
This week in the ChiCom Virus war, battles over vaxxing mandates and vax passports are heating up. Companies with more than 100 employees (an estimated 80 million workers), as well as municipal governments, are bearing the consequences of Joe Biden’s planned OSHA vaccine mandate.
Recall how last month, while attempting to divert the nation’s attention from a plethora of administrative failures, most notably his disgraceful surrender and retreat from Afghanistan, Biden admonished the unvaccinated, saying, “We’ve been patient, but our patience is wearing thin.” Contrary to his prior assurance, “I don’t think it should be mandatory,” this time Biden asserted, “Your refusal [to submit to vaccination] has cost all of us.” He declared he would ask OSHA to issue a vaccination mandate. Now, a month later comes news that OSHA is recklessly moving forward with Biden’s wrecking ball vax mandate.
14 October: OSHA Delivers Biden’s Vaccine Mandate – “Large” private companies will soon be forced to require employees to get a COVID vaccine or weekly tests to maintain employment.
This week, a month after Joe Biden announced his COVID vaccine mandate on all business with 100 or more employees, the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) submitted its proposed rule to the Office of Management and Budget for review. The Labor Department stated, “The Occupational Safety and Health Administration has been working expeditiously to develop an emergency temporary standard that covers employers with 100 or more employees to ensure their workers are fully vaccinated or undergo weekly testing to protect employees from the spread of coronavirus in the workplace.”
A “feature” of the new OSHA rule will require employers to give paid time off for their employees to get the COVID vaccine and for recovery if needed. Those companies caught not complying would face “substantial fines” upwards of $14,000 per violation.
15 October: In Brief: It’s Time to Face the Facts on School Closings – The prevalence of remote learning in schools educating our most vulnerable students was no accident.
Looking back over all the damage done to children over the last year via pandemic response is important for evaluating how to move forward. Noah Benjamin-Pollak and Joshua Coval, both of Harvard Business School, explain what happened.
17 October: In Brief: Americans’ Healthy Noncompliance – The irrational COVID regime of mandates and protocols is driving the opposite response.
It’s quintessentially American to not do something simply because you’ve been told you have to. We didn’t have the gumption to declare independence from a monarchy for nothing. Glenn Reynolds, a professor at the University of Tennessee and more popularly known as the InstaPundit, noticed this trend when it comes to coronavirus mandates.
19 October: Team Biden Pushes Vaccines for Kids – COVID is a minuscule health for those under 18, but that isn’t stopping the push for the FDA to approve vaccines for them.
Joe Biden made his agenda clear in a speech last week given from his White House set. “If authorized, we are ready,” he said. “We have purchased enough vaccines for all children between the ages of 5 and 11 in the United States. It will be convenient for parents to get their children vaccinated at trusted locations, and families will be able to sleep easier at night knowing their kids are protected as well.”
20 October: Fact v. Fiction: The ChiCom Virus Vaccine and Hospital Deaths – It’s not a “pandemic of the unvaccinated,” and Biden’s mandates are an abject affront to individual Liberty.
Ahead of the latest cyclical peak of the ChiCom Virus infections and deaths in September, the latter currently totaling more than 730,000, CDC Director Rochelle Walensky declared: “This is becoming a pandemic of the unvaccinated. Our biggest concern is we are going to continue to see preventable cases, hospitalizations and sadly deaths among the unvaccinated.”
At the height of that September cycle, Joe Biden likewise declared, “This is a pandemic of the unvaccinated.” He then condescendingly told the American people to “do the right thing.”
So, are we now experiencing a “pandemic of the unvaccinated”? I would not agree with that assessment. Fact is, we are in the endemic wake of a deadly pathogen created by the Red Chinese Communist Party. Former President Donald Trump was correct to put the responsibility for what is now nearly five million deaths worldwide at the feet of the ChiComs — something Biden won’t dare do because he’s under the thumb of those same Red Chinese. So much so, in fact, that I have argued Biden should register as a foreign agent.
22 October: Rand Paul Was Right — Fauci Lied – “NIH … categorically has not funded gain-of-function research.” Yes it has.
National Institutes of Health official Lawrence Tabak issued a letter Wednesday admitting that the agency did indeed provide funding for gain-of-function research at the Wuhan Institute of Virology via the U.S. nonprofit EcoHealth Alliance. That’s a big problem for more than one reason.
23 October: Mandates Have Replaced Informed Consent – The CDC’s confusing and contradictory advice is making trust all that much harder.
Guidance is such a reasonable word, yet when applied to the CDC, skepticism and confusion result. CDC Director Dr. Rochelle Walensky recently announced guidance that masks will be advised in schools even among those who are vaccinated.
24 October: Puppy Abuse: Your Taxpayer Dollars at Work – Why on earth would Anthony Fauci’s NIH fund such barbaric research on beagle puppies?
These days, it’s rare to find bipartisan outrage on any one issue. But beagle torture? Funded by our own National Institutes of Health? At taxpayer expense? On this issue, a bipartisan group of congressional representatives all agree: Anthony Fauci and his subordinates have some serious explaining to do.
28 October: Where Are the Wuhan Hearings? – Evidence points to American taxpayer funding of dangerous coronavirus research in China. It’s time to find out who knew what, and when.
We’re not sure the arc of the moral universe bends toward justice, but if it does, Congress had better take up its constitutionally prescribed oversight function and begin issuing some COVID-19 subpoenas. And then congressional Republicans — because we can’t count on congressional Democrats — had better put some tough questions to Anthony Fauci and his fellow scientists.
04 November: New Study Doesn’t Justify Reckless Child Vax Mandates – Will leftists learn anything from the backlash to their overreach in Virginia?
The next step in Joe Biden’s misguided war to “eliminate” COVID-19 is vaccine mandates for children ages five and up. This completely unnecessary measure, which is likely coming down the pike, has two new developments spurring it forward.
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) Director Dr. Rochelle Walensky, gave the thumbs up for Pfizer’s COVID vaccine for kids. This is on the heels of the Food and Drug Administration giving emergency approval for the children’s vaccine a week prior. This fast-tracks eligibility for 28 million children to receive the vaccine.
08 November: Fifth Circuit Hits Brakes on Biden’s Vax Mandate – Judges temporarily block Biden’s new OSHA rule for private companies.
The Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals temporarily blocked Joe Biden’s private employer COVID vaccine mandate on Saturday. The three-judge panel decision was in response to lawsuits brought by both several Republican state attorneys general and private employers against Biden’s new Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) rule, which mandates that private companies with 100 or more employees require that workers are either vaccinated or receive weekly tests. The judges observed that Biden’s new OSHA rule presented “grave statutory and constitutional issues.”
10 November: Banning Mask Mandates Banned by Court – Despite the science, the reason, and the Liberty, a federal court preserves tyranny over children.
Forcing children to wear masks is not only ineffective, it can be downright “abusive.” So argued Marty Makary and H. Cody Meissner back in August. At issue were school mask mandates put in place by administrators all over the country. Now, a federal court has struck down a ban on mask mandates.
11 November: Biden’s Unethical and Immoral Military Vaxxing Mandate – The president is more interested in forcing compliance than following the science.
Every cadet at West Point is required to memorize Major General John M. Schofield’s Definition of Discipline. The passage begins: “The discipline which makes the soldiers of a free country reliable in battle is not to be gained by harsh or tyrannical treatment. On the contrary, such treatment is far more likely to destroy than to make an army.” When it comes to medical tyranny, it seems the current commander-in-chief, Joe Biden, is intent on destroying an army by way of his vaccination mandates.
15 November: Fifth Circuit Rebukes Biden’s ‘Sledgehammer’ Vax Mandate – Joe Biden himself used to promise there’d be no mandate. Until his poll numbers needed it.
“No, I don’t think it should be mandatory,” said Joe Biden of the COVID-19 vaccine back in December 2020. White House Press Secretary Jen Psaki asserted in May: “I wouldn’t anticipate that we would be putting requirements on private-sector companies.” That same month, CDC Director Rochelle Walensky said, “It may very well be that local businesses, local jurisdictions will work toward vaccine mandates, [but] that is going to be locally driven and not federally driven.” Circling back to Psaki, in July she added: “Can we mandate vaccines across the country? No, that’s not a role that the federal government, I think, even has the power to make.” In August, The All-Knowing Dr. Anthony Fauci said, “You’re not going to see a central mandate coming from the federal government.”
17 November: In Brief: In Defense of ‘Misinformation’ – Restrictions of scientific free speech will inevitably lead to restriction of any speech deemed detrimental to freedom.
Science, noun: “knowledge about or study of the natural world based on facts learned through experiments and observation.” That’s the Merriam-Webster’s definition. According to social media, however, science is whatever they allow you to say. Mathematics professor Brendan Patrick Purdy warns of such censorship.
18 November: OSHA Suspends Implementing Biden’s Vax Mandate – The Sixth Circuit Court of Appeals will handle all the lawsuits against the president’s mandate.
The Occupational Safety and Health Administration announced that it is suspending implementation of Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate on all private businesses with 100 or more employees “pending future developments in the litigation.” This decision comes after a second court of appeals, this time the Sixth Circuit Court, will weigh in on the case following the Fifth Circuit Court transferring it. Last week, the Fifth Circuit issued an order blocking the vaccine mandate’s implementation.
22 November: 30% of Healthcare Workers Remain Unvaxxed – Joe Biden’s looming COVID vaccine mandate has hospitals worried about staffing shortages.
Nearly one-third of healthcare workers in the U.S. remain unvaccinated for COVID. As of September, some 70% of healthcare workers had received the COVID vaccine, but as Joe Biden’s January 4 vaccine mandate deadline looms — at least in the case of federal workers and contractors, which includes some 17 million involved with Medicare and Medicaid services — healthcare industry officials are growing increasingly worried.
23 November: Where Biden’s Federal Vaccine Mandate Stands – The deadline for all federal employees to be fully vaccinated for COVID came and went.
Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate issued earlier this year was actually a three-pronged approach at strong-arming Americans into getting the jab. Biden’s mandate set three different compliance deadlines, with the first one affecting all federal workers having just past yesterday, November 22. The next full compliance deadline that applies to all medical and healthcare workers that engage with the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services, as well as all federal contractors, is January 4. And the third group, also with a compliance deadline of January 4, are workers in private companies with 100 or more employees via a new rule from the Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
29 November: Here We Go Again: Another COVID Variant – More fear, more politics, and more government control. Same as it ever was.
There’s yet another COVID variant on the loose, serving if nothing else as a huge clickbait revenue generator for the media. The president has issued travel bans that he himself would have condemned as racist and xenophobic a few short months ago, and the World Health Organization deliberately avoided “offense” for the Chinese with its variant name. Is it 2021 or what?
30 November: Biden Backs Off Vax Mandate – A federal judge issued an injunction against implementing the COVID vaccine mandate for medical workers.
A federal district judge issued an injunction temporarily halting Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate for healthcare workers affiliated with Medicare and Medicaid. The Missouri district judge, who is a 2019 Donald Trump appointee, explained that his decision would “ensure that federal agencies do not extend their power beyond the express delegation from Congress.”
02 December: Omi-yawn and Biden’s Failure to Deliver Us From COVID – Biden says not to panic, but the media warns of a new “threat” and blames Republicans.
Joe Biden won the presidency last year in large measure by hiding in his Delaware basement and blaming Donald Trump for every single COVID death while undermining trust in any potential vaccine. As of Election Day, there were roughly 230,000 American deaths from or with the coronavirus. There have been more COVID deaths in 2021 than in 2020, though still more under Trump’s administration than Biden’s. What does all this say about Biden’s leadership?
03 December: Imagine Firing Federal Workers Over the Vax Mandate – Biden has threatened to reduce the size of government, but he’s also hedging his bets.
Joe Biden is ready to do something Republican presidents and members of Congress have tried unsuccessfully for decades: reduce the federal workforce. But it’s not exactly what it seems. Biden’s not cleaning house and removing bureaucratic pencil-pushers to save money or create a more efficient government. He’s not a 50-year swamp-dweller finally convinced of the virtues of constitutionally limited government. Instead, he’s preparing to punish those in Big Government’s workforce who refuse to get vaccinated for COVID.
07 December: Comrade Bill’s Big Stick – Outgoing New York City Mayor Bill de Blasio can’t resist getting in one last jab on behalf of statist tyranny.
When it comes to assessing the idiocy of the masses, it’s hard to beat the pithy and cynical wisdom of 17th-century French diplomat Joseph de Maistre: “Every country,” he said, “has the government it deserves.” The same holds true for states and cities, of course — which is why New Yorkers were forced to suffer through more than a decade’s worth of Governor Andrew Cuomo, and why Gothamites are still suffering through the second term of Comrade Mayor Bill de Blasio, who won reelection in 2017 despite the fact that just 8.5% of New York City’s residents voted for him.
08 December: Another Federal Judge Stymies Biden’s Vax Mandate – This time a district judge issues a nationwide injunction granting relief to federal contractors.
Federal District Judge R. Stan Baker issued a nationwide injunction against Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate for federal contractors. In issuing his order, the Donald Trump-appointed judge observed that Biden was using the Procurement Act in such a manner that logically would in effect “give the President the right to impose virtually any kind of requirement on businesses that wish to contract with the Government (and, thereby, on those businesses’ employees) so long as he determines it could lead to a healthier and thus more efficient workforce or it could reduce absenteeism.”
09 December: Repealing Biden’s Vax Mandate Gets a Senate Booster – Joe Manchin (WV) and Jon Tester (MT) say “no” to vaccine mandate on private businesses.
Democrat Senators Joe Manchin (WV) and Jon Tester (MT) crossed the aisle Wednesday evening to help Republicans pass a bill repealing Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate for private business. The 52-48 vote on the bill sponsored by Senator Mike Braun (R-IN) was brought to the Senate floor via the Congressional Review Act, which allows the Senate to review presidential orders.
10 December: Pandemic Exposed the Dark Underbelly of Schools – COVID policies have driven teachers, parents, and kids to the brink and it’s getting worse.
The COVID pandemic and consequent lockdowns have been a burden on many industries, but in the case of schools, they exposed how little those in charge care about the students. Schools are shutting down again, though not necessarily because of COVID sickness. However, COVID policies are to blame. Teachers who were already trying to cope with the insufficiency of remote learning are burning out at a much higher rate than they otherwise would have.
13 December: Courts Curb-Stomping Biden Vax Mandates – Jonathan Turley explains why Joe Biden is losing over and over again in court.
Joe Biden repeatedly told us he didn’t have the authority to impose vaccination mandates and that there were no plans to do so. Then he did it anyway, mandating vaccination for federal employees and contractors, Medicare and Medicaid workers, and employees of companies with 100 or more workers — that’s millions of people. All of those mandates have been challenged in court, and they’re getting smacked down. George Washington University law professor Jonathan Turley explains why.
14 December: Vaccine Mandates and Religious Exemptions – SCOTUS rejects another chance to weigh in on states eliminating religious exemptions to COVID vaccine mandates.
In a 6-3 vote, the U.S. Supreme Court declined to hear an emergency request brought by healthcare workers in New York objecting to that state’s vaccine mandate for medical workers that intentionally excludes religious exemptions. This is the second such emergency request rejected by the Court. Back in October, the justices rejected hearing a lawsuit brought by healthcare workers in Maine seeking religious exemption to their state’s vaccine mandate. What gives?
15 December: COVID-19: Atlas Sets the Record Straight – Dr. Scott Atlas, a former adviser to Trump, has a lot to say about national policy and the bureaucrats who ran it off the rails.
“It’s easy to criticize, but they’re really criticizing science because I represent science. That’s dangerous. To me, that’s more dangerous than the slings and the arrows that get thrown at me. I’m not going to be around here forever, but science is going to be here forever. And if you damage science, you are doing something very detrimental to society long after I leave. And that’s what I worry about.” So said Dr. Anthony Fauci last month. Fauci, of course, is the man most responsible for U.S. COVID-19 policy and all the miseries associated with it. And what could be more telling of his thin skin, his arrogance, and his desire to silence those who would second-guess him?
16 December: Does Anyone Care About Omicron? – Attitudes are becoming remarkably more jaded after nearly two years of diktats and misinformation.
To hear government officials and their public relations flaks who pose as the nation’s major news media tell it, the recently discovered COVID Omicron variant will turn our country upside down. Rampant fear among the populace, waves of holiday travel cancellations, a sharply rising COVID death toll… Except none of that has happened.
17 December: The Public-Health Mafia – Led by boss Anthony Fauci, they have exploited the COVID pandemic for power.
Most Americans are extremely tired of coronavirus news, but even more exhausted with — and rebelling against — protocols. That, says National Review’s Philip Klein, is thanks to the public-health mafia.
20 December: Fauci’s Politicized Forever Pandemic – NIH emails reveal outgoing Director Dr. Francis Collins told Dr. Anthony Fauci to “take down” scientists advocating herd immunity.
Dr. Anthony Fauci, hero of the Leftmedia and everyone else’s favorite COVID punching bag, was busy over the weekend running damage control for the Biden administration while also fear-mongering for the forever pandemic.
21 December: Dire Omicron Warnings and Raging Hypocrisy – Joe Biden has failed his own test, yet he continues to demonize the unvaccinated.
“220,000 deaths,” Candidate Joe Biden tallied on October 22, 2020. “Anyone who is responsible for that many deaths should not remain President of the United States.” We begin with that trip down memory lane not so much to condemn Biden for the nearly 400,000 deaths on his watch — though it’s a disqualifying number by his own standard — but because of the shameless irresponsibility of uttering such nonsense in the first place. As with many things, a president can affect outcomes with his policies, but COVID-19 is a virus, and viruses do what viruses do, which is spread among people.
22 December: Even When Biden Gets It Right He Gets It Wrong – The president made another COVID speech full of badgering and misinformation.
All I want for Christmas is [for] you [to leave me alone]. Those might be the more fitting 2021 lyrics to Mariah Carey’s 1994 hit given that Joe Biden and his fellow Democrats just can’t seem to, as another Christmastime song says, Let it go. That notwithstanding, Biden actually got some key things right as he coughed his way through his latest ChiCom virus pandemic remarks. That’s not a typo.
23 December: Inside the Omicron Fear Factory – Public health chiefs and the media are working overtime to gin up hysteria.
We’re not far from the two-year mark for the coronavirus pandemic. But there are many powerful Americans who just won’t let us return to normal. Heather Mac Donald of the Manhattan Institute says enough is enough.
30 December: AOC: Clueless in Miami – She partied while falsely accusing Governor DeSantis of being MIA, when in fact he was caring for his sick wife.
“Welcome to Florida, AOC! We hope you’re enjoying a taste of freedom here in the Sunshine State thanks to [Ron DeSantis’ Florida] leadership,” read a post from the Republican Florida governor’s social media team following the publishing of pictures of a maskless Democrat New York Representative Alexandria Ocasio-Cortez enjoying a cocktail in Miami.
02 January: Biden Failed to ‘Shut Down’ the Virus – It was an impossible and arrogant promise, of course, but his failure still looms large.
“I’ll put in place a plan to deal with this pandemic responsibly, I’ve already done it. … I’m not going to shut down the economy, I’m not going to shut down the country, but I’m going to shut down the virus.” —Joe Biden, December 27, 2020
“There is no federal solution. This gets solved at the state level.” —Joe Biden, December 27, 2021
03 January: SCOTUS Should Nix Biden’s Vax Mandates – In two fast-tracked cases, SCOTUS has the chance to restore constitutional limits.
Joe Biden himself declared that he had no power or intention to mandate COVID vaccines. Then he did so anyway, mandating vaccination for federal employees and contractors, healthcare workers, and employees of companies with more than 100 workers. The last two mandates have been fast-tracked to the Supreme Court, which will hear oral arguments Friday. Political analyst Andrew McCarthy is “betting the Court is poised to deal the president a double dose of defeat — though nothing is certain, of course.”
04 January: Even Fauci Questions COVID Counting and Economic Impact – Fauci clarifies hospitalization miscounts as the CDC cuts quarantine time in half.
Fauci made a shocking admission regarding hospital counts for children, who we already know are at very low risk. Fauci declared the numbers are not accurate because they include hospitalizations with COVID not because of COVID. According to Fauci: “If you look at the children who are hospitalized, many of them are hospitalized with COVID as opposed to because of COVID. If a child goes in the hospital, they automatically get tested for COVID. And they get counted as a COVID-hospitalized individual when, in fact, they may go in for a broken leg or appendicitis or something like that. So it’s overcounting the number of children who are, quote, ‘hospitalized with COVID,’ as opposed to because of COVID.”
05 January: Masks Control People, Not Viruses – Even the “experts” on the Left are beginning to admit what conservatives have said all along.
Unless you’re properly wearing a fresh N95 mask, you’re wasting your time with “face decorations.” So says even CNN’s leftist “expert,” who’s finally come around to what conservatives have argued for well over a year. This inconvenient science is only part of what makes mask mandates so objectionable.
Additionally, COVID Creates Office-Space Conundrum – Has the coronavirus pandemic permanently changed America’s commuter business model?
Has the COVID pandemic permanently altered one of the long-enduring staples of the American business landscape, the office commuter model? Generations of Americans have grown up with the near-universal assumption for the middle class that working included the reality of leaving home and commuting to an office somewhere in an urban environment in order to work. So ubiquitous has been this working reality that few seriously questioned it.
06 January: Burying Biden’s Big Lie About Vaccination – He’s told a lot of them, but this particularly nasty one about a “pandemic of the unvaccinated” has now been thoroughly debunked.
It’s no secret that Joe Biden has an uneasy relationship with the truth — especially when it comes to his claims about vaccination. For example: He was long ago proven to be a liar when he was asked whether vaccination should be mandatory and he answered: “No, I don’t think it should be mandatory. I wouldn’t demand that it be mandatory.” Likewise, he was long ago proven to be a liar when he told one of CNN’s resident perverts, Don Lemon, during a town hall meeting in July, “You’re not going to get COVID if you have these vaccinations.” Same with the lie he told just last month when he challenged our patriotism before sneering, “How about making sure that you’re vaccinated so you do not spread the disease to anybody else?”
07 January: The Folly of School Closures – Around the nation, kids are being sent back home for virtual “learning.”
When the coronavirus pandemic first escaped that Wuhan lab and hit American shores, mid-March 2020 marked the beginning of 15 days to flatten the curve. That meant shutting down most of society, including schools, to slow the spread of COVID-19 and allow hospitals the time to prepare. It soon became apparent that lockdowns did more harm than good, perhaps especially for schoolchildren left to stare at computer screens instead of being in the classroom. Almost two years later, even Democrats and the Leftmedia know better than to shut down schools. Teachers unions are still stubbornly doing it anyway.
08 January: The Demos’ 2022 Dumpster Fires – Biden, Harris, Pelosi, and Schumer are the greatest threat to the future of Liberty and our Republic.
It was no surprise that Democrat Party principals Joe Biden, Kamala Harris, Nancy Pelosi, and Chuck Schumer, who are now unabashedly advocating for socialist policies with the full collaboration of their Leftmedia propagandists, omitted any mention of the 30th anniversary of the collapse of the Soviet Empire. Thanks in large measure to Ronald Reagan, who put the final nails in the coffin of the Communist Centennial of Tyranny and Terror, it was on 25 December 1991, after Mikhail Gorbachev resigned, that the Soviet Union flag was lowered from the Kremlin and replaced with the flag of Russian Federation.
09 January: Learning to Live With This Endemic Virus – COVID19 has and continues to mutate into more virulent and conversely more mild variants – it’s the flu.
Americans have had enough of the fearmongering media, Dr. Anthony Fauci’s shifting goalposts, unclear messaging from the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), and politicians making each step regarding COVID prevention a power grab.
The media have fanned the flames of pandemic fear by refusing to be actual reporters. Instead, they have acted like the propaganda arm of the radical Left, repeating the approved talking points over and over to the public and consistently ignoring the science. Social media also colluded in this echo chamber by censoring anyone who did not toe the line of approved messaging on COVID.
10 January: Australia’s Problem Isn’t Limited to One Tennis Player – Novak Djokovic may get all the attention, but tyranny Down Under is much deeper.
For much of the coronavirus pandemic, the people of Australia have been prisoners of their own government’s tyrannical attempts to reach “COVID zero.” Totally outrageous videos and stories abound regarding people arrested for violating mandates, even when they’re outside and pose no threat to anyone. People are forcibly detained in quarantine facilities (and heaven help them if they escape). Elective surgeries have been suspended. In at least one case, parents were denied the ability to identify their dead son’s body. We could go on and on about the dystopian nightmare that is the Land Down Under.
11 January: SCOTUS Balks at Biden Vax Mandate – The Supreme Court should STOP Biden’s viral executive overreach.
The U.S. Supreme Court took up objections to Joe Biden’s COVID vaccine mandate on Friday and it quickly became apparent that, much like the nation at large, the justices were clearly divided in their assessment of Biden’s authority to enact such sweeping action. For nearly four hours, the justices questioned the state and those objecting to the mandate.
12 January: What Does ‘New Normal’ Mean? – Hint: It doesn’t mean going back to pre-pandemic life.
This pandemic is now endemic. We will have to learn to live with COVID as a risk we factor into everyday life. This is the conclusion to which even the federal government has finally conceded. But some have a very different take on what the “new normal” should look like.
13 January: Exposing Biden’s BIG COVID Lies — Follow the Numbers – “Two-thirds of deaths are people with six or more comorbidities.”
Rhetorical question: Do you think the majority of Americans are going to be, shall I say politely, “agitated” when they finally awaken to the reality that Joe Biden’s unconstitutional and draconian vaxxing mandates have been primarily a leftist political charade to indoctrinate and condition citizens that they must submit to the Democrats’ power and control agenda?
14 January: Biden’s ‘Operation Snail Speed’ – Treatments and therapeutics take a back seat to vax and mask mandates.
The latest from the Biden administration is what Fox News medical correspondent Marc Siegel, M.D., calls “Operation Snail Speed,” which he says “is not bringing us either therapeutics or tests in a timely enough manner to fight omicron.”
He’s talking about the administration’s slow and inadequate effort to focus on treating rather than preventing COVID. Last March, Democrats passed the American Rescue Plan, a $1.9 trillion economic “stimulus” package meant to provide money for COVID relief. Yet The Wall Street Journal editorial board notes that “less than 1% of the spending was allocated for therapies.” The result, the Journal says, is “persistent treatment shortage and countless preventable deaths.”
15 January: CDC Admits Cloth Masks Are Ineffective – Mask mandates are more about politics than science, but you already knew that.
Remember when Anthony Fauci declared, “There is no reason to be walking around wearing a mask”? Nearly two years into the ChiCom Virus pandemic, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) has officially changed its position on the efficacy of cloth masks, essentially admitting what many health experts (and even Fauci before he did a 180) have claimed: They have almost no preventative impact against the coronavirus.
16 January: President Brandon Congratulates Himself on First Year – Joe Biden’s press conference was a disaster reflecting on a year of multiple disasters.
To hear Joe Biden tell yet another autobiographical lie, his first year as president has been a spectacular success. He “outperformed” expectations and brought “enormous progress” to our nation. Any minor bumps along the road are the fault of Republicans, the media, or you dumb voters who just don’t understand what he’s trying to do. The good news is that the first year is over. The bad news is we have three more to go.
That’s the big takeaway from Biden’s two-hour press conference yesterday marking the last day of his first year in office. It was a rare presser, and for good reason. From his mumbling and bumbling words to his crazy grandpa whisper-yelling to his totally fictitious recounting of events, putting Biden out there to field questions doesn’t help his pathetic approval ratings, and his staff inevitably has to follow up with a clean-up on aisles three, five, six, and nine.
As Mark Alexander put it: “Regarding Biden’s glowing assessment of his first-year accomplishments, somebody forgot to tell America. Reflecting his basement voter approval rating (currently at 41% and the lowest of any president at the end of his first year in 50 years) comes a reputable quarterly political party identity poll. According to Gallup, the number of people who self-identify as Democrats has plunged since Biden took office — from 49% to 42%. Meanwhile, the number of voters who identify themselves as Republican grew from 40% to 47%. In one year, that is a net 14-point swing.”
18 January: China’s Stunning Buyout of the Bidens – According to a new book, Communist Chinese intelligence officials have paid some $31 million to Joe Biden and his family.
“It now involves very public, very emphatic lies,” wrote the author, a former cabinet secretary. “Breaches of trust. The subversion of truth. The possibility of criminal wrongdoing. And so we face the identical question today that we faced a generation ago: Is this president — is any president — above the law?” The author concluded that there’s a time and a place for anger: “Even during times of comfort and ease, there is an appropriate moment for anger at the proper things, and with the proper person. In our time, the thing is corruption, the person is the president. These are not pleasant matters, but they are supremely important ones.”
20 January: Biden’s Big COVID Pivot Coming – Even Democrats are going to be angry when they finally realize they’ve been duped.
An increasing number of medical professionals, whose jobs, income, and egos are not dependent on stirring a constant brew of fear and angst about the ChiCom Virus pandemic, are now admitting COVID is rapidly devolving into an endemic series of variants that are, essentially, a manageable nuisance similar to seasonal flu viruses. That doesn’t mean those with lethal comorbidity factors should be hosting toga parties just yet, but it does call into question the future of Joe Biden’s political mandates regarding COVID.
Biden and company are “awakening” to the fact that the majority of Americans are going to be angry when they awaken to the fact that, since Biden took office, they have been duped into being political pawns in the Democrats’ statist power agenda.
23 January: Starbucks Shows Good COVID Sense – The coffee powerhouse has decided to forgo making its employees get the vaccine.
After the Supreme Court ruling that rendered Joe Biden’s OSHA vaccine mandate unconstitutional, Starbucks, a left-leaning java company, is not forcing its workers to get vaccinated or undergo mandatory testing. This affects more than 200,000 workers, and there was a sigh of relief nationwide. Starbucks, along with every U.S. business, has had to weather constant changes and challenges related to COVID.
24 January: Vax Mandates Still Losing in Court – A federal judge issued an injunction against Biden’s mandate applying to federal workers.
Joe Biden’s authoritarian and unconstitutional vaccine mandates have not had a lot of success in court. Yes, the Supreme Court upheld the one applying to millions of healthcare workers, but it also struck down the one pertaining to businesses with 100 or more employees. Lower courts have, for the most part, likewise struck down or blocked the various vax mandates. The latest was a Friday afternoon ruling by U.S. District Judge Jeffrey V. Brown in Texas, who said the president lacks the authority to mandate “that all federal employees consent to vaccination against Covid-19 or lose their jobs.”
25 January: The Price-Jabbing International Trucking Vax Mandate – Team Biden’s latest diktat will only make the current supply chain crisis worse.
The nation’s supply troubles might have just gotten worse following the Department of Homeland Security issuing yet another COVID vaccine mandate. A new U.S. port regulation recently went into effect mandating that noncitizens may not enter the U.S. through ports of entry unless they have been fully vaccinated against COVID-19. While the new mandate does not apply to American truck drivers, it does apply to all Canadian and Mexican drivers. Furthermore, both Canada and Mexico have implemented similar rules, effectively preventing U.S. truck drivers from hauling cargo internationally if they have not been vaccinated.
26 January: Universal Studios Unmasked – The Wizarding World of Harry Potter was complete with “Dolores Umbridge” berating visitors about masks.
The Harry Potter novels have stood the test of time and remain a great and incredibly culturally influential work of fiction. Author J.K. Rowling is a self-described left-wing feminist, but she’s not a radical and has even received a lot of hate from her own side for pushing back against the “transgender” movement. She may have had some other point in mind, but her Harry Potter series contains some themes that conservatives love — she vividly illustrates the true awfulness of fake news and the oppressive fascism that all too often comes from the administrative state. It is the last thing that makes this relevant to my family’s recent vacation to Universal Studios in Orlando, which features a number of Harry Potter rides and attractions based on the movies.
27 January: Unmasking the Maskers – Why the Masked and the Unmasked Have Disdain for Each Other
Among the many unbridgeable divides between Americans is a completely antithetical view of mask wearing. On one side are those who wear masks almost everywhere outside their homes and who demand that others do so, including young children in class and on outdoor playgrounds, and 2-year-olds on airplanes. On the other side are those who only wear a mask where they are punished for not doing so (most obviously, airplanes). They regard masks as essentially pacifiers for adults. Generally speaking, these two groups have do not like each other.
28 January: Fauci’s Suppression of ChiCom Lab Leak Evidence – Emails indicate virologists believed the scientific evidence pointed to the lab leak explanation for COVID’s origin.
A new batch of emails released by the House Oversight and Reform Committee makes clear that not only did medical researchers at the National Institutes of Health almost immediately suspect that the Wuhan lab in China was the most likely origin point for COVID-19, they also depict a politically motivated conspiracy to suppress the lab leak theory in favor of a natural origin narrative.
29 January: The Left’s Deadly Dismissal of Natural Immunity – Not only is natural immunity against COVID real, studies are finding that it’s better than immunity provided by the vaccines.
One term that has become nearly verboten with mainstream and social media over the course of the COVID pandemic is “natural immunity.” In fact, early last year, social media giant Facebook began banning many claims regarding natural immunity, justifying the blatant censorship by claiming to be preventing dangerous “misinformation.” This same attitude was widely prevalent across much of the MSM, as even raising questions regarding the efficacy of natural immunity was treated as entertaining unscientific conspiracy theories.
30 January: Boom or Bust — Is It Red or Is It Blue? – Any economic boom in recent months has been thanks largely to Republican-run states.
When a political novice named Donald Trump governed using conservative principles, history was made in wage growth across all genders and races. Low unemployment, manufacturing, and endless opportunities returned to the U.S. with an economic expansion that benefited more Americans, reminiscent of Ronald Reagan. Now every economic boom is heralded as great news for the Biden-Harris administration, when in truth the progress is occurring in Republican-led states.
31 January: The Great Canadian Freedom Convoy – As Canadian truckers descend on Ottawa to protest for freedom, Trudeau flees.
Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau is a coward for leaving his state residence ahead of the trucker convoy protesting his January 15 COVID vaccine mandates. “What a complete coward,” political pundit Lisa Boothe blasted. “He won’t even face the citizens he has discriminated against.” Dubbed the Freedom Convoy, truck drivers last week began a long trek across Canada — originating in Vancouver bound for Ottawa — to protest Trudeau’s vaccine mandate and other COVID restrictions.
01 February: Hopkins Analysis on the Effects of Lockdowns on Covid-19 Mortality – “We find no evidence that lockdowns, school closures, border closures, and limiting gatherings have had a noticeable effect on COVID-19 mortality.”
Researchers for Johns Hopkins University have found negligible evidence that lockdowns prevented deaths. That doesn’t mean lockdowns had no effect. “They have contributed to reducing economic activity, raising unemployment, reducing schooling, causing political unrest, contributing to domestic violence, and undermining liberal democracy,” the report notes. Given these “enormous economic and social costs,” the researches conclude, “a standard benefit-cost calculation leads to a strong conclusion: lockdowns should be rejected out of hand as a pandemic policy instrument.”
02 February: Americans Want to Move on From COVID – Yet most Leftmedia-consuming Democrat voters are still afraid to get back to normal life.
“We find no evidence that lockdowns, school closures, border closures, and limiting gatherings have had a noticeable effect on COVID-19 mortality,” researchers wrote in a new analysis for Johns Hopkins University. That doesn’t mean lockdowns had no effect. “They have contributed to reducing economic activity, raising unemployment, reducing schooling, causing political unrest, contributing to domestic violence, and undermining liberal democracy,” the report notes. Given these “enormous economic and social costs,” the researches conclude, “a standard benefit-cost calculation leads to a strong conclusion: lockdowns should be rejected out of hand as a pandemic policy instrument.”
04 February: The Resilient American Economy – January’s jobs report looked good, and upward revisions to previous months are encouraging.
Rumblings this week and even this morning before the January jobs report dropped were that the U.S. economy had lost jobs last month, primarily thanks to Omicron. Fortunately, that was not the case — the report showed a fairly healthy gain of 467,000 jobs. The headline unemployment rate rose a bit to 4%, but that too is a good sign because it means more people are looking for work.
In more good news, jobs reports from both December and November were revised upward in a big way. December saw 510,000 jobs created, not the previously reported 199,000. And November gained 647,000 instead of 249,000. That means a steady decline over those months, but 1.6 million jobs is a heck of a lot better than the roughly 600,000 reported and expected.
07 February: Please, Somebody Gag This Leftist Hypocrite! – Georgia’s gubernatorial wannabe Stacey Abrams suffered an epic face mask plant.
In the inimitable words of that philosophical sage Yogi Berra, “It’s like déjà vu all over again.” Elitist Democrat Party politicos reside in hermetically sealed bubbles. They are reality tone-deaf and, thus, keep repeating the same hypocritical political errors. But they don’t care.
Recently, there have been numerous mask-mandating Demos who have demonstrated in their unmitigated arrogance that their “rules are for thee, not for me.” The long list of most notable Demos exempting themselves from the rules they impose on you includes Joe and Jill Biden, Gov. Gavin Newsom (D-CA), Gov. Gretchen Whitmer (D-MI), Gov. Kathy Hochul (D-NY), and of course even Anthony Fauci, the grand wizard of vaxxing and masking mandates.
09 February: In Brief: The Truth About the Masking Madness – Why did “the experts” insist on intervention they previously thought was useless?
Feel safe in a mask? Wouldn’t touch one with a 10-foot pole? Somewhere in between? Well, how about the most basic of questions: Do masks work to prevent COVID infection? Author Ian Miller dared to find out, and reporter Geoff Shullenberger reviews his work:
Last summer’s Delta wave and the divergent policy response to it, Shullenberger said, “created an opportunity to examine the impact of mask mandates.” Unfortunately, virtually no one care to take that opportunity. “The reason, most of them would likely have said if pressed on the subject, was there was nothing to learn: ‘the science’ was settled.”
10 February: Here Comes Democrats’ COVID Pivot – They have sucked all the power they could out of this pandemic, and to stay in power they have to back off.
“US inflation jumped 7.5% in the past year, a 40-year high,” blared the Associated Press headline this morning. That’s terrible news, and it confirms what every American — but particularly lower- and middle-class folks — has experienced over Joe Biden’s first year: Everything is much more expensive. So that must mean it’s time for a COVID pivot.
11 February: Masks Determined by SOTU, er, Science – Medical professionals, politicians, and the media all failed to play it straight about COVID.
Anyone watching the news in recent days can’t help but notice a dramatic shift in the tone and messaging about COVID. Mark Alexander predicted this pivot last month.
The same journalists, political analysts, and evening news anchors who’ve been telling us for two years that mask and vaccine dictates are good for us are changing their tune. And the same politicians who’ve shut down our schools, churches, and businesses are announcing that it’s time to end the mandates. How convenient. With the midterm elections just nine months away, and polling showing a conservative and independent backlash against the totalitarian Left, suddenly masks and booster shots are yesterday’s news.
16 February: No COVID-19 Found in China’s Bats – Over 80,000 animals in China have been tested for SARS-CoV-2, and to date, none have come up positive.
The COVID-19 lab-leak theory recently got yet another piece of circumstantial evidence to add to the growing pile, lending more scientific weight to it than to the natural-origin theory. This latest bit of significant information comes from a recently released MIT Technology Review of COVID origin data. The review noted that the Wuhan Institute of Virology labs had a troubling history of biosafety issues and that “there are still concerns that the biosafety standards in the Wuhan lab might not have been rigorous enough to prevent research activities from causing the pandemic.”
18 February: Masks Determined by SOTU, er, Science – White House officials have reportedly pressured the CDC to change its guidance before Biden’s March 1 speech.
It’s amazing how quickly The Science™ can change when the polling does. When Mark Alexander predicted Joe Biden’s big COVID pivot, the only thing he slightly underestimated was just how quickly that would happen. The bet was that Democrats would pivot in plenty of time to help stave off defeat in the midterm elections, but the latest DC scuttlebutt is that Biden is trying to pivot in time for his March 1 State of the Union Address.
Specifically, White House officials are reportedly pressuring the CDC to ease up on its masking guidelines as early as next week, which of course would give Biden’s speechwriters plenty of time to work that “sign of victory” and “proof of Biden’s leadership” into the president’s address.
22 February: The Centers for Destroyed Credibility – The CDC has been withholding and distorting data on the coronavirus for two years.
One of the many things that has suffered during the coronavirus pandemic is the government’s credibility. This goes all the way from yet another mayor spotted violating her own mask mandate to a lengthy list of politicians and celebrities doing likewise to the ever-changing pronouncements of Anthony Fauci and the CDC. There are exceptions, but top to bottom, American government at virtually every level has failed the American people.
23 February: CDC Tacitly Acknowledges Masking Speech Impediment – The Centers for Disease Control quietly updated its child development guidelines to reflect new reality.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention — or is that Centers for Destroyed Credibility? — recently changed its standards for early childhood development. Flying somewhat under the radar, a couple of weeks ago the CDC released an updated milestone checklist for children and included a link to a Pediatrics article that referenced a study for the changes. Notably, we can chalk up another one for the damage done by the COVID response.
25 February: Unmasking the CDC’s Political Science – As predicted, masking guidelines are significantly loosened just ahead of Biden’s State of the Union.
Last week, we got wind that the CDC (a.k.a. the Centers for Destroyed Credibility) was going to grease the skids for Joe Biden’s big COVID pivot in his upcoming State of the Union Address. Lo and behold, just ahead of that speech Tuesday, the CDC is set to announce big changes to its recommendations on masks. Most Americans, it now says, no longer need them.
27 February: School Shutdowns Have Cost Literacy – The loss of in-person learning, prolonged screen time, and the addition of masking have handicapped early readers.
Since the lockdowns in 2020, reading readiness in the early grades (kindergarten-2nd grade) have taken a huge hit. According to stats obtained by The Wall Street Journal: “Before the pandemic, 55% of kindergartners were on track in reading skills. That fell to 37% in 2020–2021 and 47% this school year. The year before the pandemic, only 29% of kindergartners were deemed ‘far behind’ in early literacy skills. That rose to 47% and 37% the first and second year of the pandemic.”
28 February: It’s Official: To End the Pandemic, Get COVID! – As we have argued from the pandemic onset, end the lockdowns and mandates in order to reach herd immunity.
Turns out that while the vaccines were reasonably effective for those who have significant comorbidity factors (primarily age), they did not stop the virus or its deadly variants. And the Biden/Fauci vaxxing mandates were a wrecking ball.
Turns out that the Left’s obsession with statist lockdowns were not as effective as advertised, despite the political effectiveness of these draconian measures. Johns Hopkins’s Dr. Martin Makary criticized his own institution for not promoting the study finding that lockdowns only reduced deaths by 0.2% because “people may already have their own narrative written.”
Turns out, as we have argued since April of 2020 — that natural immunity leading to herd immunity is the most effective way to defeat the pandemic. As we have likewise argued, the measures Fauci dictated to the nation effectively retarded our ability to reach herd immunity, particularly among the healthiest Americans, greatly extending the national misery.
Turns out that natural immunities are proving far superior to the vaccine.
Recall what Death Czar Tony Fauci had to say about vaccines versus natural immunity, back when he could tell fact from politically-induced fiction: “The best vaccination is to get infected yourself. … The most potent vaccination is getting infected yourself.”
01 March: ‘It’s a State of the Union Miracle!’ – Finally lifting masks requirements all over the country was nothing but political theater.
“It’s a State of the Union miracle!” quipped Senator Ted Cruz regarding a story about how the White House dropped its mask mandate Tuesday. Likewise, the attending physician in Congress lifted the chamber’s mask mandate effective Monday, and the CDC on Friday changed its guidelines, effectively releasing 70% of the country — including Washington, DC — from the supposed necessity of masks. On Monday, the Democrat-controlled Leftcoast states of California, Oregon, and Washington all announced the end of mask mandates, even in schools. New York did so Sunday.
It should be blatantly obvious that this was all politically timed to coincide with Joe Biden’s State of the Union address last night. Indeed, the Democrats’ big COVID pivot is happening just as we predicted in January.
02 March: SOTU 2022: Fact-Checking Biden’s Big Lies – Joe’s State of Confusion speech was the most moronic presidential comedy hour ever.
Going in, Biden and his handlers knew this speech had to be a major pivot point for him and his socialist Democrat Party cadre.
Biden’s approval is mired at 40% in RCP’s average. That is confirmed by the more Biden-friendly poll at FiveThirtyEight, where Biden’s approval went from +16.8 on March 1, 2021, to -12.5 on March 1, 2022. But the real-time polling this week by Leftmedia outlets ABC News/Washington Post is more troubling for Biden, showing his approval is now down to 38%, and much worse with independent voters.
With that as a backdrop, it is odd that there was not a more obvious pandemic pivot, just another episode of his moronic droning and drooling through a plethora of obfuscations and lies, affirming much of what I asserted in a “Sneak Preview: Biden’s State of Disunion Lies” last week.
While I expected that Biden would use his SOTU to launch his big COVID pivot and proclaim he “shut down the virus,” he primary primed the pivot pumps – apparently the little dustup between Russia and Ukraine got in the way.
However, Biden and company have “awakened” to the fact that the majority of Americans, now including a growing number of Democrats, are going to be angry when they fully awaken to the fact that, since Biden took office, they have been political pawns of the Demos’ big COVID lies. The high-profile Democrat political consulting firm Impact Research has circulated a strategy memo insisting that Democrats “Declare the crisis phase of COVID over and push for feeling and acting more normal” or prepare to lose big in November.
03 March: Campus Coddling Is Creating Covid Sheep – Intellectual curiosity and independent thinking have all but disappeared from our nation’s colleges and universities.
Recent analysis in The Wall Street Journal by Harvard senior Julie Hartman offers a revealing insight into American higher education. In it, Hartman explains how students at America’s most prestigious university reflexively accept any and every COVID rule the administration sees fit to implement, unquestioningly accepting the mask and the vaccine and jumping through the repetitive testing hoops dangled before them. It’s not exactly the kind of behavior that instills confidence in today’s best and brightest — and tomorrow’s leaders.
04 March: DeSantis Punches Back on Forced Masking of Kids – The Florida governor knows the science, and the Left doesn’t like it.
When the Great Big Book on Effective Conservative Communication is finally written, its author may well acknowledge Ron DeSantis as her inspiration. DeSantis, the first-term governor of The Free State of Florida, is a fearless counterpuncher with a big right hand — one that he’s been using to great effect against a corrupt and woefully biased mainstream media. Whereas the Doles and the Bushes and the McCains and the Romneys of the Republican world have always led with their chins and wondered, from the seat of their pants, why they kept getting their clocks cleaned, DeSantis keeps his dukes up.
05 March: Where Is That Masked Man Fauci? – Apparently the POLITICAL science has changed and Democrats have exiled Fauci.
Where has he gone? He was conspicuously absent from Joe Biden’s recent and entirely mask-free State of the Union Address. Fauci is arguably the most public face of Washington’s response to the pandemic, and yet as the COVID restrictions quickly fall away, he is seemingly nowhere to be found. It may be that for the majority of the American public, the worm has turned on Fauci. Apparently the political science has changed and Democrats have exiled Fauci.
06 March: Dems Won’t Let GOP End COVID State of Emergency – This isn’t about ending the pandemic; it’s about who gets the credit for saying it’s over.
Given the welcome reality of life after COVID, the end of which was evidenced by the “State of the Union miracle” of a maskless (half) audience, Senate Republicans have put an official stamp on closing out the two-year-long pandemic. It’s endemic now. Let’s learn to live with it.
Kansas Republican Senator Roger Marshall, a medical doctor, was joined by Indiana’s Mike Braun, Kentucky’s Rand Paul, Texas’s Ted Cruz, Utah’s Mike Lee, and Wisconsin’s Ron Johnson in putting forward Senate Joint Resolution 38 declaring an end to the COVID emergency. “Resolved by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,” the resolution reads, “That, pursuant to section 202 of the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1622), the national emergency declared by the finding of the President on March 13, 2020, in Proclamation 9994 (85 Fed. Reg. 15337) is hereby terminated.”
07 March: Biden Saves the Economy? – Of all the lies Biden told in his SOTU, the biggest might have been bragging about his economic prowess.
Last month’s jobs report was a good one — 678,000 jobs added, and headline unemployment dropping to just 3.8%. But the report also belies Joe Biden’s fantastical claims of his own supposedly great economic stewardship. “Unlike the $2 trillion tax cut passed in the previous administration that benefitted the top 1% of Americans, the American Rescue Plan helped working people and left no one behind,” he proclaimed in his State of the Union Address last week. “And, folks — and it worked. It worked. It worked and created jobs — lots of jobs. In fact, our economy created over 6.5 million new jobs just last year, more jobs in one year than ever before in the history of the United States of America.”
Reality is exactly the opposite.
As Mark Alexander said last week: “The fact is, Joe Biden is responsible for surging inflation and the resulting pay cut, and he willfully inflation-bombed your family budget. Biden can run but he can’t hide. He is attempting to blame-shift inflation to other factors, but HE is the factor.”
10 March: More Gov’t Spending, More Inflation – Like night follows day, pumping trillions of dollars into the economy has yielded another bad inflation report.
The COVID shutdowns brought about not just economic malaise but government “saviors” spending gobs of money to keep people afloat. The only argument was who the most politically expedient beneficiaries would be. Now here we are, two years beyond the first shutdowns, and the inflation bill has become far more than anyone wants to pay. Nevertheless, Congress is still passing gargantuan omnibus bills to disguise the waste inherent in such legislation.
11 March: CDC and AAP Congratulate Themselves for Wrecking Children’s Literacy – It’s a delusional rewrite of history for which our children are now having to pay.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) is now patting itself on the back for its excellent call to mask students in grades K-12. The CDC specifically capitalized on a study that used the state of Arkansas’s schools as a study group. Forgive us in advance, but we have questions about The Science™.
14 March: Looking Back at Two Years of COVID-19 – Two years after locking the nation down, we’re left to wonder whether it was worth it.
Two years ago this week, your life changed radically — and not for the better.
After having heard about the “novel coronavirus” for a couple of months, we as a nation went into full-blown panic mode on Monday, March 16, 2020, when then-President Donald Trump announced “15 Days to Slow the Spread.” At the time, Americans across the political spectrum were generally accepting of the announcement, even though it mandated locking down office buildings and schools and forcing all but those determined by the Department of Homeland Security to belong to a “critical infrastructure industry” to work from home. Americans were also directed to avoid social gatherings of 10 or more people and, in a devastating blow to the service industry, to avoid eating or drinking at bars, restaurants, and food courts, and to instead use drive-through, pickup, or delivery. In addition, we were told to avoid discretionary travel, to avoid shopping trips and social visits, and to avoid nursing homes and long-term care facilities except to provide critical care.
In short, we social animals were forced to live much more solitary lives. And this was, aside from the direct death toll, the most underreported calamity of the COVID crisis, because it didn’t take long for us to figure out that the lockdowns led to spikes in domestic abuse, drug abuse, depression, and suicide.
15 March: Fauci Fears Accountability – Mr. Science himself is preemptively decrying a possible Republican-led COVID investigation.
Two years into a pandemic that has taken nearly a million American lives, we still don’t have a satisfying record of events — at least not from our government. Where did COVID-19 come from? Why haven’t we held China accountable for its cover-up and its lack of transparency? Was our own government funding dangerous gain-of-function research at that Wuhan lab? Why did our government respond as it did regarding lockdowns, masking, vaccinations, mandates, economic aid, and the like?
17 March: The Kids Are Not Alright – A drastic increase in anxiety and depression is itself worrisome, but we’re not without hope
Be afraid of everyone around you. In a grossly simplified nutshell, that sums up the message adults have been giving to children over the last two years of COVID-19. Social distancing, quarantines, masking, and vaccination — not to mention harshly judging people who come to different conclusions — are all things forced upon kids who just want to see faces and play with their friends. No wonder there’s a drastic uptick in anxiety disorders in American children.
The bigger picture is that this increase began years before anyone heard the word “coronavirus,” and thus the blame doesn’t all lie with the pandemic. But one doctor called it a “crisis on top of a crisis.”
Using data from the National Survey of Children’s Health, a U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) study published in the medical journal JAMA Pediatrics found that kids’ mental health has declined markedly in the last few years:
20 March: Kyrie Irving and the COVID Idiocy of New York City – Keeping an NBA player off his home court over a vaccine mandate is rightly drawing a lot of ire.
Over the past two years, we’ve been living in a bad Hollywood movie. Family businesses were told it was too dangerous to keep their doors open to customers, while hundreds of coughing and sneezing shoppers huddled in lines at Walmart and Home Depot. Churches were shuttered as well, and in some states where they were allowed to stay open, the congregation was forbidden by law to sing. School kids had to sit in front of a computer seven hours a day, shut away from their friends and teachers. Meanwhile, liquor stores were free to peddle their goods without any threat to public health.
But those were strange times, and the media’s fear-mongering pushed the public to accept what a sane, clear-thinking public would never put up with. Surely, we’re in a better place now. The insanity is over, and the strange contradictions of a pandemic are in the past. Right? Not so fast.
21 March: The CDC’s Major Revision to COVID Death Data – The agency is still not answering questions about the role comorbidities played in pandemic deaths.
The coronavirus pandemic has claimed nearly one million American lives. How many of those deaths were people who died with COVID rather than because of COVID? That’s not just a hair-splitting political gotcha question; the incomplete and flawed answer has had far-reaching implications for public policy over the last two years.
Mark Alexander noted back in January that Anthony Fauci raised the issue of those dying with COVID, not necessarily because of it.
Fox News host Bret Baier noticed, and asked CDC Director Rachel Walensky about it, who replied: “Those data will be forthcoming.” But then she also went on to essentially confirm the underlying reason for the question: “The overwhelming number of deaths, over 75%, occurred in people who had at least four comorbidities. So really these are people who were unwell to begin with.”
Walensky has yet to be “forthcoming” with data specifically related to those dying with COVID, not necessarily because of it.
But the CDC data did quietly make a major change to its COVID data tracker, explaining on the site: “Data on deaths were adjusted after resolving a coding logic error. This resulted in decreased death counts across all demographic categories.” Reuters further explains that the CDC’s “algorithm was accidentally counting deaths that were not COVID-19-related.”
Read that again.
Across just 26 states, the new CDC tally decreased by 72,277, including a reduction in pediatric deaths by 416, or 24%. On children, by the way, Reuters tells us they “accounted for about 19% of all COVID-19 cases, but less than 0.26% of cases resulted in death.”
25 March: Science Journalists Mum on COVID’s Origin – Why the science media is avoiding the truth about where the coronavirus originated.
Where did it come from? With the global COVID pandemic now slowly fading in the public’s rearview mirror, the aforementioned question has not been answered, actually avoided, and it appears that science journalists are not the least bit interested in answering it either. But that raises a second question: Why the apparent lack of interest?
29 March: The Lockdowns Killed Us … Literally – The research into the health effects of these past two years paints a damning picture of Big Government overreaction and ineptitude.
Two weeks ago, we reflected on the two-year anniversary of “15 Days to Slow the Spread” — that ignominious moment when our nation lost its collective mind and locked down everything from office buildings to restaurants to stadiums to schools while forcing nearly everyone to work from home.
Since that time, it’s become even more apparent that the results were catastrophic — either because we failed to consider them carefully or because those in power simply didn’t care to. “The unintended social and economic consequences were clear,” the Texas Public Policy Foundation writes. “Rising unemployment, learning loss among students, spiking rates of domestic violence, and a pandemic-level rise in drug abuse and overdoses. All of that social and economic devastation yielded a minimal impact on health-related suffering due to COVID-19.”
So not only did the lockdowns turbocharge an array of other maladies, they didn’t even improve our COVID-related health. This second point was made abundantly clear in January, when Johns Hopkins University published a meta-analysis on the effects of lockdowns on COVID-19 mortality. “Lockdowns in Europe and the United States,” the researchers write, “only reduced COVID-19 mortality by 0.2% on average. … While this meta-analysis concludes that lockdowns have had little to no public health effects, they have imposed enormous economic and social costs where they have been adopted. In consequence, lockdown policies are ill-founded and should be rejected as a pandemic policy instrument.”
30 March: Airline CEOs Are Sick of Biden’s Mask Mandate – The big question: Why is air travel still having to tangle with facial decorations?
“Just a few days ago, the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention issued new mask guidelines. Under these new guidelines, most Americans in most of the country can now go mask free. And based on projections, more of the country will reach across that point across the next couple of weeks. Thanks to the progress we have made in the past year, Covid-19 no longer need control our lives. I know some are talking about living with COVID-19. But tonight I say that we will never just accept living with COVID-19. We’ll continue to combat the virus as we do other diseases. And because this virus mutates and spreads, we have to stay on guard.” —Joe Biden, State of the Union Address
These were the words that the president spoke regarding where the country was on COVID, vaccines, and unmasking. Masks, according to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), are not as necessary, and yet they are still required accessories for air travel.
Alas, the Transportation Security Administration (TSA) announced that instead of letting the masking mandate expire (like it was supposed to do on March 18), it was going to extend it by another month (April 18). The rationale for this extension is based on dubious science (disproven science, actually) and was challenged in the Senate.
31 March: The CDC and Teachers Unions Colluded – Emails have proven the unholy alliance, and our children have suffered as a result.
The American Federation of Teachers (AFT), headed by the infamous Randi Weingarten, has long been suspected of wielding undue influence over the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) and COVID policy. It is well documented that the AFT gives handsomely to Democrat political campaigns. Weingarten herself even said in the lead-up to the 2020 elections that it “will be a vitally important cycle, and that’s why the AFT moved earlier than usual, mindful of the challenges posed by the pandemic, to ensure our long-term allies could establish a footprint.” They certainly have left their footprints — right on the necks of our school children. And under the presidency of Democrat Joe Biden, the AFT has been pulling the puppet strings.
08 April: A Vaccine Mandate Win for Biden and Loss for America – The Fifth Circuit Court reinstated the president’s mandate covering 2.1 million federal workers.
Democrats started to pivot from COVID just before Joe Biden’s State of the Union. Governor after governor lifted various mandates, restrictions, and closures. Even House Speaker Nancy Pelosi removed restrictions for Congress. With the exception of airlines and a few other venues, we’re mostly free of mask mandates. And yet government control is tough to give up, which is why the Biden administration has continued fighting for his power-grabbing vaccine mandates.
11 April: The Final Pivot on COVID-19 – Fauci makes a radical discovery — individual health choices are up to individuals. Now he tells us. More than two years into the accursed coronavirus pandemic, Dr. Anthony Fauci, the nation’s highest-paid bureaucrat and the face of overbearing government reaction, came out of hiding to say our health is now up to us.
“[COVID] is not going to be eradicated, and it’s not going to be eliminated,” Fauci said over the weekend. “And what’s going to happen is that we’re going to see that each individual is going to have to make their calculation of the amount of risk that they want to take.” He added, “We’re at that point where in many respects … we’re going to have to live with some degree of virus in the community.”
Let’s be crystal clear: This is where the entire nation should have been two years ago.
14 April: The CDC’s Teen Depression Epidemic – Study finds that high-school-age kids’ mental health suffered due to the social isolation inflicted upon them by an overreaction to the COVID pandemic.
The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention recently released a study on children’s mental health, specifically that of teenagers during the months of January 2021 to June 2021. The findings of that survey are another confirmation of just how damaging the CDC’s own COVID guidelines for schools were upon teenagers’ mental health.
18 April: China’s ‘Zero COVID’ Pipe Dream – Locked-down Shanghai exposes the tyranny and folly in Beijing’s COVID response.
Is the Chinese leadership engaged in a similar repeat of the mistake of Romania’s nefarious former communist dictator, Nicolae Ceausescu? While the specifics of the situation are very much different, there appears to be a discernible pattern between the two nations’ communist regimes when it comes to addressing big issues.
20 April: Masks on a Plane – A federal judge struck down the Biden administration’s masking mandate for air travelers.
Democrats began a hard pivot on COVID back in January to create a positive run-up to Joe Biden’s State of the Union. They weren’t willing to completely give up all of their power, but they aimed for some loosening so they could tell voters about the victory they’d won over the pandemic. In some instances, they’re looking for passive wins — such is the case with the mask requirement on airplanes. Democrats would rather lose a court case, decline to appeal, and save a “we told you so” for later if cases spike.
22 April: A Permanent Labor Shortage? – More than two years after the pandemic began, we’re still 1.2 million workers short of where we were.
The Biden administration and its lapdogs in the media continue to push fantasies about our “transitory” economic troubles, but those of us who live in the real world know better. Inflation is at its highest level in 40 years, and companies are still struggling to fill positions. A new study sheds light on those struggles, revealing that millions of able-bodied workers have no intention of returning to the workforce anytime soon, if ever.
25 April: Fauci Masks the Rule of Law – In declaring that pubic health officials are above the law, Fauci is undermining constitutional government.
“I do not recommend that you wear a mask,” said Dr. Anthony Fauci in an email on February 5, 2020. “There’s no reason to be walking around with a mask,” Fauci declared on March 8, 2020. That same Anthony Fauci led the flip-flop on masks once the politicos in DC needed to be seen “doing something” about the coronavirus pandemic. Now that he’s tasted power, he’s loathe to let it go.
02 May: COVID Relief Funds CRT in Schools – Blue states misappropriate millions of taxpayer dollars for this ideological poison.
There has been seemingly endless news of shady dealings when it comes to the use of COVID relief funds. In schools, COVID money was supposedly being used to stockpile masks, install better air filtrations systems, and to buy air purifiers and cleaning supplies. Even at the beginning of this year, Randi Weingarten, president of the second-biggest teachers union, was still insisting that schools couldn’t resume in person because they didn’t have enough resources to start back safely.
It’s astonishing to think that these schools were still begging for funds. The inflation bomb known as the American Rescue Plan — a measure implemented under President Joe Biden and passed with no Republican support — provided over $122 billion for schools to be able to reopen in the fall.
03 May: Biden Boots American Warriors, Gives Illegals a Free Pass – In perhaps its most rotten double standard yet, the administration is mandating the vaccine on our military personnel but not on illegal immigrants.
Time was, just a few weeks ago, when the Biden administration took COVID-19 seriously — so seriously, in fact, that it began discharging from the U.S. military all those young men and women who, for whatever reason, decided against getting vaccinated.
09 May: Remote Learning Was Worse for Kids Than We Thought – A new study explores digital learning and its predictable devastating outcomes for academics.
A Harvard study was recently published demonstrating the academic losses that students underwent as a result of the remote learning phenomenon. Sadly, this writer has been vindicated. As a former teacher, what I observed in the classroom after children were permitted to come back to in-person learning has been studied. The results are even more pernicious than what I saw considering that the school in which I worked facilitated in-person learning a full year before the teacher unions loosened their grip and the CDC “deemed” it safe.
“In districts that went remote, achievement growth was lower for all subgroups, but especially for students attending high-poverty schools,” the study found. “In areas that remained in person, there were still modest losses in achievement, but there was no widening of gaps between high and low-poverty schools in math (and less widening in reading).” Translation: Remote learning hurt all students regardless of race, poverty level, or previous academic ability.
12 May: The Coming COVID Midterm Fraud – One million deaths, billions of dollars have been misspent, and Democrats are warning of another virus wave.
As summer nears, tens of millions of Americans are getting beyond COVID and getting back to their normal routines. They’re heading to the beach or to a campsite, or maybe to a nearby national park. Or maybe they’re just heading downtown to a favorite restaurant, or gathering with friends for a cookout. Regardless, they’re no longer worrying about masking up or showing proof of vaccination — at least for now.
15 May: Did Fauci and Collins Collect Big Pharma Royalties? – Records show that NIH researchers received over $350 million in royalty payments from 2010 to 2020.
A newly acquired Freedom of Information Act request report reveals that from 2010 to 2020, individuals at the National Institutes of Health received an awful lot of money in royalty payments from third-party payers, likely pharmaceutical companies. How much money? The FIOA report, obtained by the nonprofit government watchdog group Open the Books, found that “between fiscal years 2010 and 2020, more than $350 million in royalties were paid by third-parties to the agency and NIH scientists — who are credited as co-inventors.” The report further observes, “Because those payments enrich the agency and its scientists, each and every royalty payment could be a potential conflict of interest and needs disclosure.”
16 May: Lyin’ Joe Lies Again about Trump’s Vaccine – Biden keep falsely claiming credit for Donald Trump’s success developing the Covid vaccine.
These days, the lies that come from the corrupt regime at 1600 Pennsylvania Avenue are nothing new. But certain falsehoods, due to their audacity and outright preposterousness, simply have to be called out — like the one the White House published at 5:45 p.m. Thursday, just before quitting time and no doubt long after Joe Biden had called it a day. It read: “When President Biden took office, millions were unemployed and there was no vaccine available.”
Huh? This claim is at odds with reality. Indeed, it’s even at odds with Biden himself. Here’s what his staff posted for him on social media on December 21, 2020, a full month before taking office: “Today, I received the COVID-19 vaccine. To the scientists and researchers who worked tirelessly to make this possible — thank you. We owe you an awful lot.”
25 May: Who Can Trust the WHO? – Joe Biden, for one, but the organization’s terrible pandemic record doesn’t inspire confidence.
The World Health Organization (WHO) “demonstrated an abysmal lack of competence throughout the COVID-19 pandemic,” wrote Republican Senators Steve Daines (MT) and Tom Cotton (AR) in a letter to the Biden administration, and that “has destroyed the organization’s credibility and undermined the public’s confidence in it.” Therefore, the two men conclude, the Biden administration must “withdraw the United States from this corrupt and inept international organization.”
Not only is Joe Biden not going to do that, but the impetus of the letter is that he’s seemingly planning to submit even more American sovereignty to the Chinese puppets at the WHO. Its 75th World Health Assembly began this past weekend.
01 June: The Perfect Storm of Unemployment – There are still fewer workers than before COVID, meaning summer attractions are having staffing problems.
Imagine you’re off to a week at your favorite vacation hotspot — you know, the one you’ve learned enough about to know which places are tourist traps and which are the hidden nuggets. It’s Monday evening and you pull up to your favorite local eatery, only to find it’s closed with the sign on the door apologizing for having a lack of staff to open. That’s become a common occurrence already this summer. And although tourist areas seem to be hit harder by this issue, it’s not just limited to the beach.
These staffing issues will eventually eat into the bottom line for thousands of businesses that miss out on customers because they’re cutting hours or taking unplanned days off during their busiest time of the year. A recent Wall Street Journal article gives several examples; living in a tourist area, this writer can provide many more. It’s pointed out in the Journal that, as of April, 4.5 million more people are out of the labor force than in the pre-COVID era of February 2020, and there are a variety of reasons.
15 June: Fauci Gets COVID – Double Vaxxed and Double Boosted but now infected
Fauci, 81, who has received two doses of the Moderna vaccine and two booster shots, diagnosed himself after taking a rapid antigen test. He had not previously tested positive for the virus. Neither Fauci nor the White House immediately responded to requests for more information.
20 June: Vaccines for Kids Under Five? – Young children are at very low risk from COVID, and vaccines are neither a silver bullet nor entirely safe.
Last week, an independent advisory panel assembled by the FDA unanimously recommended Pfizer and Moderna COVID vaccines for children ages six months to five years old. The Centers for Disease Control then separately met to rubber-stamp the decision.
Joe Biden announced that vaccination of babies, toddlers, and preschoolers can begin as early as Tuesday, with millions of vaccines already ordered in anticipation of approval – despite the fact that this age group is at minuscule risk for serious risk.
23 June: Time to Reinstate Unvaxxed Military Members – Congressional Republicans are making an effort to reinstate service personnel discharged over vaccines.
“Our military is not stronger today as a consequence of these vaccine mandate separations,” contended Rep. Matt Gaetz (R-FL). “It’s weaker.” Gaetz represents a district with a high concentration of active duty military personnel. His plan is to introduce an amendment to the National Defense Authorization Act to reinstate military members who were dismissed for refusing the COVID vaccine. There are other Republicans, including distinguished veteran Mark Green (R-TN), who have bills on the table, and Green notes that if Republicans retake the House this Fall, that reinstatement will be a high priority.
11 July: Recruiting Suffers Badly in Joe Biden’s Army – It’s no wonder why the recruiting shortfall in our nation’s woke fighting forces has reached crisis conditions.
What a shocker. No one wants to defend our nation anymore. In what can only be described as a predictable train wreck, Joe Biden’s U.S. Army is failing miserably on the recruiting front. How miserably? So far this year, the Army has hit a pathetic 40% of its recruiting goals, with the numbers now so bad that the Department of Defense has been forced to reduce its planned total force size.
12 July: Willful Destruction: Biden’s Military Policies – From wokeness to vaccination mandates, it seems the beatings will continue until morale improves.
Americans are quickly losing faith in the military as a nonpartisan institution. More specifically, they have lost faith in the Biden administration’s senior political and military leadership. Whether it’s the disastrous withdrawal in Afghanistan, weak leadership in the face of Russian aggression in Ukraine, or the Chinese aggression in the Pacific, an illegal mandate of experimental COVID-19 pandemic vaccines on U.S. troops, prioritizing transgenderism outreach over training commitments, lowering fitness standards, or perpetuating an “extremism” hoax among the ranks, the Biden administration’s military policy has destroyed public faith and uniformed morale. Unfortunately, Team Biden’s Pentagon policy is no different from any other aspect of this administration — a complete catastrophe.
13 July: The Left Keeps Denying the COVID Science – Anthony Fauci has a long-overdue confession to make about the efficacy of those highly touted vaccines.
This just in: The always-reliable Dr. Anthony Fauci, who is inexplicably still the White House’s chief medical adviser, has conceded that those COVID-19 vaccines — the ones that he and Joe Biden have been using like a cudgel against the American people — aren’t all they’re cracked up to be.
Here’s how Fauci put it: “One of the things that’s clear from the data [is] that even though vaccines — because of the high degree of transmissibility of this virus — don’t protect overly well, as it were, against infection, they protect quite well against severe disease leading to hospitalization and death.” As it were. Against infection. Now he tells us.
14 July: The Emotional Wreckage of the Pandemic on Our Kids – Hundreds of school counselors talk about the horrible uptick in anxiety among children.
A local city school board candidate showed up at my house a few weeks ago. I had seen posters for this candidate and had gleaned a sense of where she stood politically. She politely knocked on my door. I noticed her T-shirt was in rainbow colors for “Pride Month.” Not a promising start. We talked about why she was running and about the practice of knocking on doors to talk to constituents. (She was surprised I was willing to talk to her). She then asked if I had any specific questions for her. I explained that I was a former teacher and mother who was deeply concerned about the academic and developmental setbacks our children endured as a result of the pandemic response. How would she as a school board member help teachers bridge the gap? (More on her response later…)
This is a question posed by many parents across the country. Two years out from the initial lockdowns, it has become more and more evident just how crushing to children were both the intense fear surrounding the pandemic and the loss of community. The ramifications go so much deeper than academics. The emotional wreckage of living through that time of intense uncertainty has set children back on a social and emotional level.
19 July: Beware the Phony COVID Midterm Scare – The Democrats and their Leftmedia partners still want you to be afraid — very afraid — of COVID.
A brand-new COVID pandemic is knocking on the door, and the Democrats want you to be afraid — very afraid. After all, a citizenry that’s afraid is a citizenry that’s easier to control. And a citizenry that’s easier to control is a citizenry far more likely to vote for the Democrats.
“The left-leaning media is sounding the alarm on the new COVID-19 variant labeled BA.5,” reports Fox News, “asserting that it’s a ‘big deal’ and calling for people to mask up and get boosted.”
22 July: So What — Biden Got COVID – It’s time to admit this isn’t the same virus that started the pandemic, and we have little control over it.
It’s been a(nother) rough week for Joe Biden.
It started with getting raked over the coals by the Leftmedia for fist-bumping the Saudis. Then Democrat mayors started complaining about the influx of illegal aliens into their cities from Biden’s open border. We moved on to be reminded that one year ago, he was boasting about a “roaring” economy and belittling “temporary” inflation. Then while announcing what the Leftmedia dismissed as an insufficient climate power grab, Biden made another gaffe, telling us, “I have cancer.” (Don’t worry, Joe; we all know it’s just the dementia.) Don’t forget the first U.S. case of polio in nearly a decade. Finally, yesterday, Biden tested positive for COVID.
25 July: Birx’s Book of Incriminating COVID Admissions – It’s a manual for how to leverage a crisis to subvert a government and bring down a president.
When it comes to COVID, the federal government got a lot wrong — this includes the disastrous appointment of Dr. Deborah Birx as White House Coronavirus Response Coordinator. Birx served from the outset of the pandemic in March 2020 to the end of President Donald Trump’s term. If the appointment of Anthony Fauci turned out to be Trump’s worst decision, the Birx appointment wasn’t far behind.
Birx recently took the obligatory next step for a retiring public servant by publishing her own Washington tell-all of the pandemic and what it was like working for the Bad Orange Man. Silent Invasion: The Untold Story of the Trump Administration, Covid-19, and Preventing the Next Pandemic Before It’s Too Late hit bookstores in late April.
03 August: Biden Continues Purge of the Best Federal LEOs – A first-person account of how one Marine combat veteran is being forced out of his federal law enforcement job.
The Patriot Post has objectively argued the merits and concerns about the ChiCom Virus pandemic vaccines and has roundly condemned vaccine mandates, which have taken a heavy toll on military ranks and recruiting – the Army now 60% short of its recruiting goal. Who wants to sign up for woke indoctrination under the inept leadership of Joe Biden as commander in chief? The good news is that there are some legal cases making their way through the courts, which may overuse Biden’s mandates – most recently a federal judge prohibiting the expulsion of Air Force personnel while their cases are progressing in the courts. Of equal concern, the ranks of civilian government employees, particularly law enforcement at all levels of government, have also taken a hit, as Biden’s mandates are forcing out some of the best and brightest and deterring others from coming on board. What follows is a first-person account of how one Marine combat veteran is being forced out of his federal law enforcement job. This account serves as a case study for thousands of other “best of the best” being purged.
05 August: Yes, NIH Funded Gain-of-Function – Three experts testify the NIH was indeed engaged in funding gain-of-function research, calling Fauci’s claim “untruthful.”
The nature of a lie is that it never ends with just one. It has a tendency to snowball, getting bigger and bigger. But also like that snowball, it quickly starts to fall apart as it grows. This phenomenon appears to be what we are witnessing regarding Dr. Anthony Fauci’s claims about COVID-19’s origin and the potential role the National Institutes of Health played in it through gain-of-function research.
10 August: Scientists, Doctors Sue Biden Admin Over COVID Censorship – Biden and company coordinated with Big Tech to silence dissenting voices.
America is supposed to be the land of free speech; a place where the government is prevented from silencing views with which certain politicians or bureaucrats may disagree. Well, anyone who has been paying attention to the COVID pandemic witnessed an unprecedented campaign by Big Tech to wage a censorship war against voices that dared to question Dr. Anthony Fauci and the Biden administration’s coronavirus narrative.
12 August: The CDC Discovers Natural Immunity – And just like that, new guidelines treat vaccinated and unvaccinated alike.
Kids are already back to school in some areas of the country, and the rest are right around the corner. So it’s interesting that the CDC just released new guidelines for COVID that greatly affect schools. The teachers unions previously “helped” write those guidelines. We can only wonder what role they played in some drastic changes this time. The guidelines are more than interesting, however — in a way, they’re infuriating. More on that in a minute.
14 August: Democrat Megadonor Explains Why He’s Fed Up – Steve Kirsch bucks the leftist narrative and says hundreds of thousands of Americans have been killed by COVID vaccines.
16 August: CDC ‘Reorganization’ Is Just Another Power Grab – We don’t trust Director Rochelle Walensky’s plan to correct pandemic mistakes.
If a government agency issued faulty and politically charged guidance that led to two and a half years of economic upheaval and devastation, should that agency get away with “fixing things” by adding a bit of spit and polish to go along with an expansion? [Insert colorful adjective] no!
Yet that is exactly what Rochelle Walensky says she’s going to lead at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC). After ordering an internal review of the CDC, where she’s been director since January 2021, Walensky says she’ll undertake the effort to revamp some things because it’s her “responsibility to lead this agency to a better place after a really challenging three years.”
Addressing CDC bureaucrats, she said, “To be frank, we are responsible for some pretty dramatic, pretty public mistakes, from testing to data to communications.” That’s putting it mildly. “This is our watershed moment,” she added. “We must pivot.”
According to Walensky: “For 75 years, CDC and public health have been preparing for COVID-19, and in our big moment, our performance did not reliably meet expectations. My goal is a new, public health action-oriented culture at CDC that emphasizes accountability, collaboration, communication, and timeliness.”
With 11,000 employees and an annual budget of $12 billion, this ought to be a welcome review and change. But it’s a government bureaucracy, which at best means changes will be about 10% substance and 90% fragrance. The ugly reality is that the 10% substance will be bad.
19 August: Prosecutors Battle Massive Pandemic Fraud – Federal prosecutors are having to wade through a deluge of fraud cases to get taxpayer money back.
During the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government sent money to the American people using different pieces of legislation including the American Rescue Plan. This infusion of money into an economy that was put into an unnecessary coma was meant to avoid a long and painful recession. However, many people took advantage of the disorganized and unguarded free money from the government. Now the Department of Justice, the Department of Labor, and others have their hands full tracking down all the people who defrauded taxpayers. Some criminals took millions of dollars.
The scale of the fraudulent activity is massive. Federal prosecutors, the FBI, the Secret Service, the IRS, and even the Postal Service are sorting through the different fraud cases. The Justice Department has estimated that at least $6 billion of the relief money was defrauded, though The Washington Post reported that unemployment schemes may have allowed for up to $163 billion to be stolen.
19 August: Fauci’s Outrageously Lucrative Retirement – The bureaucrat who thinks he is the science is set to really cash in on his powerful career in the swamp.
It’s a shame that every American doesn’t have the same retirement package as the man arguably most responsible for wrecking their retirement savings. Anthony Fauci, director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases (NIAID) since 1984, announced he will retire in December. And the current highest-paid federal official will do so while earning an annual pension of at least $350,000.
Retiring doesn’t mean retiring, however. “While I am moving on from my current positions, I am not retiring,” insisted the 81-year-old Fauci. “After more than 50 years of government service, I plan to pursue the next phase of my career while I still have so much energy and passion for my field.” That no doubt means the nation’s foremost celebrity doctor will cash in on the speaking circuit and a lucrative book deal or two.
Life’s hard for Science Himself.
“Whether you’ve met him personally or not,” gushed Joe Biden, “he has touched all Americans’ lives with his work.”
That’s one way to put it. Fauci, Deborah Birx, and other elite scientists gave power-hungry politicians all the excuse they needed to shut down the economy over the coronavirus in March 2020. Millions of people lost their jobs and/or their retirement savings, schoolchildren were robbed of critical years of education, and the economy is still in upheaval with worker shortages, supply chain disruption, and rampant inflation. Trillions upon trillions of dollars has been added to the national debt to pay for this government-caused economic wreckage. Americans of all ages struggle with mental health repercussions from the lockdowns, and free speech has perhaps never been more endangered thanks to the jackbooted thugs who “fact-check” everything that contradicts Fauci’s latest pronouncement.
So, yeah, you could say that Fauci “touched all Americans’ lives.” Better, you could echo Senator Ted Cruz, who said, “Never in our nation’s history has one arrogant bureaucrat destroyed more people’s lives.”
As our Mark Alexander put it, “From the time Donald Trump brought Anthony Fauci to a White House podium, 26 February 2020, his pandemic prescription did more damage to the country than the ChiCom virus could ever do. Obviously, he is getting out of town before Republicans can retake the House.”
That won’t stop congressional Republicans from aiming to hold him to account.
29 August: DC Undoes Vax Mandate Targeting Black Students – The scientifically illiterate mayor banned unvaccinated kids … and then walked it back.
Washington, DC, was going to force a COVID vaccine mandate policy on middle and high school students that would have disproportionately discriminated against black children. However, after national media shined a spotlight on the problematic nature of that mandate, the city announced the policy would be delayed until January 3, 2023.
30 August: Trump Rushed the Vaccines! – Democrats are desperate to make the former president the villain for every conceivable problem.
Democrats were against the COVID vaccines before they were for them and then mandated them. Now, they may be laying the groundwork for a huge reversal to oppose those vaccines again, or at least to back off their power-grabbing, job-destroying mandates.
01 September: Here Comes Lazy America – COVID pandemic aid has served to encourage a growing culture of laziness within the country.
One of the many areas of fallout from the federal government’s over-response to the COVID pandemic has been a growing culture of laziness. Not only did the government shut down millions of Americans’ ability to work, but lawmakers across both sides of the political divide initially justified the action and supported spending trillions of dollars in COVID relief for people they forced not to work.
02 September: Is Rent Forgiveness Next? – As Joe Biden demonstrated with his bailout of student loan borrowers, the Democrats are on a vote-buying binge ahead of the November midterms.
Leave it to government to make a bad problem even worse. It’s no secret that the COVID-19 lockdowns of 2020 and 2021 disrupted our entire economy. From supply chain issues to soaring inflation, it’s no wonder so many Americans were priced out of buying a home and were instead forced to rent. But the inevitable domino effect also led to higher rent payments, which those same Americans often found themselves unable to pay each month.
06 September: Dems and Their Teachers Union Pals Wrecked Our Kids – The test results are in, and there’s no getting around the grievous damage caused by their needless lockdowns.
The Democrats and their mainstream media flunkies have been hard at work rewriting history of late. We can’t let ‘em get away with it. Earlier this week, they tried to erase Ronald Reagan’s preeminent role in ending the Cold War. Just last night, they blithely covered Joe Biden’s disgraceful attack on 75 million “MAGA Republicans” while conveniently forgetting the repeated calls for “unity” that peppered his inauguration speech.
08 September: It STILL Came From a Lab in China – How can it be that we’re still not able to conclusively determine the origins of COVID-19?
COVID-19 just sort of went away, didn’t it? That global pandemic responsible for killing at least 6.5 million people — and, according to other estimates, as many as 26.2 million people — isn’t being talked about much anymore. Why is that? Could it be that the world’s most powerful forces want it that way?
09 September: The Lost Boys of COVID – Covid-mandated school closures caused a devastating domino effect.
Democrats and their teachers union pals wrecked our kids — that much we know, especially after the recent report card on schools after two-plus years of COVID upheaval. Political analyst Bethany Mandel agrees, and she further explores the damage done to our kids.
19 September: 'The Pandemic Is Over’ and Other Biden Misadventures – The president bungled his “60 Minutes” interview and had White House staffers scrambling.
Joe Biden would like to tell you a story of victory. His victories, he and his media lackeys have spent the last month or so telling us, include a roaring economy, lower gas prices, passing infrastructure spending and gun control and the Inflation Reduction Act, offering student loan “forgiveness,” taking out our terrorist enemies, and more heroic efforts. To that list of fables we can add his Sunday boast about the coronavirus: “The pandemic is over.”
“We still have a problem with COVID,” the president said during a “60 Minutes” interview that aired Sunday. “We’re still doing a lot of work on it. But the pandemic is over. If you notice, no one’s wearing masks. Everybody seems to be in pretty good shape, and so I think it’s changing.” Oh, people are still wearing masks out there, Joe. Some people are in the at-risk categories for whom that’s understandable. Others are, well, Biden voters.
For those of you who quit upending your life over COVID two years ago, Biden’s comment may seem oddly late to the game. To Democrats and the Leftmedia, however, his pre-midterm election proclamation about beating the pandemic is not something they’re quite ready to admit. That’ll change over the next six weeks as the Left revamps COVID messaging so as to win the election.
(Check back for Timeline Updates. You can keep up with our latest COVID-19 posts here.)
Leading the government’s CV19 response and recovery strategy, Vice President Mike Pence and Health and Human Services (HHS) Secretary Alex Azar are heading the White House Coronavirus Task Force. Pence stated, “I promise you: We will continue to bring the full resources of the federal government to bear to protect the American people. … We’re all in this together. This is not the time for partisanship. This President will always put the health and safety of America first.”
Taking additional measures, Azar has empaneled a task force to ramp up response to the spread of this contagion. Azar declared, “Americans should note this is a potentially very serious public health threat.”
The U.S. leads the world in our ability to respond and mitigate the CV19 threat.
The CDC is, according to the latest Global Health Security Index, far ahead of all other national health organizations, especially regarding potential pandemic threats. The CDC is always watching viral pathogens for early warning signs of epidemic potential in the U.S.
For the record, the GHS Index lists these rankings for the U.S.: Overall: #1, Prevention: #1, Detection and Reporting: #1, Rapid Response: #2, Health System: #1, and Compliance with International Norms: #1.
By comparison here is how China ranks: Overall: #51, Prevention: #50, Detection and Reporting: #64, Rapid Response: #47, Health System: #30, and Compliance with International Norms: #141.
The CDC began tracking CV19 cases as soon as the disease was on its radar (much earlier than the now-ubiquitous media reports), and began testing thousands of citizens suspected of infection as soon as test kits were available. Early on, the CDC increased the isolation period for those who are suspected of being infected to 14 days, and the Trump administration restricted foreign nationals from China and other outbreak nations from entering the U.S. The U.S. also established CV19 quarantine sectors near major urban centers and in rural areas in many states.
It is no small irony that last November, as the first CV19 cases were emerging in China, the CDC was advertising for Public Health Advisors – Quarantine Program in Dallas, El Paso, and Houston, TX; Seattle, WA; Anchorage, AK; Los Angeles, San Diego, and San Francisco, CA; Miami, FL; Atlanta, GA; Honolulu, HI; Chicago, IL; Boston, MA; Detroit, MI; Minneapolis, MN; Newark, NJ; New York, NY; Philadelphia, PA; and San Juan, PR.
While domestic concern about the viral threat leading to COVID-19 disease is certainly warranted, some perspective on other influenza infections this season is in order.
The CDC estimates that between 1 October 2019, through 7 March 2020, the influenza A strain has infected more than 50 million people, with almost 670,000 requiring hospitalization, and between 22,000 to 55,000 deaths in the U.S. The influenza B/Victoria viral strain alone, had caused more than 8,000 U.S. deaths by the end of January.
In fact, the flu kills, on average, 25,000-50,000 Americans annually. (Did you get your flu shot this season?) Thus, this has been a “good year” on average (thus far) — but infectious-disease deaths associated with CV19 could far exceed the 2017-18 flu season, when the CDC estimated the U.S. flu death toll was 80,000.
The Coronavirus Task Force development of a mitigation strategy to limit U.S. deaths from CV19 is critical, as is the development of an exit strategy on the other side of mitigation.
Balancing the CV19 mitigation efforts with the economic and social consequences will be extremely challenging, and formulating and implementing this strategy, and eventually an exit strategy, will be the most difficult and complex policy decision by any President in decades.
The WHO estimates that the global fatality rate for the coronavirus is about 3.4%, but that figure should not be confused with the mortality rate, the latter being the percentage of deaths in the total at-risk population – much lower. It will likely be late March before we have nationwide data that will provide a more accurate understanding of COVID-19 mortality in the U.S. HHS Assistant Secretary for Health Brett Giroir estimates the mortality rate will be between 0.1% and 1%.
Regarding the mainstream media’s dramatic daily updates on coronavirus infections and deaths in February and early March, the MSM failed to distinguish between the “fatality rate” and the “mortality rate,” which are very different. Likewise, they failed to connect increased testing with increased diagnosis. In other words, the dramatic increase in cases is not just a reflection of virology, how contagious the virus is, but is also related to increased testing — the more testing, the more cases discovered.
The MSM’s grossly irresponsible “death toll” fatality percentage reports are based on the number of deaths (numerator) divided by the number of confirmed cases (denominator), which is accurate, but very dramatic. However, the fatality rate is not the mortality rate. The CDC calculates mortality rates based on the number of deaths divided by the total at-risk population. Most viral outbreaks in the U.S. have a mortality rate in the 0.1%-0.3% range, much lower than the fatality rates based solely on positive test samples – which do not take into account all those who have had the virus but were not tested because they were asymptomatic or had mild symptoms.
On media negligence, health commentator Dr. Drew Pinsky, summed it up: “I don’t claim to know what’s motivating the media, but their reporting is absolutely reprehensible. They should be ashamed of themselves. They are creating a panic that is far worse than the viral outbreak. The bottom line, everybody, is to listen to Dr. Anthony Fauci. … Stop listening to journalists! They don’t know what they are talking about!”
That is understated.
As the number of completed tests increase in March, the fatality and mortality rates will initially both decline. But as the death rate increases faster than testing rate, the fatality percentage will increase until measures recommended by the CV19 Task Force reverse that pace.
NIAID director Dr. Fauci, the administration’s CV-19 spokesperson, notes: “The mortality for seasonal flu is 0.1%. The mortality for this is … probably closer to 1%. But that’s 10 times more lethal than the seasonal flu.”
Infectious-disease and epidemiology specialist Dr. Mike Tildesley explained the discrepancy when calculating the CV19 mortality rate was a lack of data on the number of people in the at-risk population, including those experiencing mild symptoms or those showing no symptoms at all and thus, not seeking treatment. According to Tildesley: “The estimates that we are seeing for mortality rate [are] the ‘case fatality rate,’ which is defined as the number of deaths owing to a disease divided by the total number of people diagnosed with the disease. … Should the number of people infected but not diagnosed be high, then the true mortality rate could be significantly lower than the quoted case fatality rate.” He added that it was “difficult to say definitively whether the true mortality rate is 1% or even lower than that,” due to the fact we have not yet begun to quantify the number of mild cases.
Most coronavirus infections have mild symptoms and most patients recover quickly. The COVID-19 variant is more virulent than previous coronaviruses, like the variant responsible for the 2002 Severe Acute Respiratory Syndrome (SARS 2002) and 2012 Middle East Respiratory Syndrome (MERS 2012) outbreaks. By comparison, SARS 2002 and MERS 2012 resulted in limited deaths.
CV19 disease is symptomatically similar to the flu. Likewise, the means of spreading the virus is similar to influenza and other respiratory pathogens. The virus that causes CV19 is able to survive outside the body on metal, glass, or plastic surfaces for longer than some viruses, which makes disinfecting important. This explains how infections can occur with no known direct contact with an infected person.
Regardless of mitigating efforts, I estimate CV19 infections had spread nationwide by mid-February, and will result in many more infections and deaths this season. CV19 will likely be more lethal than the 0.1-0.5% mortality rates of seasonal flu bugs in the U.S.
With increased testing, we are going to learn a lot more about who needs to be isolated, what age groups are most impacted, what age groups are requiring hospitalization, etc. That information is critical. (Of course, that will also lead to another round of political and media finger-pointing on the availability of tests.)
CDC Director Dr. Robert Redfield says that CV19 “is probably with us beyond this season, beyond this year.” In other words, ultimately the vaccine is the antidote.
The virus causing COVID-19 has mutated into two strains, and one may be much more aggressive. The “S-type” appears to be milder and less infectious, but the “L-type” is more contagious and accounts for 70% of cases. Unfortunately, though human vaccine trials began in March, if successful the vaccine will still take 8-12 months before it is widely available.
One of the physicians who has been a Patriot Post resource for years, is a former Army doc and an exceptionally gifted medical analyst. He graduated from a highly esteemed medical school at age 20 and completed seven medical specialty fellowships.
He offered the following assessment on the prospects for CV19 treatment and vaccines: “Health care providers from around the world are collaborating as never before to improve treatment results. Anti-viral, antibiotic, inhaled medication and connective tissue disease medications have all shown promise and the world’s medical community has embraced the challenge. We get daily updates from our Seattle, French and Italian colleagues from the trenches on what is working and what is not (avoid nonsteroidal anti-inflammatory drugs!). Outcomes are improving. We are utilizing this information to treat our sickest patients.”
Regarding hopes of a quick vaccine, he notes, “Vaccine is many months away and double-blinded treatment protocols are not being considered (who wants to be in the no treatment group!). A vaccine requires a stable locus on the virus (no mutation that would delete the antigen), safety and efficacy data, as well as the ability to mass produce the vaccine. This process usually takes 2-5 years and very few of these ever make it to market Approximately 87% of would-be vaccines never make it to human testing. We are attempting to greatly accelerate the process, but only so many corners can be cut if we are to have a safe and effective product. It is worth mentioning that we have had the SARS virus around for over a decade and have yet to develop a vaccine for it. A daunting task, but with many brilliant minds, the human spirit and a healthy dose of prayer; we shall overcome.”
As for the vaccine now being administered in Seattle, the original epicenter of CV19 in the U.S., he adds, “While the vaccine doses being administered there are being used under a ‘compassionate need’ basis, it will take time to know if that vaccine has any effect on prevention.”
In other words, successful treatments and vaccines are not likely to emerge soon.
Notably however, beyond treatment and vaccine development, regarding the rise and decline of CV19, Nobel laureate and Stanford biophysicist Michael Levitt, believes the virus spread will be much more manageable than current risk assessments trumpeted by the mass media.
According to Levitt, “What we need is to control the panic…we’re going to be fine. The real situation is not as nearly as terrible as they make it out to be.” His analysis indicates that CV19 in the U.S., will follow a similar pattern to that in Asia, and will peak sooner than thought. Let’s pray that assessment is correct. (Note, we do consider CV19 data from South Korea to be a credible Asian source.)
(For more on the efficacy of vaccines, visit this resource page.)
For years, national-security planners have modeled pandemic scenarios.
Last November, as the latest coronavirus mutation emerged in China, Johns Hopkins and the Gates Foundation sponsored a tabletop pandemic scenario called Event 201, in which they projected 65 million deaths.
The coincidence in the timing of the Event 201 exercise and the current pandemic has been a factor driving some of the pandemic fear. That necessitated the release of a disclaimer statement: “To be clear, the Center for Health Security and partners did not make a prediction during our tabletop exercise. For the scenario, we modeled a fictional coronavirus pandemic, but we explicitly stated that it was not a prediction. Instead, the exercise served to highlight preparedness and response challenges that would likely arise in a very severe pandemic. We are not now predicting that the nCoV-2019 outbreak will kill 65 million people. Although our tabletop exercise included a mock novel coronavirus, the inputs we used for modeling the potential impact of that fictional virus are not similar to nCoV-2019.”
But the question now, as the nation shuts down over the real deal, is this: Is the COVID-19 cure worse than the disease? Is the partial shutdown of our economy the right-sized solution?
The Coronavirus Task Force development of a mitigation strategy to limit U.S. deaths from CV19 is critical, but the development of an exit strategy on the other side of mitigation is equally critical.
Hindsight is (mostly) 20/20. We may look back in six months at hundreds of thousands of deaths. We may not.
But the fallacy of the national shutdown of many business sectors is that if the virus and its subsequent mutations don’t subside when the temperature gets warmer, and some infectious-disease specialists believe this virus may be resistant to seasonal temperatures, then do we shut the country for a month, or a year until vaccines are prepped? As I have noted, a significant percent of our people are going to be exposed to the disease regardless.
Will the vaccines keep up with the mutations? Are we going to shut the nation down with the emergence of every Chinese coronavirus mutation?
It should be noted that a major factor in the current shuttering of private and public institutions is litigation fear. If Congress wanted to do something novel, indemnify the country against lawsuits associated with infections and deaths.
And a key question in a rapid economic decline is, can the nation avoid civil unrest?
Fear can lead to panic buying of consumer products, which leads to immediate shortages. What the MSM is not reporting — because most reporters have no clue how a business or our economy function — is that manufacturers and distributors don’t warehouse stockpiles of anything other than building seasonal inventories. The best business practices, including “just in time” inventory management, necessitates that supply lines be lean, meaning the avoidance of excessive inventory accumulation. Thus, it does not take much of a surge for product demand to cause a shortage of basic products in the best of circumstances, and it does not take much fear-driven over-demand to empty shelves of products like toilet paper.
In the worst of circumstances, production and distribution can cause supply-line interruptions of essential goods and impeded restocking. It can also result in the interruption of essential services, especially medical services. If factory workers who produce goods, truckers who deliver products, or inventory managers in retail facilities who stock them are afraid to come to work, the supply line can be disrupted. If medical and other safety providers are overloaded because of material shortages or personnel availability, that can lead to service interruptions. The combination of supply line and service interruptions can result in panic and chaos, which can lead to civil unrest. Note that Civil unrest in urban centers can occur rapidly.
I know this for certain. Our nation survived The Great Depression, and we will survive The Great Distancing. But will history prove that our actions to mitigate and recover from The Great Distancing turn out to be as ineffective as our efforts to mitigate and recover from The Great Depression?
It is important to understand that social distancing and quarantines will not contain the virus. The purpose of these measures is not containment; it is to reduce the spread of the contagion to a medically manageable level.
To better understand the motives behind “self-quarantines” and “social distancing,” these measures serve primarily two objectives.
First, it is assumed that about half of Americans will contract the coronavirus variant causing CV19 illness, and a fraction of those will require significant medical attention. The “R” value infectious rate of this contagion is substantially higher than the more virulent influenza. The infection rate of this contagion is estimated to be 2.5 — each infected person passes the infection to 2.5 people versus the 1.3 infectious rate of typical seasonal influenzas. The exponential rate of infection between the former and latter R values is vastly different.
Thus, the objective of increasing individual isolation here is to “flatten the infection curve” in order to retard the exponential rate of spread — how fast we get it. In other words, it’s not to reduce the infections but to spread the demand on our ability to provide medical attention over a longer period of time.
To be clear, the isolation quarantine measures being taken by citizens at higher risk — those over age 60 and those with medical conditions that make recovery more difficult — will greatly reduce the infection rate. But again, the coronavirus variant will remain in circulation nationwide for a long time, especially if it is not slowed by warmer weather as is often the case with seasonal flu epidemics. Wide distribution of effective vaccines is still at least 8-10 months out, if not longer.
The second motive behind increasing individual isolation is equally important. Retarding the rate of infectious spread allows more time to develop and ramp up medical-treatment protocols.
And third, in the event that seasonal warming lowers the infection rates of this viral contagion as it does with most influenza outbreaks, this also buys time until warmer seasonal temperatures arrive. This may account for why there are currently more pandemic hotspots north of the equator.
The CDC guidelines (linked below) are the primary resource for these measures, but NIAID director Dr. Fauci has encouraged Americans, particularly Millennial and elderly citizens, to take these measures seriously.
According to Dr. Fauci: “I think Americans should be prepared that they are going to have to hunker down significantly more than we as a country are doing. We feel that with rather stringent mitigation and containment, without necessarily complete lockdown, we would be able to prevent ourselves from getting to where, unfortunately, Italy is now. … With regard to domestic travel bans, we always talk about it, consider everything. But I can tell you that has not been seriously considered, doing travel bans in the country. … I don’t see that right now or in the immediate future. Everybody has got to get involved in distancing themselves socially. … Everything is on the table. … I would like to see a dramatic diminution of personal interaction. … Whatever it takes to do that, that’s what I would like to see. … The virus is not a mathematical formula. There are going to be people who are young who are going to wind up getting seriously ill. So, protect yourself.”
He noted, “For most people, the coronavirus causes only mild or moderate symptoms, such as fever and cough. For some, especially older adults and people with existing health problems, it can cause more severe illness, including pneumonia. … The vast majority of people recover. People with mild illness recover in about two weeks, while those with more severe illness may take three weeks to six weeks to recover.”
Regarding the notion that the recommendations are overkill or overreacting, Fauci added, “If you think you’re in line with the outbreak, you’re already three weeks behind. So you’ve got to be almost overreacting a bit to keep up with it. … People need to understand that things will get worse before they get better. … What we’re trying to do is to make sure they don’t get to the worst-case scenario.”
Dr. Fauci is an academician/physician and bureaucratic government-agency talkinghead — which is to say his views, while informed from a medical perspective, are not tempered by other realities, like the economic implications for American workers and their families.
The key question about “hunkering down” is, for how long? Are we going to flatten the infectious-spread curve so long that we flatline the economy?
That being said, historically, there is a good case study for social distancing, though it was not called that at the time. Regarding the aforementioned 1918 Spanish Flu pandemic, the infection and death rates in two cities is demonstrative of the effectiveness of social distancing.
As soldiers were preparing to depart for WWI, the city of Philadelphia determined that it would not cancel its public events and parades, and officials delayed taking other measure to limit the viral spread. Meanwhile the city of St. Louis decided it would cancel its public events and parades. And after detecting its first cases, St. Louis city officials closed schools, public buildings, and churches, and banned gatherings of more than 20 people. They also ordered staggered work shifts and limited use of public transportation.
The outcome: St. Louis had half the per capita death rate of Philadelphia.
First for reliable medical perspective…
I have several longtime and trusted friends whom I have consulted over the years on potential epidemic issues. They are career disease specialists — former military physicians (two Navy, one Air Force, and one Army) who understand the government response context, and who have now been in private practice for decades. Collectively, they agree on the following assessment as of this writing.
The COVID-19 variant will spread nationwide and it will likely be worse than some previous seasonal influenza contagions — but hopefully the spread will be contained by mass awareness of preventive measures for contracting and passing the virus. Those at greatest risk are people over 65, particularly if you have heart disease, lung disorders, diabetes, or other physical ailments, most notably those with vulnerable or suppressed immune systems. If you are in an “at risk” category, take appropriate actions to limit the potential for exposure.
The key threat is that CV19 is contagious prior to symptoms, the incubation period appears to be longer than most influenza infections, and we don’t yet have effective antiviral therapy, though we hope it is coming soon. These are the obvious reasons why the non-medical impact will be significant, and why it may be more difficult to contain. As noted previously, CV19 is able to survive outside the body on metal, glass, or plastic surfaces for days in some environs, which makes disinfecting important.
My friends add that mortality rates with past viral epidemics have varied widely, especially with regard to age groups, so it’s difficult to compare overall mortality statistics. We don’t yet have a firm understanding of the mortality implications, although it could be substantially higher than most viral epidemics. For numerous reasons, CV19 is not as bad as the 1918 influenza epidemic, but it will likely be much worse than H1N1 in older adults.
To reiterate, this year, U.S. deaths related to CV19 disease could far exceed the 2017-18 flu season, when the CDC estimated the U.S. flu death toll was 80,000.
As also noted above, the virus causing COVID-19 has mutated into two strains, and one may be much more aggressive. But we don’t know the extent of the disease spread because testing protocols have delayed our active surveillance of the spread. By the end of March, we should have a better handle on the spread. Like all virulent seasonal viral outbreaks, it has already spread nationwide. The daily drama “spread and death” media headlines are, in part, the result of the fact that we are ramping up testing for it.
It is safe to care for a family member who is infected if proper precautions are taken to prevent cross-contamination.
Second, the infectious-disease specialists provided some context…
How will this compare with other high-profile diseases in the past decade and century? Global deaths from the Ebola epidemic originating in 2014 are estimated now at more than 13,200. But worldwide deaths from the 2009 H1N1 Swine Flu outbreak, while officially put at 18,449, are estimated by one CDC study to be as high as 284,000. The vast majority of these deaths occurred in third-world nations where containment and treatment are rudimentary. Most deaths were at both ends of the age spectrum — the young and old.
Notably, pandemic and disease in previous generations have taken far more souls, especially in times of war when people from vastly different geographical origins are brought together. More than 400,000 of the estimated 620,000 deaths in the War Between the States were due to “camp diseases.” In the 20th century, there were 5.1 million combatant deaths in the four years of World War I, but the 1918 H1N1 avian-type influenza virus, commonly referred to as the “Spanish Flu,” infected an estimated 500 million people globally, and as many as 75-100 million people died in that pandemic — almost 5% of the world’s population — in two years. About 675,000 of those deaths were in the United States. In World War II, disease in the Pacific campaign claimed far more casualties than combat.
And an alarming footnote, we are seeing the reemergence of some diseases in urban poverty centers that were thought long gone. In a 2019 report about the diseases festering in just one major urban center, Los Angeles’s 53-square-block skid row, Eric Johnson notes, “Near-forgotten diseases are popping up on the streets that harken back beyond the Great Depression.” According to Dr. Drew Pinsky: “We have not seen conditions for humans like this since medieval times. Period. And that’s a fact. … Tuberculosis is exploding. Non-tuberculosis acid-fast bacilli — exploding. And then the rat-borne illnesses, plague and typhus … and then we had typhoid fever. … Here we go, everybody. Everything you found in your history books, we got it! It’s coming.” House Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s San Fransisco district is much worse.
On a personal note, I have always exercised great respect for the wellness of others. For my entire adult life I have taken basic measures to honor others when I am sick, always avoiding direct contact and close proximity. We should all approach this outbreak as if we already have it and protect others accordingly. On an additional personal note, I have found that raising my body temperature when sensing the onset of a cold or flu — over dressing, increasing the heat level in our home, increasing activity — has always helped me to shorten the time of a cold or virus infection.
Here is essential advice for not contracting or passing any contagion: Basically, wash your hands frequently. Use hand sanitizers and avoid touching your face, particularly your nose and eyes if your hands are not sanitized. Hand sanitizers should contain at least 60% alcohol. The implementation of so-called “social distancing” means avoiding enclosed spaces in close proximity to others, especially in large groups. Social distancing does NOT mean you don’t go outside and enjoy the day. If you are symptomatic, stay away from other people and seek medical attention. If not symptomatic, avoid people who are.
Personal Hygiene Basics to Prevent Contraction and Spread (advice either directly or adapted from James Robb, M.D., Fellow of the College of American Pathologists):
Wash your hands with soap for 10-20 seconds and/or use a greater-than 60% alcohol-based hand sanitizer whenever you return home from ANY activity that involves locations where other people have been.
NO HANDSHAKING! Use a fist bump, slight bow, or elbow bump.
Avoid touching your eyes, nose, and mouth with unsanitized hands.
Community members 60+ years of age and those with other comorbidity risk factors should limit exposure to others and shelter in place.
Avoid close contact with people who are sick and stay home if you are sick to protect others. If one of your children is sick, keep the whole family home.
Avoid public transportation and large congregations of people.
Use ONLY your knuckle to touch light switches, elevator buttons, etc.
Open doors with your closed fist or hip — do not grasp the handle with your hand, unless there is no other way to open the door. That’s especially important on bathroom and post office/commercial doors.
Use disinfectant wipes at the stores when they are available, including wiping the handle and child seat in grocery carts.
Keep sanitizer available at each of your business or home entrances. Keep sanitizer in your car for use after getting gas or touching other contaminated objects when you can’t immediately wash your hands. (At fuel pumps, use a paper towel or disposable glove to grasp the nozzle.)
If possible, cough or sneeze into a disposable tissue and discard. Use your elbow only if you have no disposable tissue. The clothing on your elbow will contain infectious virus that can be passed on for up to a week or more!
Stay informed using reliable information sources.
As for the threat posed by COVID-19 and other emerging diseases that can mutate into forms that are readily transferable between humans, what should you do to stay informed about how to prepare and respond?
To stay informed and respond responsibly, visit this guide to review actions by each state.
The CDC has the most current resource pages on the COVID-19 threat and basic preventive measures. For the most current information on the viral threat in the U.S. see these CDC pages:
National CV19 Response page for general information.
What You Should Know for risk assessments and updates.
COVID-19 Symptoms and conditions requiring immediate medical assistance:
Difficulty breathing or shortness of breath
Persistent pain or pressure in the chest
New confusion or inability to arouse
Bluish lips or face
Prevention and Treatment for basic hygiene and health measures.
Hospital and Physician Clinical Guidance for treatment facilities.
Daily U.S. infection and fatality data daily updates.
Johns Hopkins has a COVID-19 Information page.
If you are interested in country-by-country realtime database on the spread and toll of COVID-19, it is being tracked at the Johns Hopkins coronavirus interface.
Foremost, be prepared for the next threat. As I wrote back in 2006 in “The REAL Pandemic Threat,” when I held a national-security position with the Department of Homeland Security, “Clearly, there are significant pandemic threats posed by viral infections that mutate into much more contagious forms and can spread regionally, nationally, and internationally, causing significant loss of life. Your primary defense against such contagions is your capacity to shelter in place. What originates in China or Africa one week can be in your suburb the next.”
The time to prepare is before a crisis. For that reason, years ago we developed a comprehensive resource page on Disaster Preparedness Planning, including a Two-Step Individual Readiness Plan and a section on how to shelter in place. These preparedness resources were inspired in part by what we wrote at the time, was a completely overblown response to the “Y2K threat.” But the one thing obsessing about Y2K did accomplish is that it raised awareness of vulnerability,
We encourage you to visit each of these pages, because national preparedness begins with individual preparedness, and individual preparedness is the firewall against a “fear pandemic.” You may not be able to do much preparation now, but you can certainly be prepared for the next pandemic threat.
We also encourage you to keep up with our latest COVID-19 posts and, moreover, keep calm…
President Trump noted in his address to the nation: “No nation is more prepared or more resilient than the United States. We have the best economy, the most advanced healthcare, and the most talented doctors, scientists, and researchers anywhere in the world. We are all in this together. We must put politics aside, stop the partisanship, and unify together as one nation and one family. Everybody has to be vigilant and has to be careful. But be calm. As history has proven time and time again, Americans always rise to the challenge and overcome adversity.”
And regarding preparation, based on my years serving in a national-security capacity, one silver lining at the end of this current threat cycle is that it provides a national government case study for evaluation of preparedness, response, and recovery, and, notably, how the America people respond to the challenge posed by this threat. Emergency-management personnel are mapping how this unfolds at national, state, and local levels.
I would add for those who are in judicious contact with others, maintain an infectious and confident smile and pass it along!
Let me be clear: I believe nothing the communist Chinese regime is reporting about the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus variant or its handling of COVID-19 disease. China claims it identified the first case on 17 November, but one can fairly assume there were many cases prior to that date that were either not identified or not disclosed. There is abundant evidence that the ChiComs attempted to conceal evidence of CV19 for much of November and December, until it notified the World Health Organization on 31 December.
The evidence that dictator Xi Jinping’s regime systematically covered up the viral outbreak continues to mount, affirming the conclusion that coverup resulted in the CV19 global pandemic now underway.
As we noted on this page on 31 January, “Officially, the communist Chinese government claims about 220 deaths and 10,000 infections. Our sources indicate that the actual rates of infection and deaths in China are much higher, and, in fact, official reports may only represent 5-7% of the actual dead and infected.” The so-called “pop-up hospitals” that were constructed across Hubei province where the outbreak originated doubled as isolation morgues. Given the lethality of SARS-CoV-2, the death toll among Red China’s almost 1.4 billion people, most of whom are impoverished, is many times higher than the official data from Xi Jinping’s communist regime.
China’s reports on CV19 deaths in Wuhan are spurious, and the low fatality data being reported for Beijing, Shanghai and other mass-urban centers, is absolutely not credible. The distance from Wuhan to Shanghai is 515 miles; to Beijing is 715 miles; to New York is 7,450 miles. China claims fewer deaths in Wuhan, Shanghai and Beijing combined, than the CDC is reporting in New York City.
Predictably, Xi’s politburo has aggressively spread disinformation about the outbreak.
The Red Chinese directorate of disinformation, the “Information Department” of the Chinese Ministry of Foreign Affairs, has been actively involved in the cover-up, which has been facilitated by their American media comrades – especially those who are beneficiaries of Xi’s Chinese funding.
(Consequently, we shouldn’t expect the MSM to lead any in-depth investigations into the origins of SARS-CoV-2.)
In fact, Chinese Ambassador Lin Songtian declared recently, “Although the epidemic first broke out in China, it did not necessarily mean that the virus is originated from China, let alone ‘made in China.’”
Sen. Marco Rubio (R-FL) confirmed these Chinese assertions: “The Chinese military portal Xilu.com recently published an article baselessly claiming that the virus is ‘a biochemical weapon produced by the U.S. to target China.”
Red Chinese Foreign Ministry spokesman Geng Shuang continues to put a smiley face on Xi’s actions, declaring: “China’s experience … has set an exemplary standard. President Xi’s visit to Wuhan sent out the message of sure victory to the world.” Laughably, Geng insisted that the government has been “acting with openness, transparency, and a high sense of responsibility to global health security.” The communist government has even published and distributed a book about how well it handled the outbreak — and it has been translated into English, French, Spanish, Russian, and Arabic.
Tragically, there is no truth to any of Geng’s assertions. And Li Wenliang, the Chinese doctor in Wuhan who was punished by Xi’s government for his initial warnings about the spread of CV19, has now, conveniently for Xi’s regime, died – according to Red Chinese government officials, of Covid. Li was only 34 and healthy, and it is highly suspect that Covid would be his cause of death as claimed by the ChiComs.
Peter Tsang, director of the China Institute at the London University School of Oriental and African Studies, says: “China is in the midst of its most intensive propaganda operation in living memory, in trying to project its success in dealing with the virus. There is now an imperative for the statistics to be low, and now we have statistics that serve the political imperative.”
As noted by Michael Auslin, a fellow at Stanford University’s Hoover Institution, “The Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is waging a ferocious, global propaganda campaign designed to deflect blame for the origin and spread of the COVID-19 outbreak from Wuhan, China. Moreover, Beijing is trying to take advantage of the pandemic to increase its global standing and influence. There are three main reasons why the world must hold the CCP accountable for the first global pandemic in a century. … Beijing freely chose to deny the truth of COVID-19, and its governing malpractice and incompetence helped unleashed a pandemic on the world. For the sake of morality, political governance, and the future, the world must speak truth to power, remember the facts, and condemn the CCP’s actions.”
As for Xi Jinping’s disinformation campaign, Auslin notes: “Beijing’s war aim is simple: shift away from China all blame for the outbreak, the botched initial response, and its early spread into the broader world. At stake is China’s global reputation, as well as the potential of a fundamental shift away from China for trade and manufacturing. Also at risk is the personal legacy of General Secretary Xi Jinping, who has staked his legitimacy on his technocratic competence. After dealing with the first great global crisis of the 21st century, the world must fundamentally rethink its dependence on China. … In the longer run, they must look to reform globalization by prudently reshaping their economies and societies in the shadow of future crises.”
Responding to China’s global disinformation campaign and efforts to blame the U.S., President Trump emphasized, “It’s not going to happen — not as long as I’m President.”
Our sources in the intelligence community conclude that this well-organized disinformation campaign is designed to help the communist politburo counter and deflect any claims by the World Health Organization or the U.S. that the release is associated with the PRC’s P4 labs in Wuhan.
Beyond the massive disinformation campaign, there are serious questions being raised about the origin of SARS-CoV-2, and China’s deliberate effort to cover up the original outbreak and subsequent spread in China.
Among the [earliest concerns about the questionable origins of this deadly pathogen were those raised by Sen. Tom Cotton (R-AR). Cotton is a conservative Harvard undergrad and law graduate, who then became a decorated Army officer serving tours in both Operation Enduring Freedom and Operation Iraqi Freedom. I trust his assessment implicitly.
On 22 January, Cotton advised the Trump administration that all travel should be stopped between the U.S. and China, and he warned that Xi’s CCP regime could be covering up information about CV19.
The next week, Cotton sent letters to the administration’s secretaries of State, HHS, and DHS, warning “no amount of screening [at entry points] will identify a contagious-but-asymptomatic person afflicted with the coronavirus.”
On 29 January, the day President Trump formed his White House Coronavirus Task Force, Cotton warned in Senate testimony that CV19 was going to be “the biggest and the most important story in the world,” but his concerns were drowned out by the Democrats’ impeachment show, which dominated the political and news cycles.
It was that week that Cotton first made the connection between SARS-CoV-2 and the Wuhan Institute of Virology: “We know that just a few miles away from that food market [where the disease was first contracted] is China’s only biosafety level 4 super laboratory, which researches human infectious diseases.”
The Wuhan National Biosafety Laboratory at the Wuhan Institute is known to be engaged in research on the Ebola, Nipah, and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever viruses — and, yes, coronavirus variants. And the institute has clear ties to the PRC’s bioweapon programs.
Sen. Cotton did not claim that the SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus strain was bio-engineered or intentionally released. The SARS-CoV-2 viral strain causing CV19 illness is considered to be of “natural origin,” though there are now questions about that assumption. But the connection is beyond coincidence. There is sufficient evidence that the Chinese had isolated and researched the novel SARS-CoV-2 coronavirus variant and knew the consequences if it were released.
Cotton’s warnings clearly influenced the decision by the Trump administration to launch the CV19 Task Force and issue the China travel ban. He affirmed Trump’s decision, saying, “I commend the president greatly for ultimately making the right decision contrary to what the so-called experts were telling him.”
Cotton continued to lead the charge to determine the facts about Xi’s coverup and the origin of the SARS-CoV-2 virus, prompting The Washington Post to accuse him in February, of “repeating a coronavirus conspiracy theory that was already debunked.” (WaPo has yet to retract that smear, even in the face of mounting evidence that Cotton was absolutely correct.)
In a Wall Street Journal op/ed, Sen. Cotton reiterated: “Beijing has claimed that the virus originated in a Wuhan ‘wet market,’ where wild animals were sold. But evidence to counter this theory emerged in January. Chinese researchers reported in the Lancet [medical journal] 24 January, that the first known cases had no contact with the market, and Chinese state media acknowledged the finding. There’s no evidence the market sold bats or pangolins, the animals from which the virus is thought to have jumped to humans. And the bat species that carries it isn’t found within 100 miles of Wuhan.”
Cotton noted further: “Wuhan has two labs where we know bats and humans interacted. One is the Institute of Virology, eight miles from the wet market; the other is the Wuhan Center for Disease Control and Prevention, barely 300 yards from the market. Both labs collect live animals to study viruses. Their researchers travel to caves across China to capture bats for this purpose. Chinese state media released a mini-documentary in mid-December following a team of Wuhan CDC researchers collecting viruses from bats in caves. The researchers fretted openly about the risk of infection.
Predictably, after Cotton shined a bright light on China’s P4 labs in Wuhan, Xi’s politburo began aggressively spreading disinformation about the outbreak, even insisting the SARS-CoV-2 virus was a U.S. military bioweapon planted in Wuhan.
The Wuhan Institute’s Yuan Zhiming, secretary of the lab’s Communist Party committee, insists, "There is no way this virus came from us,” and claims Cotton is “deliberately trying to mislead people.” The same denials have been parroted by Shi Zhengli, the lab’s chief bat virus researcher, who claimed in a study that the SARS-CoV-2 virus causing CV19 was only 96.2% identical to the viral strain she and her team had worked with. Insisting she could be trusted, she said, “I advise those who believe and spread rumors from harmful media sources … to shut their stinking mouths.” Another Harvard-educated lawyer, Sen. Ted Cruz (R-TX), who served on the Senate Armed Services and Judiciary committees, confirmed the evidence: “[T]his was a virus that was being studied at the lab…and the natural imprint if there’s an outbreak right next to where they’re studying this virus is somehow it escaped, presumably accidentally, that some safety protocol wasn’t followed. We don’t know that, but China doesn’t want that question answered for the world to know.”
As for the WHO and its leadership, Cruz said: “[Tedros] has consistently bent to the will of the Chinese Communist Party. [WHO] has lost the credibility necessary to be effective, and a reevaluation of its leadership is rightfully called for.”
Rep. Michael McCaul (R-TX), ranking member of the House Foreign Affairs Committee, stated succinctly, “This is one of the worst cover-ups in human history, and now the world is facing a global pandemic. … The WHO is complicit in the coronavirus pandemic. Not only did they praise the Chinese Communist Party’s troubling response, they amplified their disinformation about human to human transmission of coronavirus, continued to ignore Taiwan, and went so far as to criticize the President for his life-saving measure to ban travel from China early on. The corrupt WHO needs to stop pushing the Chinese Communist Party’s propaganda and return to their mission of protecting global health.”
Gordon Chang, national-security analyst and author of The Coming Collapse of China, declared, “This an all-out assault on the United States. … We all need to unite.”
While nobody in the Trump administration is publicly claiming a connection between CV19 and the Wuhan Institute of Virology (yet), National Security Advisor Robert O'Brien affirmed Cotton’s assessment of suppression. “This outbreak in Wuhan was covered up,” said O'Brien. “There’s lots of open-source reporting from China, from Chinese nationals, that the doctors involved were either silenced or put in isolation … so that the word of this virus could not get out. It probably cost the world community two months [of prep time].”
According to O'Brien, “If we’d had those [two months] and been able to sequence the virus, and had the cooperation necessary from the Chinese — had a WHO team been on the ground, had a CDC team, which we’d offered, been on the ground — I think we could have dramatically curtailed what happened both in China and what’s now happening across the world. … We’ve sent our condolences to China, but now we’re in a place where we’re having to deal with the crisis here.”
O'Brien’s WHO assumption now seems implausible, because WHO Director-General Tedros Adhanom, who was elected to his position with China’s backing, has been running interference for Xi Jinping’s propaganda campaign to deny responsibility for the outbreak. According to analysts, Dr. Henry Thayer and Lianchao Han, “Tedros apparently turned a blind eye to what happened in Wuhan and the rest of China and, after meeting with Xi in January, has helped China to play down the severity, prevalence and scope of the COVID-19 outbreak.”
Thayer and Lianchao note: “What we now know about the outbreak in China largely is because of the work of Chinese journalists and netizens who refused to be silenced. Over 41 investigative reports by journalists have been deleted and banned. Citizen journalists such as Chen Qiushi, Fan Bin and Li Zehua are still in police detention. The world will not know the full truth until they are released and free to explain how the CCP allowed the pandemic to happen.”
Sen. Rick Scott (R-FL) joined the call for a Congressional investigation into the WHO’s “role in helping Communist China cover up information regarding the threat of the Coronavirus.”
Sen. Martha McSally (R-AZ) called on Tedros to resign: “I’ve never trusted a communist. And their cover-up of this virus that originated with them has caused unnecessary deaths around America and around the world. The WHO needs to stop covering for them. I think Dr. Tedros needs to step down. We need to take some action to address this issue. It’s just irresponsible. It’s unconscionable what they have done here while we have people dying across the globe.”
Regarding China and the WHO, McSally said, “China put us in this position because of their lies and the cover-ups and the complicit World Health Organization.”
In late March, as the CV19 Task Force implemented a 30-day extension of its mitigation efforts, continuing the shutdown of major economic sectors, Sen. Cotton reiterated: “The Chinese Communist Party is still lying today, as they were in December and January, and that’s why what could have been a local problem in Wuhan turned into a global pandemic… As for what happened in that biosafety Level 4 laboratory, that super lab in Wuhan, we still don’t know because the Chinese CP refuses to come clean.”
Adding gross insult to the tragic injury of China’s brazen indifference, at the same time the CV19 Task Force is responding to the epidemic in the U.S., the National Security Council confirmed that Chinese intelligence services are attempting to hack HHS databases. NSC spokesman John Ullyot said, “We are aware of a cyber incident related to the Health and Human Services computer networks, and the federal government is investigating this incident thoroughly.” Responding to the attack, HHS Secretary Azar said, “We had no penetration into our networks. We had no degradation of the functioning of our networks.”
On a personal note, over the course of my career I have been confined twice as a “guest” by the USSR, once house-arrested and once in Moscow central jail. My perspective on tyrannical socialist regimes is informed in no small measure, by those arrests and the overwhelming power of the state over the citizens of Russia. Right now ALL Americans are experiencing the consequences of communist tyranny. It’s the “Xi Virus” – and NEVER forget it.
On 30 March, President Trump issued the following warning in reference to the coming surge in testing and deaths resulting from COVID-19 disease: “I want every American to be prepared for the hard days that lie ahead. … This could be a hell of a bad two weeks.”
On the other side of this pandemic looms this fact: There is a clear and indisputable liability case to be made against China — one that should include remuneration of the economic costs to our nation and other penalties. I proposed that President Trump send communist dictator Xi Jinping the bill for the catastrophic damage caused by the CCP’s abject and willful negligence in allowing CV19 to carpet-bomb our nation and its people — and all those worldwide. (More on that below.)
That systemic institutional negligence began in Wuhan, Hubei Province, China, in November 2019 — though there were most certainly earlier cases of this virus.
How many deaths, both here and worldwide, would have been spared if Xi and his ChiComs had not deceived the world?
The most damning evidence of China’s wanton and abject negligence is a study by pandemic researchers concluding that had Xi or his World Health Organization cronies informed the world three weeks earlier had done so, it could’ve reduced the spread by 95%. The numbers are staggering.
As I’ve previously noted, it is not inconceivable, in fact likely, that Xi viewed the CV19 epidemic in China as a fortuitous means of augmenting his central state population planning – a way to help dispense with the bubble of millions of older Chinese citizens who are creating a financial burden on the younger generation, the numbers of which have contracted due to China’s 1979 ‘one child’ policy, enforced until China reverted back to its ‘two child policy’ in 2015.
I am not suggesting (yet) that the release of SARS-CoV-2 virus was intentional, just that from the statist perspective of the ChiComs, it has arguably provided some benefits – both within China and in terms of China’s global power.
I’m certain that all of Xi’s ChiCom central committee members are quietly taking great pleasure in the consequences of the CV19 pandemic outside of China, particularly how it has sidetracked President Trump’s vital efforts to restore fair trade with China while implementing policies responsible for creating the strongest economy in world history.
CV19 Task Force leader Mike Pence made clear the implications of China’s conspiracy to conceal the outbreak: “What appears evident now is that long before the world learned in December that China was dealing with this…the outbreak was real in China.” Task Force coordinator Deborah Birx added, “The medical community interpreted the Chinese data as: This was serious, but smaller than anyone expected because I think probably we were missing a significant amount of data, now that what we see happened to Italy and see what happened to Spain.”
More to the point, Sen. Ben Sasse (R-NE), a member of the Senate Intelligence Committee, declared, “Without commenting on any classified information, this much is painfully obvious: The Chinese Communist Party has lied, is lying, and will continue to lie about coronavirus to protect the regime.”
Trump declared that China will be held accountable “when they lose things like the manufacturing capacity that we’ve outsourced to them or when other democratic governments around the world respond to their people who know that China is responsible for this virus.”
But there may be a more direct way to send China the bill.
As President Trump and Congress return to the deepening well of national debt to authorize the treasury to print trillions of dollars in relief payments to be mailed nationwide, recall that at the end of 2019, when China was still concealing the pandemic it seeded worldwide, it held $1.07 trillion in U.S. debt.
That’s almost 16% of the $6.7 trillion in treasury bills, notes, and bonds then held by other countries.
One way to seek some remuneration for China’s liability is to send Xi Jinping the bill for the catastrophic damage caused by China’s abject and willful negligence. President Trump should therefore construct a “default option” on debt held by China as a liability offset for the debt our nation is now incurring as a result of China’s willful and catastrophic deception. We should also seize Chinese assets in the U.S., including equity holdings in U.S. companies.
During the 2016 presidential campaign, then-candidate Trump said correctly: “The United States government [will] never have to default because you print the money. I hate to tell you. So there’s never a default.” Of course, printing money, which is exactly what we’re doing to help American wage-earners and businesses through the current government-induced partial economic shutdown, is inflationary.
Thus, in addition to seizing Chinese assets and equity holdings in the U.S., the President should offer Xi Jinping the option of forgiving the U.S. debt held by China. And when Xi balks, as he certainly will, I suggest President Trump authorize the U.S. Treasury to print $1.07 trillion in “trade dollar notes” as repayment for the debt currently held by China. Then Xi can keep those notes in reserve to use as toilet paper during the next pandemic.
As Trump has declared, “China is responsible for this virus.” And one way or the other, China must pay.
(Personally, I’d like to see Xi executed in Tiananmen Square!)
The impact of COVID-19 on our economy and that of the world is significant.
One concern that has been clear for some time — more so in the midst of the current pandemic — is the realization that the United States is very dependent on the Chinese for many or our pharmaceutical supplies. One reason more consumers are not aware of that vulnerability is that prescription and over-the-counter drugs, and health supplements, are not required to note country of origin – to note “Made in China.” In fact, the U.S. must take all necessary measures to ensure our nation does not continue to have this vulnerability.
According to his recent Senate testimony, Scott Gottlieb, a physician and former Food and Drug Administration commissioner, outlined our strategic reliance on China for pharmaceuticals: “About 40 percent of generic drugs sold in the U.S. have only a single manufacturer. A significant supply chain disruption could cause shortages for some of many of these products. [In 2019], manufacturing of intermediate or finished goods in China, as well as pharmaceutical source material, accounted for 95 percent of U.S. imports of ibuprofen, 91 percent of U.S. imports of hydrocortisone, 70 percent of U.S. imports of acetaminophen, 40 to 45 percent of U.S. imports of penicillin, and 40 percent of U.S. imports of heparin, according to the Commerce Department. In total, 80 percent of the U.S. supply of antibiotics are made in China.”
In fact, the FDA estimates that 80% of the active ingredients found in America’s pharmaceuticals are produced in other nations — primarily China, a country labeled by our Department of Defense as an “adversary.”
For the record, the last U.S. plant manufacturing the antibiotic penicillin closed in 2004. Today, China is the largest exporter of the chemicals required to make ciprofloxacin, the primary anthrax antidote.
Rosemary Gibson, author of China RX: The Risks of America’s Dependence on China for Medicine, asserts, “Imagine if China turned off that spigot. China’s aim is to become the global pharmacy to the world — it says that. It wants to disrupt, to dominate, and displace American and other Western companies.”
Indeed, in 2015, in its “Made in China 2025” national objectives, China declared its intent to be the world’s leader in bio-medicine, among 10 other high-tech manufacturing sectors.
National-security analyst John Adams notes: “I have no doubt that [the Chinese] would consider weaponizing their dominance of the pharmaceuticals market if they felt that that would give them an advantage over us strategically.” At will, they could withhold supplies of antibiotics or degrade the quality of other pharmaceuticals.
The Trump administration has been taking aggressive measures to “balance trade” with China, including returning many critical manufacturing sectors to the U.S. The RX threat provides reason that one more manufacturing sector must be returned to our shores, or to U.S. allies, for production.
It is predictable but disgraceful that some political leaders and their mainstream-media publicists are using the epidemic and resulting mass hysterics as political fodder. That should be met with the strongest condemnation from ALL quarters.
The politicization of this threat, and the resulting “viral fear pandemic,” has dire consequences for the economy and by extension job stability for working men and women.
Surgeon General Jerome Adams condemned the media spin, saying, “We really need you all to lean into and prioritize the health and safety of the American people — no more bickering, no more partisanship, no more criticism or finger-pointing.”
After the Trump administration took action to impose travel restrictions on China and other Asian nations in January, those restrictions were actually criticized. But when asked about the implementation of those restrictions, Dr. Anthony Fauci, the long-time director of the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Diseases, responded, “There’s no question that if we had not done that in a timely way, there would’ve been many more travel-related cases from China. … To block them from coming in was unquestionably the right move. Even though it was a controversial move, it was the right move.” Likewise, Dr. Deborah Birx, one of the nation’s top epidemiologists, said that Trump’s early enforcement of travel restrictions “bought us time and space” to prepare for the virus.
Notably, some of Trump’s critics also accused him of “muzzling medical experts.” But Dr. Fauci told reporters, “I’ve never been muzzled and I’ve been doing this since Reagan.”
Then Trump was criticized for not ensuring enough tests were on hand. In fact, Trump took measures to suspend the considerable regulatory obstacles to testing and other emergency needs.
According to Roger D. Klein, M.D., J.D. with the Regulatory Transparency Project’s FDA and Health Working Group: “Overregulation of diagnostic testing has played a major role in this delay. The FDA has not allowed the experienced and highly skilled professionals at public-health, academic and commercial laboratories to set up their own laboratory developed tests (LDTs), and no manufactured test kits have been authorized for sale in the US. In Europe, several companies, at least one US-based, have regulatory approval to sell test kits there. The FDA’s regulation of laboratory tests has been a longstanding concern. This includes moves to regulate LDTs, despite the existence of stringent alternative-regulatory and oversight mechanisms. In general, the FDA has exercised ‘enforcement discretion’ with respect to LDTs. With coronavirus testing, the FDA’s abandonment of enforcement discretion may have proved deadly.”
To be clear, while tests are not vaccines, antidotes or cures – they certainly are instructive in determining viral spread and how to retard it. But the Democrat and mainstream media finger pointing about testing serves nothing more than a political agenda.
Some issues about our national response to CV19 should be fairly debated at the proper time, in hindsight and after-action reviews. But politically-motivated conclusions about those issues can’t be fairly assumed now.
The most reasonable people can become swept up in hysteria. The fear citizens feel is real. That’s understandable given the inescapable media blame-gaming and political churn regarding the CV19 spread and deaths.
As CV19 viral infections and deaths accumulate — and they will continue to do so — politicians have attempted to indemnify themselves from voter liability, regardless of the burden they have created across the nation for working men and women and their families. And in May, when the threat has subsided and the fear dissipated, the politicos and their Beltway-media echo chambers will be preening their feathers, reminding you that if you survived the CV19, you owe them an eternal debt of gratitude for saving your life, regardless of the price you and the rest of the nation paid for the cure. The truth is, every media talking-head fomenting the fear and those politicians who are using it as political fodder should be exiled to Wuhan.
When Americans begin to figure out the economic consequences of the state and local actions that have shuttered schools, businesses, and events, there will be political HELL to pay. Thus, the Left will begin to crank up its finger-pointing machines, especially using “coronavirus policy leaks” as fodder for blaming Trump.
All the coming political self-congratulations, spin, and finger-pointing aside, the response to coronavirus is certainly a case study of the mostly negligent media-driven panic in decades, and it’s indicative of the degree to which politicians and the MSM can drive fear and panic. The resulting viral CV19 fear pandemic is the biggest burden ever dumped on American workers. They and their families are absorbing the financial shock of this monumental malfeasance.
As I noted in the preface to this pandemic timeline, we believe it will ultimately be determined that Xi Jinping’s communist regime was responsible for creation, release and the subsequent coverup of the virus from their Wuhan Institute of Virology P4 lab.
The key question regarding the circumstances of the viral release and the cover-up of that release is this: Who had most to gain by brining the economies of the free world to a grinding halt?
In his outstanding book, “Hundred Year Marathon,” foreign policy strategist Michael Pillsbury, PhD, notes that in 1950, China’s brutal communist dictator Mao Zedong formulated a plan to dominate the world economy in 100 years – by 2050. Xi Jinping may have taken 20-25 years off that target date with the ChiCom Virus.
Semper Vigilans Fortis Paratus et Fidelis
Pro Deo et Libertate — 1776
Please join us in prayer for our nation’s Military Patriots standing in harm’s way in defense of Liberty, for their families, and for our nation’s First Responders. We also ask prayer for your Patriot team, and our mission to, first and foremost, support and defend our Republic’s Founding Principles of Liberty, and to ignite the fires of freedom in the hearts and minds of our countrymen.
Start a conversation using these share links: